Bc 6800 Service Manual

BC-6800

Auto Hematology Analyzer

Service Manual

II

Copyright © 2011-2012 Shenzhen Mindray Bio-medical Electronics Co., Ltd. All rights Reserved. For this Service Manual, the issued Date is 2012-03 (Version: 2.0).

Intellectual Property Statement SHENZHEN MINDRAY BIO-MEDICAL ELECTRONICS CO., LTD. (hereinafter called Mindray) owns the intellectual property rights to this Mindray product and this manual. This manual may refer to information protected by copyright or patents and does not convey any license under the patent rights or copyright of Mindray, or of others. Mindray intends to maintain the contents of this manual as confidential information. Disclosure of the information in this manual in any manner whatsoever without the written permission of Mindray is strictly forbidden.

Release, amendment, reproduction, distribution, rental, adaptation, translation or any other derivative work of this manual in any manner whatsoever without the written permission of Mindray is strictly forbidden.

.

,

are the trademarks, registered or otherwise, of Mindray in

China and other countries. All other trademarks that appear in this manual are used only for informational or editorial purposes. They are the property of their respective owners.

Responsibility on the Manufacturer Party Contents of this manual are subject to changes without prior notice.

All information contained in this manual is believed to be correct. Mindray shall not be liable for errors contained herein nor for incidental or consequential damages in connection with the furnishing, performance, or use of this manual.

Mindray is responsible for safety, reliability and performance of this product only in the condition that: I

all installation operations, expansions, changes, modifications and repairs of this product are conducted by Mindray authorized personnel;

the electrical installation of the relevant room complies with the applicable national and local requirements;

the product is used in accordance with the instructions for use.

zThis equipment must be operated by skilled/trained medical professionals.

zIt is important for the hospital or organization that employs this equipment to carry out a reasonable service/maintenance plan. Neglect of this may result in machine breakdown or injury of human health.

zBe sure to operate the analyzer under the situation specified in this manual; otherwise, the analyzer will not work normally and the analysis results will be unreliable, which would damage the analyzer components and cause personal injury.

II

Warranty THIS WARRANTY IS EXCLUSIVE AND IS IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

Exemptions Mindray's obligation or liability under this warranty does not include any transportation or other charges or liability for direct, indirect or consequential damages or delay resulting from the improper use or application of the product or the use of parts or accessories not approved by Mindray or repairs by people other than Mindray authorized personnel.

This warranty shall not extend to: ¾Malfunction or damage caused by improper use or man-made failure. ¾Malfunction or damage caused by unstable or out-of-range power input. ¾Malfunction or damage caused by force majeure such as fire and earthquake. ¾Malfunction or damage caused by improper operation or repair by unqualified or unauthorized service people. ¾Malfunction of the instrument or part whose serial number is not legible enough. ¾Others not caused by instrument or part itself.

III

Customer Service Department Manufacturer:

Shenzhen Mindray Bio-Medical Electronics Co., Ltd.

Address:

Mindray Building,Keji 12th Road South,High-tech industrial park,Nanshan,Shenzhen 518057,P.R.China

Website:

www.mindray.com

E-mail Address:

[email protected]

Tel:

+86 755 81888998

Fax:

+86 755 26582680

EC-Representative: Address:

Shanghai International Holding Corp. GmbH(Europe) Eiffestraβe 80, 20537 Hamburg, Germany

Tel:

0049-40-2513175

Fax:

0049-40-255726

IV

Version Record Version 1.0

Updated Contents

Related T/N & S/N

First version Released

N/A

1：Update Error Code；

TXQ-12009-BC-6800

2：Added Preventive Maintenance

TXQ-12013-BC-6800

Chapter；

TXQ-12022-BC-6800

3：Updated FRU List；

SXQ-12001-BC-6800

4：Updated PC software name to DMU；

TXQ-12027-BC-6800

Updated Date

5：DMU IP connection screen changed 6：RUO parameters updated from12 items to 14 items; 7 ： Add ASTM protocol option in DMU setup; 8：Correct some unclear pictures in hardware; 9：Update partly materials name and part number（like WC2 Waste Bath），Deleted 2.0

some wrong items; 10：Add part numbers of some cables in FRU List; 11：Vacuum Relieve Valve(Regulator) updated the life time from 3-years to 4-years; 12:Add’801-3100-00208-00/Pneumatic connecter kit into FRU List’; 130:Add‘801-3110-00114-00/reagents connecter kit (6 colors) (FRU)’; 14：Correct DMU light status； 15: Add Scanner Rotation Function in auxiliary Setup and update Rotation scanner Debug screen in SPU； 16：Add floater setup option； 17：Add USB protection Open/close function；

V

2012.9

Table of Contents Copyright................................................................................................................................... I Version Record ........................................................................................................................ V Table of Contents..................................................................................................................... 1 1 Using This Manual ............................................................................................................. 1-1 1.1

Scope ....................................................................................................................... 1-1

1.2

Introduction............................................................................................................... 1-1

1.3

General Operations.................................................................................................. 1-1

1.4

Symbol ..................................................................................................................... 1-2

2 Product Specification........................................................................................................ 2-1 2.1

Equipment Name ..................................................................................................... 2-1

2.2

Power Supply Requirement ..................................................................................... 2-1

2.3

Dimension and Weight ............................................................................................. 2-1

2.4

Measurement Mode ................................................................................................. 2-1

2.5

Sample Types........................................................................................................... 2-1

2.6

Minimum Sample Volume ........................................................................................ 2-2

2.7

Throughput ............................................................................................................... 2-2

2.8

Capacity of the Autoloader ....................................................................................... 2-2

2.9

Performance Specifications...................................................................................... 2-3

2.10

Conditions of Use................................................................................................... 2-13

2.11

Sound ..................................................................................................................... 2-14

2.12

Functions of the Analyzer....................................................................................... 2-14

3 Software System................................................................................................................ 3-1 3.1

Overview .................................................................................................................. 3-1

3.2

Introduction of Startup and Shutdown ...................................................................... 3-1

3.3

Menu Structure......................................................................................................... 3-1

3.4

Password.................................................................................................................. 3-6

3.5

Analyzer Software Update ..................................................................................... 3-20

3.6

DMU Software Installation...................................................................................... 3-26

3.7

DMU Software Update ........................................................................................... 3-33 1

Table of Contents 3.8

Backup and Restoration......................................................................................... 3-37

3.9

Connection device between the DMU and analyzer.............................................. 3-40

3.10

LIS Communication Setup ..................................................................................... 3-45

3.11

Uni-directional LIS Communication........................................................................ 3-48

3.12

Bi-Directional LIS Communication ......................................................................... 3-54

4 Operation Principles ......................................................................................................... 4-1 4.1

Measurement of the Optical Channel ...................................................................... 4-1

4.2

HGB Measurement .................................................................................................. 4-4

4.3

RBC/PLT Measurement ........................................................................................... 4-4

5 Fluidics ............................................................................................................................... 5-1 5.1

Parameter Measurement ......................................................................................... 5-2

5.2

Reagent System....................................................................................................... 5-3

5.3

Measurement Flow................................................................................................... 5-5

5.4

Sample Volume ........................................................................................................ 5-6

5.5

Time of Preparation and Measurement.................................................................... 5-6

5.6

Temperature of Fluidics............................................................................................ 5-6

5.7

Reagent Consumption Volume ................................................................................ 5-7

5.8

Sample Dilution Flow ............................................................................................... 5-8

5.9

Introduction to Fluidic Parts...................................................................................... 5-9

5.10

Pneumatic System ................................................................................................. 5-20

5.11

Detailed Introduction to Fluidic Channels .............................................................. 5-26

5.12

Introduction to Sequences ..................................................................................... 5-34

6 Optical System................................................................................................................... 6-1 6.1

Introduction of Optical Theories ............................................................................... 6-1

6.2

Optical System Structure.......................................................................................... 6-3

6.3

Troubleshooting of the Optical System .................................................................... 6-4

7 Hardware System............................................................................................................... 7-1 7.1

Overview .................................................................................................................. 7-1

7.2

Data and COME Carrier Board ................................................................................ 7-1

7.3

Drive Control Board................................................................................................ 7-16

7.4

Motherboard ........................................................................................................... 7-26

7.5

Network Board ....................................................................................................... 7-30

7.6

Power Board........................................................................................................... 7-32 2


Power Patching Board ........................................................................................... 7-36

7.8

Laser Drive Board .................................................................................................. 7-38

7.9

Scatter Pre-amplification Boards ........................................................................... 7-43

7.10

Fluorescence Pre-amplification Board ................................................................... 7-49

7.11

Pneumatic Pressure Detection Board.................................................................... 7-54

7.12

Heating Control Board............................................................................................ 7-56

7.13

Diluent Heating Board ............................................................................................ 7-60

7.14

Valve Drive Board................................................................................................... 7-64

7.15

Indicator Board....................................................................................................... 7-74

7.16

Touchscreen Control Board.................................................................................... 7-75

7.17

Prefix List of Board Interfaces ................................................................................ 7-76

7.18

Motors, Photocouplers and Micro-switches ........................................................... 7-77

8 Mechanical System ........................................................................................................... 8-1 8.1

Analyzer Structure.................................................................................................... 8-1

8.2

Appearance .............................................................................................................. 8-1

8.3

Layout Introduction................................................................................................... 8-3

9 Replacing the FRU............................................................................................................. 9-1 9.1

Overview .................................................................................................................. 9-1

9.2

Removal and Installation of the Board ..................................................................... 9-1

9.3

Sheath Fluid Impedance Bath................................................................................ 9-11

9.4

Aperture.................................................................................................................. 9-12

9.5

HGB Bath Assembly............................................................................................... 9-16

9.6

RBC Bath Assembly............................................................................................... 9-17

9.7

SRV Assembly........................................................................................................ 9-17

9.8

Sample Probe ........................................................................................................ 9-23

9.9

Pneumatic Unit....................................................................................................... 9-24

9.10

Barcode Scanner Assembly ................................................................................... 9-26

9.11

Radiator Fan........................................................................................................... 9-27

9.12

Power Supply Assembly......................................................................................... 9-28

9.13

Diaphragm pump.................................................................................................... 9-30

9.14

WBC Mixing Assembly ........................................................................................... 9-33

9.15

WBC Bath Assembly .............................................................................................. 9-35

9.16

Reagent Pre-Heating Bath Assembly .................................................................... 9-36

9.17

Sheath Fluid Pre-heating Bath Assembly .............................................................. 9-38 3


Diluent Heating Bath Assembly.............................................................................. 9-39

9.19

Sheath Fluid Filter .................................................................................................. 9-40

9.20

Waste Filter ............................................................................................................ 9-40

9.21

START Switch Assembly........................................................................................ 9-41

9.22

Pressure Regulator ................................................................................................ 9-42

9.23

Vacuum Overflow Valve ......................................................................................... 9-43

9.24

Screen Assembly ................................................................................................... 9-45

9.25

Tube Clamp for Mixing ........................................................................................... 9-46

9.26

Autoloading Assembly............................................................................................ 9-47

9.27

Piercing Unit ........................................................................................................... 9-48

9.28

Autoloader .............................................................................................................. 9-50

9.29

Tube Sensor Assembly .......................................................................................... 9-52

9.30

Cistern and Waste Bath ......................................................................................... 9-53

9.31

Syringe Assembly................................................................................................... 9-56

9.32

Filter and Drying Assembly .................................................................................... 9-60

9.33

Replacing the Backwater Bath Assembly .............................................................. 9-61

9.34

USB Assembly ....................................................................................................... 9-62

9.35

Mindray Valve......................................................................................................... 9-63

9.36

Burkert Valve .......................................................................................................... 9-66

9.37

Waste Valve............................................................................................................ 9-67

9.38

Gas Valve ............................................................................................................... 9-68

9.39

SMC 2-way Fluidic Valves...................................................................................... 9-69

9.40

Probe Wipe of the Open-Vial Module .................................................................... 9-70

9.41

Optical System ....................................................................................................... 9-71

9.42

Units in the Autoloader ........................................................................................... 9-79

9.43

Power Board and Power Conversion Board .......................................................... 9-85

9.44

Pressure Detection Board ...................................................................................... 9-87

9.45

Indicator Board....................................................................................................... 9-88

9.46

Valve Control Board ............................................................................................... 9-89

9.47

Heating Control Board............................................................................................ 9-91

9.48

Data Board and Power Drive Board....................................................................... 9-92

9.49

Mother Board ......................................................................................................... 9-93

9.50

Liquid Level Detection Board ................................................................................. 9-95

9.51

Network Port Patching Board................................................................................. 9-96 4


Diluent Heating Control Board ............................................................................... 9-97

9.53

Touchscreen Control Board.................................................................................... 9-98

9.54

Pneumatic Unit Control Board................................................................................ 9-99

9.55

Boards inside the Optical System ........................................................................ 9-100

9.56

Cap Assembly ...................................................................................................... 9-101

9.57

Transformer.......................................................................................................... 9-102

9.58

Replacing the Wires ............................................................................................. 9-103

9.59

Replacing the Connectors.................................................................................... 9-104

9.60

Components inside the Assemblies ..................................................................... 9-106

9.61

Replacing the Photocoupler (PHC/Sensor) ..........................................................9-111

10 Error Code ...................................................................................................................... 10-1 10.1

Overview ................................................................................................................ 10-1

10.2

Message Area Error ............................................................................................... 10-3

10.3

Error Area Error...................................................................................................... 10-6

11 Preventive Maintenance................................................................................................ 11-1 11.1

Tools and Consumables......................................................................................... 11-1

11.2

Service Plan ........................................................................................................... 11-2

11.3

Status Check ........................................................................................................ 11-23

11.4

Regular Replacement .......................................................................................... 11-26

12 FRU LIST......................................................................................................................... 12-1 12.1

Board list ................................................................................................................ 12-1

12.2

Valve list ................................................................................................................. 12-2

12.3

Tube and Connector list ......................................................................................... 12-2

12.4

Part list ................................................................................................................... 12-4

12.5

Cable list................................................................................................................. 12-9

12.6

Wearing parts list.................................................................................................. 12-10

A.1 Rubber Tubing Information ................................................................................... 12-13 A2. Connector Information .......................................................................................... 12-14 A3. Connecting Tubing Information ............................................................................. 12-16 A4. Other Material Information .................................................................................... 12-16 A5. Valve Information .................................................................................................. 12-17 A6. Table of All Tubes .................................................................................................. 12-21

5

Table of Contents

6

1 Using This Manual zBe sure to operate and service the analyzer strictly as instructed in this manual and the operator's manuals.

1.1 Scope To use this manual effectively, you need the following capabilities:

Comprehensive knowledge of circuit and fluidics;

Comprehensive knowledge of reagents;

Comprehensive knowledge of controls;

Comprehensive knowledge of troubleshooting;

Mastering the way to operate this analyzer;

Using basic mechanical tools and understand related terminology;

Using a digital voltmeter (DVM) and an oscilloscope;

Reading pneumatic/hydraulic schematics and understand related terminology.

1.2 Introduction This manual comprises 13 chapters and the fluidic diagrams in appendices.

1.3 General Operations Name

Operation

Click

press the desired item lightly with your finger; or to left-CLICK it with the mouse.

Enter

to CLICK the desired edit box and use the external keyboard or the pop-up keyboard to enter the desired characters or digits; or to scan the number by using the bar-code scanner.

Delete

to move the cursor to the character or digit that you want to delete by clicking the left button of the mouse or using [←][→][Home][End], and then delete the character after the cursor by pressing [Del], or delete the character before the cursor by pressing [BackSpace] ([←] on the upper right part of the soft keyboard). 1-1

Drag Scroll Bar

SELECT from ×× pull-down list (for pull-down list)

Click the arrow buttons by the ends of the scroll bar, or move the cursor to the slide bar and press the left key of the mouse; or press the slide bar with your finger. to CLICK the down arrow button of the desired box to display the pull-down list, (and DRAG SCROLL BAR) to browse and then CLICK the desired item; or to press the keys ([↑][↓][PageUp][PageDown]) to browse the current list and press [ENTER] to select the desired item.

1.4 Symbol You will find the following symbols in this manual. Symbol

It means... read the statement below the symbol. The statement is alerting you to an operating hazard that can cause personnel injury. read the statement below the symbol. The statement is alerting you to a possibility of analyzer damage or unreliable analysis results. read the statement below the symbol. The statement is alerting you to information that requires your attention. read the statement below the symbol . The statement is alerting you to a potentially biohazardous condition.

You may find the following symbols on the analyzer, reagents, controls or calibrators. Symbol

It means... CAUTION, CONSULT ACCOMPANYING DOCUMENTS.

BIOLOGICAL RISK

HIGH VOLTAGE

WARNING, LASER BEAM

1-2

WARNING, HOT SURFACE

PROTECTIVE EARTH (GROUND)

EARTH (GROUND)

ALTERNATING CURRENT

FOR IN VITRO DIAGNOSTIC USE

TYPE B DEVICE

BATCH CODE

USE BY

SERIAL NUMBER

DATE OF MANUFACTURE

Manufacturer

TEMPERATURE LIMITATION

CONSULT INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE

Be sure to observe the following precautions when you are servicing the analyzer for the safety of patients and operators.

1-3

zIt is important for the hospital or organization that employs this equipment to carry out a reasonable installation plan. Neglect of this may result in machine breakdown or injury of human health.

zNever use combustible gas (e.g. anesthetic) or combustible liquid (e.g. ethanol) around the analyzer. Otherwise, the risk of explosion may exist.

zContacting exposed electronic components while the equipment is attached to power can cause personal injury from electric shock or damage to electronic components. Power down before removing covers to access electronic components.

zConnect the analyzer to a socket having sole fuse and protective switch. Do not use the same fuse and protective switch with other equipment (e.g. life supporting equipment). Otherwise, the equipment failure, over current or impulse current that occurs at the startup moment may lead to tripping.

zTo prevent personal injury during the maintenance, keep your clothes, hairs and hands from the moving parts, such as sample probe, pincher and piercer.

zPossible mechanical movement of the warned position may lead to personal injury during normal operation, removal and maintenance.

zBe sure to dispose of reagents, waste, samples, consumables, etc. according to government regulations.

zThe reagents are irritating to eyes, skin and diaphragm. Wear proper personal protective equipment (e.g. gloves, lab coat, etc.) and follow safe laboratory procedures when handling them in the laboratory.

zIf the reagents accidentally spill on your skin, wash them off with plenty of water and if necessary, go see a doctor; if the reagents accidentally spill into your eyes, wash them off with plenty of water and immediately go see a doctor.

zImproper servicing may damage the analyzer. Improper maintenance may damage the analyzer. Maintain the analyzer strictly as instructed by the service manual and inspect the analyzer carefully after the maintenance.

zFor problems not mentioned in the service manual, contact Mindray customer service department for maintenance advice.

zTo prevent personal injury or damage to equipment components, remove metal 1-4

jewelry before maintaining or servicing electronic components of the equipment.

zElectrostatic discharge may damage electronic components. Electrostatic discharge may damage electronic components. If there is a possibility of ESD damage with a procedure, then do that procedure at an ESD workstation, or wear an antistatic wrist strap.

zThis equipment must be operated by skilled/trained medical professionals.

zSamples, controls, calibrators and waste are potentially infectious. Wear proper personal protective equipment (e.g. gloves, lab coat, etc.) and follow safe laboratory procedures when handling them in the laboratory.

zAll the analyzer components and surfaces are potentially infectious, so take proper protective measures for operation and maintenance.

zThe sample probe tip is sharp and may contain biohazardous materials. Exercise caution to avoid contact with the probe when working around it.

1-5

2 Product Specification 2.1 Equipment Name Auto Hematology Analyzer Model: BC-6800/BC-6600

2.2 Power Supply Requirement Table 2-1 Power Supply Requirement

Analyzer (outside China) Analyzer (China)

Pneumatic unit (outside China)

Voltage

Frequency

Power

a.c. 110V/115V ±10%

50/60Hz ±2Hz

500VA

a.c. 220V/230V±10%

50/60Hz ±2Hz

500VA

(220V/230V)±10%～

50Hz/60Hz±2Hz

500VA

a.c. 110V/115V±10%

60Hz ±2Hz

600VA

50Hz ±2Hz

450VA

60Hz ±2Hz

300 VA

50Hz ±1Hz

400VA

a.c. 220V/230V±10% (220V)±10%～

Pneumatic unit (China)

2.3 Dimension and Weight Table2-2 Analyzer Dimension and Weight Dimension (width x depth x height mm)

Weight(Kg)

Analyzer

680×850×700

≤125

Pneumatic unit

310×480×430

≤20

2.4 Measurement Mode There are 8 measurement modes altogether: CBC, CBC+DIFF, CBC+DIFF+RET, CBC+DIFF+RET+NRBC and CBC+NRBC.

CBC+RET,

RET,

CBC+DIFF+NRBC,

2.5 Sample Types The supported sample types are: 1)

anticoagulated venous blood (use EDTAK2 or EDTAK3 as the anticoagulant, for whole blood analysis)

2)

capillary blood (for predilute analysis) 2-1

2.6 Minimum Sample Volume To ensure the effective analysis of samples, the minimum sample volumes are specified as follows: 1)

Autoloading mode: ≥1ml

2)

Open vial mode: ≥0.5ml (excluding predilute mode)

2.7 Throughput 1) Autoloading mode Table 2-3 Throughput of auto-loading mode Measurement Mode

CBC CBC+ DIFF

CBC+DIFF CBC+ CBC+ +RET RET NRBC

CBC+DIFF+ CBC+DIFF+ RET NRBC RET+NRBC

Throughput (analyses/hour)

125

125

90

90

125

125

90

90

2) Open-vial mode Table 2-4 Throughput of open-vial mode CBC

CBC+ DIFF

CBC+DIFF +RET

CBC+ RET

CBC+ NRBC

CBC+DIFF +NRBC

CBC+DIFF+ RET+NRBC

RET

125

125

90

90

125

125

90

90

75

75

60

60

75

75

60

60

36

36

30

30

36

36

30

30

Whole blood mode (continuous analyses) (analyses/hour) Whole blood mode (single analysis) (analyses/hour) Predilute mode (single analysis) (analyses/hour)

2.8 Capacity of the Autoloader Each tube rack can be loaded with 10 tubes. The autoloader can be loaded with 10 tube racks at the most. The maximum capacity of a single loading is 100 tubes.

2-2

2.9 Performance Specifications 2.9.1 Sample Aspiration Volumes OV-WB mode: 150ul AL-WB mode: 200ul OV-PD mode: 40 ul

2.9.2 General Performance Requirements Table 2-5 General performance requirements Items

Temperature

Requirement of startup time (the time taken from power-on to ready-for-analysis)

15℃～32℃

Requirement of shutdown time

Design Requirement No more than 30 minutes (normal and abnormal startup)

15℃～22℃

No more than 15 minutes

23℃～40℃

No more than 10 minutes

15℃～32℃

No more than 15 minutes (normal shutdown)

2.9.3 Analysis Parameters 1) 33 reporting parameters Table 2-6 Reporting parameters Clone

Name White Blood Cell count

Abbreviation WBC

Leukon (11 parameters) RET clone

(6para meters)

Basophils number

Bas#

Basophils percentage

Bas%

Neutrophils number

Neu#

Neutrophils percentage

Neu%

Eosinophils number

Eos#

Eosinophils percentage

Eos%

Lymphocytes number

Lym#

Lymphocytes percentage

Lym%

Monocytes number

Mon#

Monocytes percentage

Mon%

Reticulocyte percentage

RET%

Reticulocyte number

RET#

2-3

RBC clone (10 parameters)

Immature reticulocyte fraction Low fluorescent ratio Middle fluorescent ratio High fluorescent ratio Red Blood Cell count

IRF LFR MFR HFR RBC

Hemoglobin Concentration

HGB

Mean Corpuscular Volume

MCV

Mean Corpuscular Hemoglobin

MCH

Mean Corpuscular Hemoglobin Concentration Red Blood Cell Distribution Width Coefficient of Variation Red Blood Cell Distribution Width Standard Deviation Hematocrit

MCHC RDW-CV RDW-SD HCT

Nucleated red blood cell number

NRBC#

Nucleated red blood cell percentage

NRBC%

PLT clone

(6 parameters)

Platelet count

PLT

Mean Platelet Volume

MPV

Platelet Distribution Width

PDW

Plateletcrit

PCT

Platelet-large cell ratio

P-LCR

Platelet-large cell count

P-LCC

2) 14 RUO parameters Table 2-7 RUO parameters Abbreviation

Name High fluorescent Cell number

HFC#

High fluorescent Cell percentage

HFC%

Immature Granulocyte

IMG#

Immature Granulocyte percentage

IMG%

Optical Red Blood Cell count

RBC-O

Optical Platelet count

PLT-O

Platelet count- Impedance

PLT-I

Optical white blood cell count

WBC-O

2-4

White blood cell count -DIFF

WBC-D

White blood cell count –BASO

WBC-B

White blood cell count-NRBC

WBC-N

Platelet Distribution Width Standard Deviation

PDW-SD

Infected RBC number

INR#

Infected RBC ratio

INR‰

3) Graphs Table 2-8 Graphs Type

Scattergram

Histogram

Channel

Name

Three-dimensional Scattergram

DIFF optical channel

DIFF Scattergram

BASO optical channel

BASO Scattergram

No

RET Scattergram

Yes

PLT-O Scattergram

No

RET-EXT Scattergram

No

NRBC optical channel

NRBC Scattergram

Yes

RBC sheath fluid impedance channel

RBC Histogram

/

PLT Histogram

/

RET optical channel

2.9.4 Flag Messages Table 2-9 Flag messages Clone WBC

Name WBC Abn Scattergram

2-5

Yes

NRBC Abn Scattergram Neutropenia Neutrophilia Lymphopenia Lymphocytosis Monocytosis Eosinophilia Basophilia Leukocytopenia Leukocytosis NRBC present Blasts? Abn Lympho/ Blasts？ Immature Gran? Left Shift? Atypical Lympho? NRBC? RBC Lyse resistance? RBC Abn Distribution RET Abn Scattergram Dimorphic Population Reticulocytosis Anisocytosis Microcytosis RBC

Macrocytosis Hypochromia Anemia Erythrocytosis RBC Aggulutination? Turbudity/HGB Interference? Iron Deficiency? Fragments? PLT Abn Scattergram PLT Abn Distribution

PLT

Thrombocytopenia Thrombocytosis PLT Clumps?

Overall judgment Pancytopenia

2-6

2.9.5 Measurement and Display Range 1)

Condition

WBC

0~500×109/L

RBC

0~8.00×1012/L

HGB

0~250g/L

PLT

0~5000×109/L

HCT

0～75%

RET%

0～30%

RET＃

0~0.8×1012/L

2)

Display range

WBC

0.00~999.99×109/L

Neu%/Lym%/ Mon%/ Eos%/ Bas%

0～100%

RBC

0.00~99.99×1012/L

HGB

0~300g/L

PLT

0~9999×109/L

HCT

0.0～100.0%

MCV

(0.0-250.0)fL

RET%

0～100%

RET＃

0.0000~9.9999×1012/L

NRBC%

0～9999.99%

NRBC#

0~9999.99×109/L

2.9.6 Background requirement Background analysis method: run diluent sample and get the analysis result. The background specification of BC-6800 is as follows: Table 2-10 Background requirements Parameter

Background requirement

WBC

≤ 0.1 × 109 / L

WBC-D

≤ 0.2 × 109 / L

WBC-N

≤ 0.2 × 109 / L

2-7

RBC

≤ 0.02× 1012/ L

RBC-O

≤ 0.02× 1012/ L

HGB

≤1 g/L

PLT

≤ 5 × 109 / L

PLT-O

≤ 5 × 109 / L

2.9.7 Carryover Carryover analysis method: analyze 3 high value samples consecutively when the analyzer is under stable conditions, and then analyze 3 low value samples immediately, then calculate the carryover rate per the following equation.

First low - level sample result－Third low - level sample result × 100％ Third high - level sample result－Third low - level sample result

Carryover(%) =

Table 2-11 Carryover requirements Parameter

Unit

WBC

×109/L

High value sample > 15.0

Low value sample < 3.0

Carryover

RBC

×1012/L

> 6.0

< 2.00

≤1.0%

HGB

g/L

> 200

< 40

≤1.0%

HCT

%

>54.0

<18.0

≤1.0%

PLT

×109/L

> 300

< 100

≤1.0%

RBC-O

×1012/L

> 6.0

< 2.00

≤1.5%

WBC-D

×109/L

> 15.0

< 3.0

≤1.0%

WBC-N

×109/L

> 15.0

< 3.0

≤1.5%

≤1.0%

2.9.8 Reproducibility Reproducibility analysis method: select a qualified sample and analyze it for 10 consecutive times, and then calculate the CV (%) and absolute deviation D of each parameter. Calculation method: n

−

Mean( X )=

∑X i =1

n

i

;

n: analysis times −

Absolute deviation di =xi - X

2-8

Standard deviation (SD)=

∑ (X

−

i

− X )2

n −1

;

i: the parameter result of the ith analysis

Coefficient variation (CV)%= Table 2-12 Reproducibility requirements Parameter WBC

Range

Whole blood (CV/Absolute deviation d*)

Predilute (CV)

≤2.5%

≤4.0%

≥4×109/L 12

RBC

≥3.5×10 /L

≤1.5%

≤2.0%

HGB

(110-180)g/L

≤1.0%

≤2.0%

MCV

(80-100)fL

≤1.0%

≤3.0%

HCT

(30～50)%

≤1.5%

≤3.0%

PLT

≥100×109/L

≤4.0%

≤8.0%

*Note: absolute deviation d= measured value- mean of measured value. **Note: Range=maximum measured value- minimum measured value.

2.9.9 Linearity Prepare samples of different concentrations, analyze the samples, and calculate slope coefficient and intercept in the linearity regression equation. Then calculate the theoretical value and the deviation between the theoretical value and the test value. Table 2-13 Linearity requirements Parameter

WBC

Condition

Whole blood mode

(0 ~ 100.00)×109/L

±0.20×109/L or ±2％

±0.50×109/L or ±5%

(100.01 ~ 350.00)×109/L

±6％

±6％

±11%

±11% ±0.05×1012/L or ±5%

9

(350.01 ~ 500)×10 /L 12

RBC

(0 ~ 8.00)×10 /L

HGB

(0-250)g/L

HCT

(0～75)%

＊

PLT

RET%

Predilute mode

12

±0.03×10 /L or ±2％ ±2g/L or ±2％

±2g/L or ±3% ±4g/L or ±4%

±1.0％(HCT value) or ±2％

±2.0％(HCT value) or ±4%

(1001 ~ 5000)×109/L

±6％

±10×109/L or ±10% ±20×109/L or ±10% ±10%

(0～30)%

±0.3％(RET value) or ±20％

/

(0 ~ 1000)×109/L

9

±10×10 /L or ±5%

12

12

RET# (0 ~ 0.8)×10 /L ±0.015×10 /L or ±20% / * Note: PLT linearity may not meet the requirement, it is mainly determined by RBC concentration. 2-9

2.9.10 Deviation between Different Modes The way to measure deviation between different modes: perform calibration under each mode using fresh blood or calibrator, then analyze a normal fresh blood sample for 5 times under the autoloading mode, open vial whole blood mode and open vial predilute mode respectively, and calculate the deviations of the parameters between the modes. Table 2-14 Requirements of deviations under different modes

Parameter

Autoloading and open vial mode

Open vial and predilute mode

Relative deviation or absolute

Relative deviation or absolute

deviation requirement

deviation requirement

WBC

±5% or ±0.4×109/L

RBC

±2% or ±0.1×1012/L

HGB

±2% or ±4g/L

HCT

±2% or ±0.3HCT%

PLT Neu%

±5% or ±0.4×109/L ±10% or ±0.8×109/L ±2% or ±0.1×1012/L ±4% or ±0.2×109/L ±2% or ±4g/L ±4% or ±6g/L

9

±7% or ±20×10 /L

±2% or ±0.3HCT% ±4% or ±0.6HCT% ±7% or ±20×109/L ±14% or ±30×109/L

Lym%

±5.0% ±4.0%

±9.0% ±9.0%

Mon%

±3.0%

±6.0%

Eos%

±2.0%

±3.0%

Bas%

±1.0%

±3.0%

±20% or ±2.0NRBC%

/

NRBC% RET#

RET%

12

±20% or ±0.015×10 /L

±20% or ±0.3 RET%

RBC-O

±20%

PLT-O

±20%

±20% or ±0.015×1012/L ±30% or ±0.02×1012/L ±20% or ±0.3 RET% ±30% or ±0.45 RET% ±20% ±30% ±20% ±30%

LFR

±30% or ±10 LFR%

MFR

±30% or ±10 MFR%

HFR

±30% or ±5 HFR%

IRF

±30% or ±10 IRF% 2-10

2.9.11 Correlation Requirements Comparator

of

the

Analyzer

and

1. Requirements of Deviation of the Analyzer and Comparator Analyzer a fresh blood sample or calibrator with traceability for 5 consecutive times on a comparator of good conditions and calculate the mean of each parameter. Take the means as targets, and calibrate the analyzer to be tested with the sample or calibrator mentioned above. When the calibration finishes, test another fresh blood samples for 5 times on the two analyzers respectively and calculate the deviation rate of the means of each parameter. Deviation requirements: WBC - ≤ ±3%, RBC - ≤ ±2%, HGB- ≤ ±2%, PLT - ≤ ±5%, HCT or MCV - ≤ ±2%.

2. Correlation Requirements of the Analyzer and Comparator Test at least 100 fresh anticoagulated venous blood samples (able to cover the reportable range as much as possible, with at least 50 abnormal samples) for 2 times on the comparator and the analyzer respectively, calculate the mean and the correlation coefficient R.

Table 2-15 Requirements on the Comparative Index of the Analyzer and Comparator Parameter

Comparative Correlation Coefficient of the Analyzer and Comparator

WBC

≥0.99

RBC

≥0.99

HGB

≥0.98

MCV

≥0.98

PLT

≥0.95

NRBC

≥0.90

RET#/RET%

≥0.90

2.9.12 Correlation and Accuracy Requirements Differential and Manual Differential

of

WBC

1. Correlation Prepare 100 normal samples and 100 abnormal samples, test the samples with the analyzer and the reference method (manual differential) respectively. Test each sample on the analyzer twice. Manual differential shall be conducted per the requirement of CLSI H20, 400 cells from each sample are analyzed, and the mean is calculated. Conduct correlation analysis for Neu%, Lym%, Mon%, Eos%, Bas% and IG. 2-11

Table 2-16 Correlation Requirements of Differential Parameters Parameter Neu%

Correlation Coefficient of WBC Differential of the Analyzer and Manual Differential ≥0.90

Lym%

≥0.90

Mon%

≥0.75

Eos%

≥0.80

Bas%

≥0.50

IG%

≥0.80

2. Accuracy Run calculation over results of the 200 samples tested for correlation analysis.

Equation: SEp＝

p×q n

In the equation, n=200; p= mean obtained with the reference method; q=100-p; when freedom is 199, the t distribution factor of 99％ credibility limit =2.57. Calculating credibility range The 99％ credibility range of a parameter rate: p±2.57×SEp.

Requirement: The Lym%, Neu%, Mon%, Eos% and Bas% results tested by the analyzer must be within the 99％ credibility range of the results tested by the reference method.

2.9.13 Sample Stability Prepare 5 normal anticoagulated fresh venous blood samples, separate each sample into 17 shares. Test 1 share for twice after it has been prepared for 0.5 hour. Group the other 16 shares into 2 groups, store 1 group in room temperature and the other in the environment of 4 ℃. Test 1 share from each group at hour 1, 2, 4, 8, 12, 24, 48 and 72 after they have been prepared (the samples stored in the environment of 4℃ must be warmed to room temperature and then mixed). Record the parameter results of each sample and observe the change of parameter results, histogram and scattergram over time. Calculate the change of parameter results of each sample over time against the results of the test done at hour 0.5, and representing the change in absolute or relative deviation.

Table 2-17 Sample Stability Requirements

Parameter

Relative deviation or absolute deviation Acceptance Range

Long Term Stability in

Long Term Stability in

Room Temperature (18℃-26℃)

Refrigerated Temperature (2℃-8℃)

2-12

WBC

±5%

24 hours

48 hours

RBC

±3%

24 hours

48 hours

HGB

±3%

24 hours

48 hours

MCV

±6%

24 hours

48 hours

HCT%

±7%

24 hours

48 hours

MCH

±5%

24 hours

48 hours

MCHC

±7%

24 hours

48 hours

RDW-CV

±10%

24 hours

48 hours

RDW-SD

±15%

24 hours

48 hours

PLT

±10%

24 hours

48 hours

MPV

±15%

24 hours

48 hours

Neu%

±5%(absolute deviation)

24 hours

48 hours

Lym%


24 hours

48 hours

Mon%


24 hours

48 hours

Eos%


24 hours

48 hours

Bas%


24 hours

48 hours

NRBC%

±0.5%(absolute deviation)

24 hours

48 hours

RET%

±20% or 0.3RET%

24 hours

48 hours

2.10 Conditions of Use 2.10.1 Environment Requirements Table 2-18 Environment Requirements of the Analyzer Operating Environment Requirements

Storage Environment Requirements

Running Environment Requirements

Ambient 5℃～40℃ 15℃～32℃ -10℃～40℃ Temperature Relative 10%～90% 30%～85% 10%～90% Humidity Atmospheric 70kPa～106kPa 70kPa～106kPa 50kPa～106kPa pressure Note: the environment requirements of reagents are the same as those of the analyzer.

2-13

2.10.2 Reagent Storage and Validity Term Table 2-19 Reagent Storage Conditions and Validity Term Reagent Name

Storage Validity Term 12 months

Storage Temperatur e

Relative Humidity

M-68DS DILUENT

Validity Term After Being Opened 60 days

2-30℃

≤90%

M-68DR DILUENT

60 days

12 months

2-30℃

≤90%

M-68LD LYSE

60 days

12 months

2-30℃

≤90%

M-68LN LYSE

60 days

12 months

2-30℃

≤90%

M-68LB LYSE

60 days

12 months

2-30℃

≤90%

M-68LH LYSE

60 days

12 months

2-30℃

≤90%

Probe cleanser

60 days

12 months

2-30℃

≤90%

M-68FN DYE

60 days

12 months

2-30℃

≤90%

M-68FR DYE

60 days

12 months

2-30℃

≤90%

60 days

12 months

2-30℃

≤90%

M-68FD DYE

Other requirements: the environment must be well ventilated and without corrosive gas; the fluorescent dyes must be protected from sunlight.

2.10.3 PC Configuration Recommended PC configuration: CPU Intel® 1.6GHz and above, memory 1G and above, hard disk 160GB and above, with DVD-ROM configured. The recommended display resolution: 1280*1024 (ordinary display) and 1440*900 (wide-screen display). Operation system: the terminal software can be operated properly in the Microsoft Windows 7 operation system; the multi-language software can be operated in the operation systems of the corresponding languages. (32 bit or 64 bit?)

2.11 Sound Standby mode: ≤60db Running mode: ≤65db

2.12 Functions of the Analyzer 2.12.1 Data Storage

2-14

Table 2-20 Data Storage Function Storage capacity Data storage of the PC

Information stored

Information of at least 40000 samples The information stored in the PC include: analysis results and graphs (histogram and scattergram), sample information, patient information, flag information and special information.

2.12.2 Sleep Function 1)

After being idle for certain period of time, the analyzer will enter sleep mode to ensure the stable performance of the analyzer when being used again.

2)

The settable range of the waiting time before entering sleep mode of the analyzer is [1,30].

3)

See the following table for the time needed for exiting sleep mode. Table 2-21 Time Needed for Exiting Sleep Mode

After entering sleep mode, the fluidics system is idle for (T)

Time needed for exiting sleep mode

Diluent consumption

T ≤30 minutes

No more than 15s

/

30 minutes
No more than 30s

≤1ml

3 hours
No more than 200s

≤150ml

2.12.3 STAT Function STAT function is provided by the analyzer during the autoloading analysis process.

2.12.4 Bilateral LIS/HIS Function 1)

The analyzer provides bilateral LIS/HIS communication function.

2)

And it at least supports the HL7 communication protocol.

2-15

3 Software System 3.1 Overview Software includes analyzer software and PC operating software DMU. Analyzer software runs on the internal CF card of the analyzer, while operating software DMU runs in the WIN 7, Ultimate, Flagship and corresponding 64 bit operating system. The analyzer software is responsible for sequences resolution, data collection and identification, while DMU is responsible to store the results into the database, display, print the results and display the data of the counts and quality controls; interactions such as data management, parameters setting and communications.

3.2 Introduction of Startup and Shutdown 3.2.1 Startup y

Ensure that the electricity and reagents are connected properly when starting up. First power on the pneumatic unit and then the main unit. Inversion is not allowed.

y

There is no restriction of the startup order of the analyzer and PC Software

y

During the startup process, prompts of words and progress indicator will pop up.

y

Service engineer or levels above could skip the initialization. When the progress bar prompts at the startup screen when starting up, press the upper left for several seconds with the finger until the message box of access level pops up, enter the service password to skip the initialization. Note: Initialization cannot be skipped in the initial startup. Performing fluidics initialization of the analyzer is required.

3.2.2 Shutdown y

Use the "Shutdown" button on the software main menu to shut down the analyzer.

y

During the shutdown process, prompts of words and progress indicator will display.

3.3 Menu Structure Main menu structure of the analyzer software: 3-1

Mode

Search

Setup

Setup

Probe Cleanser Maintenance

Start Count

Graph

Start Count

Replace

Aperture

Export

Restart

STAT

Delete

RUO Para.

Stability Trend

Previous Next Table Review RTable RUO Para.

Trend Graph Send

Shortcut menu structure of the analyzer software:

Manual CBC Gain Optical Gain Calibrator Fresh blood Transfer Factor History Touch Screen

Date Background Reproducibility Carryover

Auxiliary Setup Reagent Maintenance

Sequence Debug

Autoloader

Cleaning

Barcode

Maintenance

Communication

Reagent

Gain Setup

Fluidics

Advanced

Drain/Prime

Statistics

Debug

Temp.&Pressure

Log

Voltage&Current

Replace Reagent Reagent Priming

Float Sensor Version Info. Function Config.

3-2

Calibration Manual CBC Gain Optical Gain Calibrator Fresh Blood Transfer Factor History Touch Screen

OV-WB OV-PD AL-WB

Restore Default Export Import

Save Export

Restore Default

Read File Calculate OV-WB OV-PD AL-WB

Perfomance Background Reproducibility Carryover

Send Cal. History Resend Single Clear All Mode Start Count Export Transmit Special Info. Stability Trend Trend Graph

Trend Clear All Mode Start Count Sample Info. Statistics Export Send

Clear All Mode Start Count Export Send

3-3

Date Setup Auxiliary Setup Reagent Setup Maintenance Setup Autoloader Built-in Barcode Communication Setup Gain Setup Advanced Setup

□Predilute Mode Prompt □Pop-up Keyboard Open □Blood Sensor Open □Waste Sensor Open □Disable RET □Disable NRBC Setup Replace To open reagent □Standby □Probe Cleanser Maintenance □Autoloader Stop Condition □Blood/Analysis Mode Inquiry Failed □When there is tube vacancy, sample ID

□ Flow Cell Bubble Removal □ Whole Device □ Flow Cell Flushing □ Optical Reaction Bath □ RBC Bath □ RBC Premix Bath □ HGB Bath □ SRV □ Open-Vial Sampling Unit □ Autoloading Sampling Unit

Sequence Debug Cleaning Maintenance Reagent Overall Maintenance Drain&Prime Debug Log

□ Whole Device □ Flow Cell □ SRV □ Aperture □ HGB Bath □ BASO Channel □ NRBC Channel

Optical gain FS, SS, SF, PMT MCV gain HGB gain

□ Unclog □ Flush □ Zap

□Basic Function (SN, language) □Analyzer configuration items (built-in barcode scanner configured) □Special Function (upload WAVE file)

Detail Go to Export

Replace Reagent Reagent Priming

□ All Logs □ Setup Adjustment □ Other Logs □ Error Info. □ Sequence

□ dp debug □ syring debug □ Valve Confirmation □ Probe wipe and SRV □ Debug-Mixing Assembly □ Autoloader □ Tube Detection □ DA value and level □ Stirring motor

Menu structure of DMU software

3-4

□ M-68DS diluent □ M-68DR diluent □ M-68LD lyse □ M-68LB lyse □ M-68LN lyse □ M-68LH lyse □ M-68FN dye □ M-68FR dye □ M-68FD dye □ Pack-up □ Reset Fluidics

Drain □ WC1 □ WC2 □ DIL Cistern □ FCM Cistern □ SCI Cistern □ ISU Cistern □ RBC Bath □ RBC Premix Bath □ HGB Bath □ WBC Reaction Bath □ DIFF Bath □ BASO Bath □ RET Bath □ NRBC Bath □ Drain Fluidics Prime □ DIL Cistern □ FCM Cistern □ SCI Cistern □ ISU Cistern □ RBC Bath □ RBC Premix Bath □ HGB Bath □ WBC Bath □ DIFF Bath □ BASO Bath □ RET Bath □ NRBC Bath □ Prime Fluidics

System Menu Report Review Worklist QC Statistics Setup Log

Report Validate Print Print Preview Edit Result Restore Result Delete Result Compare Communication View

Batch Validation Batch Print Patient Info. Parameter Microscopic Exam. RUO Parameters Table Intraday repeated results Graphics Restore default layout Unlock Layout

Review Review History Delect Validate Print Print Preview Communication Research Restore Data Export Archive Lock Record View

Batch Validation Batch Print Print Result Summary Result Summary Preview Print Result List Result List Preview Table General WBC RBC Result Compare Microscopic Exam. RUO Parameters Intraday repeated results Patient Info. Restore default layout Unlock Layout

Worklis t New Delete Search Copy Import Export Print Print Preview Save Statistics Workload Summary Summary of Positive Samples General Summary Print Print Preview Setup General Setup Parameter Setup Access Setup Data Dictionary Reference Range Parameter Unit Reexam Rules Screen Display Save

Auxiliary Print Communication Lab Info. RUO Parameter Setup Microscopic Parameter Setup Custom Parameter Setup Access Setup Authorize Screen Display Style Language of Screen Display

Log All Logs Other Logs Setup Adjustment Error Info. Sequence

3-5

L-J QC Settings Graph Table Parameter QC Graph Monthly QC Graph

System Menu Report Review Worklist QC Statistics Setup Log

QC L-J QC X-B QC X mean QC X mean-R QC X-M QC

X mean-R QC Settings Graph Table

X-B QC Settings Graph Table

Delete Calculate Preset Values Save Preset Values Print Print Preview Delete New Vial Data Compare Sequence Outliers Print Print Preview

Delete Print Print Preview Communicatio n Data Export

Delete Print Print Preview Communicatio n Data Export Save Restore

X-M QC Settings Graph Table

Save Set Limits Get Preset Values Restore Defaults

Read File Save Set Limits Get Preset Values Delete New Vial Data Compare Sequence Calculate Preset Values Save Preset Values Outliers Print Print Preview Delete Print Print Preview Communicatio n Data Export Save Restore New Vial Rule of Outliers Save Print Print Preview Print Print Preview

X mean QC Settings Graph Table

Save Set limits Get Preset Values Restore Defaults Delete Calculate Preset Values Save Preset Values Print Print Preview

Read File Save Set limits Get Preset Values Delete New Vial Data Compare Sequence Calculate Preset Values Save Preset Values Outliers Print Print Preview Delete Print Print Preview Communication Data Export Save Restore

Delete Print Print Preview Communication Data Export

3.4 Password Password access levels include levels for operator, administrator and service engineer; administrator level includes all the levels of operator, while service engineer level includes all the levels of administrator, functions for different levels are shown in the following table in 3-6

detail. The user name and password are the same for the analyzer and DMU.

Level 1 Functions

Access level

User name

Password

administrator

admin

admin

Service engineer

service

Se s700

Level 2 Functions Level 2

Level 3 Function s

Level 4

Operation Access

under the (Buttons)

Menu

Function under the Access

Functions level

Level 3

Level 1 Menu

Module

access

DMU Analyzer Operator Admin Service

Menu

Analyzer Sample Analysis Sample

√

√

√

Mode

√

√

√

Diluent

√

√

√

RUO

√

√

√

Background

/

√

√

Table Review Browse

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

/

√

√

/

√

√

Analysis

Review

Select Search/ Return Switch to "Graph Review"

√

Delete The same as Export

the

access under DMU

3-7

Level 1 Functions

Level 3

Level 2

Function

Functions

s

Level 2

Level 4

Functions level

(Buttons) Menu

Function under

Operation Access

the Access

under the

Level 3

Level 1 Menu

Module

access


Menu Special

/

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

/

/

√

√

√

√

QC

√

√

√

Date

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

/

/

√

Reagent

√

√

√

Maintenance

/

√

√

Info. Graph

Browse

Review

RUO Para. Special Info. [TBD] QC

Setup (analyzer)

Select

the

controls file

Auxiliary Setup

Predilute Mode Prompt Pop-up Keyboar d Open Blood Sensor Open Waste Sensor Open Mode Shieldin g

3-8

Level 1 Functions


Level 3 Function s

Level 4

Functions level

(Buttons) Menu

Function under

Operation Access

the Access

under the

Level 3

Level 1 Menu

Module

access


Menu

Autoloader

/

√

√

Barcode

/

√

√

Gain Setup

/

√

√

/

√

√

/

/

√

/

/

√

/

/

√

/

/

√

Communicatio n

Advanced

Analyzer SN Languag e To Closed-R eagent

Debug User Calibration

Manual

Calibrati

View only √

on

View only

Factor Factory Calibrati

/

/

√

/

/

√

/

/

√

Export

/

/

√

Import

/

/

√

on Factor Transfer Factor

Edit function

√

allowed

Initial Value Restorati on

3-9

Level 1 Functions


Level 3 Function s

Level 4

Functions level

(Buttons) Menu

Function under

Operation Access

the Access

under the

Level 3

Level 1 Menu

Module

access


Menu Initializat ion of the

/

/

/

/

√

√

/

/

/

/

√

√

/

/

/

/

/

√

/

√

√

/

/

√

/

/

√

√

√

√

system User Calibrato r Calibrati on Calibrator Factory Calibrato r Calibrati on User Fresh Blood Calibrati on Fresh blood Factory Fresh Blood Calibrati on Transfer factor History

User

Edit

transfer

function

factor

allowed

Browse Resend Single Send Cal. History

Reproducibility

Run

the

3-10

Level 1 Functions


Level 3

Level 4

Function s

Functions level

Function under

Operation Access

the Access

under the

Level 3

Level 1 Menu

(Buttons) Menu

Module

access


Menu samples Delete

√

√

√

Mode

√

√

√

Statistics

√

√

√

√

√

√

/

/

√

√

√

√

/

√

√

/

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

/

/

√

View the detailed records Set

the

judgmen t index View the judgmen t index Restore Default Setup and

the

judgmen t

of

accuracy Export Carryover

Run

the

samples Mode View the detailed records Set

the

judgmen t index

3-11

Level 1 Functions


Level 3 Function s

Level 4

Functions level

(Buttons) Menu

Function under

Operation Access

the Access

under the

Level 3

Level 1 Menu

Module

access


Menu

√

√

√

Aging

/

/

/

CBC Gain

/

/

√

√

/

/

√

√

/

/

√

/

√

√

Cleaning

/

√

√

Maintenance

/

√

√

Fluidics

/

√

√

Drain/ Prime

/

/

√

Log

/

/

√

Debug

/

√

√

/

√

√

/

√

√

/

/

/

Logout

√

√

√

Shutdown

√

√

√

/

/

√

Export

Function Optical Gain

s of level 1 allowed

Maintenance

Function

Sequences

s of level

debug

2 allowed

Reagent Priming

Touch Screen Possibilit y to allow

Status

the

√

functions Position

Data transmissi

3-12

Level 1 Functions


Level 3 Function s

Level 4

Operation Access

the Access

under the (Buttons)

Menu

Function under

Functions level

Level 3

Level 1 Menu

Module

access


Menu on to the DMU

DMU Browse Report

the

√

√

√

/

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

/

√

√

/

√

√

/

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

results Delete (include

Function

the

s of level √

repeat

3 allowed

results) Commun ication Edit patient informati on Edit Result

Restore Result

Validate/ Cancel

Function s of level √ 3 allowed Function s of level √ 3 allowed Function s of level √ 3 allowed

Preview Function Print

s of level 3

√

upgraded Microsco

3-13

Level 1 Functions


Level 3

Level 4

Function s

Function under

Operation Access

the Access

Functions level under the

Level 3

Level 1 Menu

(Buttons) Menu

Module

access


Menu pic exam Applicati on

of

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

/

√

√

/

√

√

/

√

√

History

/

√

√

Browse

√

√

√

√

√

√

/

√

√

/

√

√

Reexam Rules RUO Paramet ers Result Compare Revise the sample No.

s of level √ 3 allowed

Restore

Function

to Initial

s of level √

Layout

3 allowed

Unlock the locked screen Review

Function

Function s of level √ 3 allowed

RUO Paramet ers Delete (include

Function

the

s of level √

repeat

3 allowed

results) Validate/

Function √

3-14

Level 1 Functions


Level 3 Function s

Level 4

Operation Access

the Access

under the (Buttons)

Menu

Function under

Functions level

Level 3

Level 1 Menu

Module

access


Menu Cancel

s of level 3 allowed Function

/

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

Search

√

√

√

Lockoff

√

√

√

√

√

√

/

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

WBC

√

√

√

RBC

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

Export


Preview Function Print

s of level 3

√

upgraded Commun ication

The latest 2000 results Archive file


Main window Patient Info.

Result Compare Microsco

3-15

Level 1 Functions


Level 3 Function s

Level 4

Operation Access

the Access

under the (Buttons)

Menu

Function under

Functions level

Level 3

Level 1 Menu

Module

access


Menu pic Exam RUO

√

√

√

√

√

√

/

√

√

/

√

√

/

√

√

Store

√

√

√

Add

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

s of level √

√

√

√

Para. Function Q-Flag


"Special info."


Restore

Function

Default

s of level √

Layout

3 allowed

Unlock the locked screen Worklist

Function


Function Delete

s of level 3

√

upgraded Search Copy Records Function Import

s of level 3 upgraded Function

Export

3

3-16

Level 1 Functions


Level 3 Function s

Level 4

Operation Access

the Access

under the (Buttons)

Menu

Function under

Functions level

Level 3

Level 1 Menu

Module

access


Menu upgraded Function s of level √

√

√

√

√

√

√

/

√

√

Graph

√

√

√

Table

√

√

√

/

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

/

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

/

√

√

Print

3 allowed Preview Function QC

s of level √

Setup

3 allowed

Function

Edit Result


Paramet er

QC

Graph Monthly QC Graph Function Delete


New vial Cancel New vial Data Compare Display Order


3-17

Level 1 Functions

Level 3


Function s

Level 4

Operation Access

the Access

under the (Buttons)

Menu

Function under

Functions level

Level 3

Level 1 Menu

Module

access


Menu Calculate

Function

Preset

s of level √

Values

3 allowed

Save

Function

Preset

s of level √

Values

3 allowed

/

√

√

/

√

√

/

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

/

√

√

/

√

√

Function Outliers

s of level √ 3 allowed Function

Print


Preview Statistics

Workload Summary Summary of Positive Samples General Summary Function s of level √

Print

3 allowed Preview Setup

Auxiliary Setup Para. Unit Ref.

Group

and Reference Range

3-18

Level 1 Functions


Level 3 Function s

Level 4

Functions level

(Buttons) Menu

Function under

Operation Access

the Access

under the

Level 3

Level 1 Menu

Module

access


Menu

Print Communicatio n

Flag

√

√

√

√

√

√

/

√

√

/

√

√

/

√

√

/

√

√

/

√

√

√

√

√

/

√

√

√

√

√

/

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

RUO Parameter Setup Microscopic Parameter Setup Custom Parameter Setup Function

Reexam

s of level

Rules Data Dictionary

2 allowed Browse Setup (Add, Edit and Delete)

Lab Info.

Browse Setup (Enter, edit)

Screen

Menu

Display

Display Backgro und Color

3-19

Level 1 Functions


Level 3 Function s

Level 4

Operation Access

the Access

under the (Buttons)

Menu

Function under

Functions level

Level 3

Level 1 Menu

Module

access


Menu Languag

/

/

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

/

√

√

Contents

√

√

√

About

√

√

√

Close

√

√

√

Logout

√

√

√

Exit

√

√

√

e

Different contents are Log

Browse

displaye d

under

different access Search Function Export


Help

Close/ Logout

3.5 Analyzer Software Update 3.5.1 Update Preparation Copy the update kit "update.tar.gz" in the analyzer installation kit under the root directory of the USB flash drive. Note: 1. It is not necessary to unzip the update.tar.gz, just copy it to the root directory of the USB flash drive directly. 3-20

2. USB flash drive: It is recommended to use USB flash drive of standardized brand such as Netac, Kingston, Aigo and so on.

3.5.2 Step 1: Update process 1.

Plug the USB flash drive containing the installation kit to the USB port on the right side of the BC-6800 analyzer, then log on with the service engineer access; press the menu button on the upper left, after the sub menu pops up, click "Status"→"Version Info.", the Version Info. screen is shown as follows.

Figure 3-1 Version Info. Screen

2.

Click the "Start Update" button at the bottom, the following note will pop up.

Figure 3-2 Confirm whether to enter the update screen

3-21

3.

After you click "Yes", the update screen is shown as Figure 3-3.

Figure 3-4 Update screen 4.

Click" Update" and start the update process. The update preparation note will pop up as follows:

Figure 3-5 5.

Note of update preparation

The update process in generally within 10 second and 1 minute at most, "......" will display circularly on the screen, wait patiently. Then the following update preparation note will pop up after the preparation is finished:

Figure 3-6

Note of Project info. and CD info 3-22

6.

Click "Yes" to start the update process. The update progress bar will display on the screen as follows:

Figure 3-7 7.

After Step 1 is finished, the following note will pop up:

Figure 3-8 8.

Update process note

Note of the unfinished update

Click "OK", the following note will pop up, and then shut down the analyzer.

Figure 3-9

Restart note

3.5.3 Step 2: Update process 1.

Start up the analyzer, plug the USB flash drive which is used in Step 1 to the USB port at the right side of the analyzer, enter the screen as shown below: 3-23

Note: After starting up the analyzer, do not power off and restart the analyzer before update successfully.

Figure 3-10 Update screen 2.

Click" Update" and start the update process. A note of update preparation will pop up shown as follows:

Figure 3-11 Note of update preparation 3.

The update process is generally within 10 second and 1 minute at most, "......" will display circularly on the screen, wait patiently. A note of update preparation shown as follows will pop up after the preparation is finished:

Figure 3-12 Note of Project info. and CD info. 3-24

4.

Click "Yes" and start the update process. The file verification screen is shown as follows:

Figure 3-13 File verification note 5.

After the files are verified, enter the file update screen; update the software and then the hardware drive after the files are updated. The update software screen is shown as follows:

Figure 3-14 Update software note Note: If the software is changed, the software will be updated; if the hardware drive is changed, a note of "Updating the driver board" will pop up. If no item is changed, then the update note will not display.

6.

The data update screen is shown as follows:

Figure 3-15 Data update note 7.

After the data is updated, a note of "Update succeeded!" will pop up as follows: 3-25

Figure 3-16 Note of update succeeded 8.

Click "OK", a note to shut down the analyzer will pop up, start up the analyzer, the screen is shown as follows:

Figure 3-17 Restart analyzer note 9.

Shut down the analyzer, plug out the USB flash drive and wait for a while, such as 20 seconds, then start up the analyzer and begin the startup process.

10. Press the menu button on the upper left, after the sub menu pops up, click "Status"→"Version Info.", the version info. Screen is shown as follows.

3.6 DMU Software Installation 3.6.1 PC recommended configuration Hardware configuration

Software configuration

Memory: 2GB

Operating system

Hard disk space: 320GB

Windows 7

CD-ROM: DVD-RW Database: SQL Server 2005 Express SP3

Network port: two network ports (one is integrating while another is separated)

It is recommended to divide the hard disk as follows: Disk C: 40G Disk D: 200G

system disk for installing operating system and DMU software data disk for DMU data files and backup files 3-26

Disk E: 80G

file disk for other files

3.6.2 DMU installation procedure 1.Open the installation disk, right click setup.exe and run under the administrator access and start installing.

Figure 3-18 Run the installation procedure 2.Then the "User account control" will pop up, click "Yes" and start installing. 3.The installation program will check the operating condition, such as the version of the operating system, whether there are .Net Framework 2.0 items and whether the SQL Server is installed, the following note will pop up.

Figure 3-19 Item checking 3-27

4.If all the items needed for the "Auto hematology analyzer software" are installed, click next to choose language in the dialog box, the language chosen will be used after the Auto hematology analyzer software is installed.

Figure 3-20 Language selecting dialog box 5.Click "OK" and prepare to install, the next screen is shown:

Figure 3-21 Next step of the installation 6.Click "Next", enter the software customization screen as shown: Auto start of the DMU after startup: the DMU will start automatically after the PC starts; Activate the safety management: this function ensure the DMU running environment is not damaged and guarantee the safety, reliability and endurance of the DMU data and make the operating system under control; if the safety management is activated, administrators other than the default administrator cannot access Windows 7 system which is limited by DMU, only the administrator, service engineer and common user could log on Windows 7 and use DMU, administrator is generally disabled while installing the Windows 7, if the account needs to be seen, cancel the disabled administrator account on the “Computer Management-User account; 3-28

Figure 3-22 Software customize screen 7.Click “Next”, enter the dialog box for selecting the data directory in the database and installation directory, the screen is shown as follows:

Figure 3-23 Database path and backup path selection 3-29

8.Click "Next", enter the item selection and installation directory dialog box, the program is generally installed under the C:\Program Files and write-protect the file after the installation to protect from damage, to ensure the "Auto hematology analyzer software" to run normally, it is recommended that there is 130M left in the installation disk.

Figure 3-24 Program installation directory selection 9.Click "Next", and the installation confirmation dialog box will pop up.

Figure 3-25 Installation confirmation dialog box 3-30

10.Click "Install" and start the "Auto hematology analyzer" installation.

Figure 3-26 Software installation process 11.The printing template will be configured during the installation process, when the status displays "Configuring printing template...” the following dialog box will pop up and click "No".

Figure 3-27 Printing template update dialog box 12.The installation finished after this step is finished, the finished confirmation note will pop up. Click "Finished" and exit the installation program, shortcuts on the desktop and program menu will be created.

3-31

Figure 3-28 Installation finished note

Figure 3-29 Desktop shortcut

13.After the DMU is started, click the up right button on the following screen to confirm the version.

Click this icon to check the version information Figure 3-30 Version button

3-32

Figure 3-31 Version info.

3.7 DMU Software Update 3.7.1 DMU Software Update Step 1: Update preparation 1.

If the DMU software is opened on the PC, the DMU software shall be closed first.

2.

Open the DMU CD with the CD-ROM, such as Release_V01.03.00.12080.iso.

Step 2: Update process 1.Open the installation CD, right click the setup.exe and run under the administrator access and start installing.

Figure 3-32 Run the installation procedure 3-33

2.Then the "User account control" dialog box will pop up, click "Yes" and start installing. 3.After starting the setup program, the screen indicates that it is preparing, after the preparation finished and the following screen appears, the "Next" button is activated, the screen is shown as follows:

Figure 3-33 Installation guide 4.Click "Install" on the following screen;

Figure 3-34 Installation screen 3-34

5.Install when the installation guide appears, "Configuring printing template..." prompts and the following dialog box appears, click "No" in this step;

Figure 3-35 Printing template selection screen 6.After finish updating, click "Finished" on the following screen and finish updating.

Figure 3-36 Update finished screen 7.Double click the DMU shortcut icon on the desktop after the update is finished; 8.After the DMU software is opened, click the version information icon on the upper right to confirm that the analyzer version is updated successfully; 3-35

Click this icon to check the version information Figure 3-37 Version info. button Note: 1. The "Auto hematology analyzer" software cannot be updated from higher version to lower version. 2. The previous setup, sample results, patient information, print template and so on will be saved after the DMU is updated, the previous counts, patient information, setup before update, print template and so on can be viewed on the updated DMU.

3.7.2 DMU Software Repair When the auto hematology is running, if some files are damaged which cause the software cannot be used normally, double click the setup.exe in the CD of the same version, then the "Change, repair or delete" dialog box will pop up, "Repair" or "Delete" the DMU software.

Figure 3-38 Change, repair or delete Note: This screen is contained in the Windows Installer tool, meanwhile the "Change" button is not used in the installation of the 3201DMU and will be canceled; "Repair" will be used when some files are damaged and cannot be used, the damaged or lost files can be repaired, just operate based on the note of the screen; "Delete" means to delete the DMU software but keep the DMU software configuration file, database files, printing template and so on, click the "Delete" button and click "Next" based on the note. 3-36

3.8 Backup and Restoration The hard disk or board maybe damaged and needs to be replaced at the user end. To ensure that the important parameters will not be lost by replacing, the important data of the analyzer needs to be backed up or restored. There are 2 ways to backup: Auto backup and manual backup; the restoration can only be done manually.

3.8.1 Auto backup Auto backup: When the analyzer is in the auto sleep mode or shut down, the analyzer will backup the important data such as calibration factors to the DMU of a safer computer. Precondition of the auto backup: a)If the analyzer and the DMU are connected normally, the status light of the DMU is "Ready status". b)Log on the analyzer with the service engineer account; c)Enter the auto sleep mode or shut down the analyzer. Note: The auto backup maybe fail if the network is disconnected or power off, there will be no note on the screen.

3.8.2 Manual backup and restoration 1)

2)

The manual backup are mainly used in the following situation: 1.

After it is backed up automatically, the service engineer will replace a new CF card; after log on with the service engineer account, the restoration needs to be done manually, which is to copy the backed up data to the new CF card, so that the new CF card can use the important parameters before being replaced, such as the setup, statistics and so on.

2.

The customer engineer will install the DMU software on a new computer; the CF card of the analyzer is not new. Log on with the service engineer access and backup manually, which is to backup the important data of the analyzer to the DMU of the PC for restoration.

Manual backup procedure:

1. Precondition: If the analyzer and the DMU are connected normally, the status light of the DMU is "Ready status". 2. Click the analyzer menuÆLogout, then the login box will pop up; enter the password of the service engineer and click "OK";

3-37

Figure 3-39 Logon screen Click "OK", wait for 10s and enter the next screen; 3. Then a dialog box indicating device inconsistency will pop up as follows:

Figure 3-40 Backup restoration dialog box 4. Click the "OK" button and the following screen will pop up, wait for 10s, do not power off in this process;

Figure 3-41 Waiting screen 3-38

5. After about 10s, enter the backup restoration screen as follows:

Figure 3-42 Backup restoration screen 6. Click the” Backup" button, the system will perform backup automatically and prompt will be given when backup finishes successfully.

Figure 3-43 Backup restoration note 3. Click "OK" and the following note will pop up, power off and then restart the analyzer.

Figure 3-44 Backup succeeded screen 3-39

3)

Manual backup procedure

The procedure for manual restoration is almost the same as that of the manual backup, however, the "Backup" button is inactive in step 5 of the manual backup procedure, click the "Restore" button and do based on the note.

3.8.3 Explanation of the abnormal backup and restoration Q: In what case will the "Backup" and "Restoration" both be activated on the backup and restoration screen? A: Case 1: If the user log on with the service engineer account and the auto backup fails, a note of device inconsistency will pop up, enter the backup and restoration screen, the "Backup" and "Restore" buttons will be both activated, the user can backup and restore manually; Case 2: If the user log on with the service engineer account, the CF card replaced by the analyzer is not a new one but a backed up one, a note of device inconsistency will pop up, enter the backup and restoration screen, the "Backup" and "Restore" buttons will be both activated, the user can backup and restore manually.

3.9 Connection device between the DMU and analyzer 3.9.1 Direct connection between DMU and analyzer Direct connection means the PC with the DMU installed is connected to the analyzer with a network cable, after the communication is setup properly, the DMU can communicate with the analyzer.

1. Analyzer setup

Figure 3-45

Analyzer connection setup

2. DMU Setup Open the DMU and double click the box will pop up:

on the upper left, the analyzer connection dialog

3-40

Figure 3-46

DMU connection setup dialog box

Set the IP address of the analyzer as 10.0.0.12, enter the analyzer name and save it.

Figure 3-47 Direct-connected address setup Note: Click the area other than the dialog box to close the dialog box.

3. Connection status Click the "Save" button. The connection status changes as "Disconnected->Connecting->Connected", the relevant "Analyzer status" then changes to green dot, meanwhile the SN of the connected analyzer is shown as follows:

Figure 3-48 Connection status 3-41

If something is wrong with the analyzer, the "analyzer status" field will be marked as a red dot.

3.9.2 DMU connected to the analyzer in LAN Connect the PC with the DMU and the analyzer to the LAN with the network cable, after it is setup properly, the DMU can communicate with the analyzer. 1. Analyzer setup For user of the administrator lever or above, click "Setup"- "Communication” in the menu, enter the communication setup screen, enter the following information:

Figure 3-49

Analyzer communication setup

（1）Enter the IP address of the analyzer, such as 192.168.5.12 （2）Then enter "255.255.255.0" in the "Subnet Mask" field. （3）Enter the Gateway for the LAN, such as 192.168.5.233 Enter the other screen after entering the gateway, click "Yes" to save the gateway. 2. DMU Setup Open the DMU and double click the box will pop up:

Figure 3-50

on the upper left, the analyzer connection dialog

DMU connection setup dialog box 3-42

Click the "New" button and enter the information in the following fields: 1)

Analyzer name: Enter as needed, for example: HOST1

2)

IP address: enter the IP address which is the name as the analyzer, such as 192.168.5.12

3)

Click the "Save" button, click area other than the dialog box to close the dialog box.

Figure 3-51 DMU connection setup

3.9.3 Common Q & A Q: What is the meaning of the color of the DMU status light? A: The statuses of the lights are as follows.

Figure 3-1 Status description of the DMU light Analyzer status

Ready

Definition

Description

"Ready", samples can be analyzed directly

No matter what status the system is before, when return to the ready status, make sure that the results of the sample analysis of this status is correct and reliable Include but not limited to the following situations: 1. Sample analysis

Active, the system is active for some certain purpose

2. Mode switch 3. System maintenance (Startup, shutdown, reagent replacing, cleaning, priming, pack up and so on) 4. System self-test

3-43

Attention, the system is at risk, however the user can restore this status back to normal Standby, if the system is not used for a long time or at certain status for a long time, it can enter the Ready status Error, the system is at the error status, it can only enter the Ready status until after it is repaired

All the status which may bring in risks to the sample analysis (such as the diluent is used up or the background is not satisfied) Include but not limited to the following situations: 1. Standby 2. Soaking The system fails to return to the Ready status because of the damaged or abnormal parts, it can only return to the Ready status until repaired by the user or professionals

Q: How many connection statuses are there between the analyzer and the DMU? A: The connection status is "Disconnected"->"Connecting"->"Connected", the relevant "Analyzer status" then changes to a green dot, meanwhile the SN of the connected analyzer is shown.

Q: Can the connection of the analyzer and DMU be revised? How to revise? A: Yes. It can be revised as follows: 1)

On the DMU screen, double click the connection setup dialog box.

2)

Select the analyzer name which is highlighted

3)

Click "Revise" and edit relevant connection information

4)

Click the "Save" button.

on the upper left and open the

Q: Can certain connection be deleted? A: Yes. It can be deleted as follows: 1)

On the DMU screen, double click the connection setup dialog.

2)

Select the analyzer and highlight the line

3)

Click "Delete"

4)

Click the "Save" button. 3-44

on the upper left and open the

Q: Why is the connection status "connecting" when the IP address is setup both on the analyzer and the DMU? A:

1) Check if the IP address of the analyzer is correct. 2) Check if the IP address of the analyzer is the same as that in the DMU connection dialog box.

3.10 LIS Communication Setup The communication system mainly supports the system to communicate the analyzer data by uni-directional LIS or Bi-directional LIS, setup the communication at the DMU. Note: For user of the administrator lever or above, click "Setup"- "Communication" in the menu. There are two communication methods: 1)

Serial port communication: The DMU uses the serial port to communicate.

2)

Network port: The DMU communicates by TCP.

3.10.1 Serial port communication 1) After the serial port communication is selected and connected, select relevant serial device in the following serial port setup.

Figure 3-52 Serial port communication setup 2) After setting, click "Save" and the setting will be effective. Note: The baud rate shall be fixed as 115200.

3.10.2 Network port communication 1)

After the Network interface is selected and the network cables are connected, set up the relevant network. 3-45

Figure 3-53 Network communication 2)

3)

4)

IP Address: （1）

If DMU communicates as user end, enter the IP Address of the LIS server;

（2）

If DMU communicates as the server, the IP Address will be ignored.

Port （1）

If the DMU communicates as user end, enter the port for the LIS server;

（2）

If DMU communicates as the server, enter the port name of the analyzer monitor.

Software of the PC works as the server: Effective under the network communication condition. (1) Selected: DMU communicates as the TCP server (2) Unselected: DMU communicates as the TCP 客户机

3.10.3 Protocol Setup

Figure 3-54 Protocol setup screen 3-46

1.

Protocol Type (the follow 3 protocols for both serial port and network interface)

1)

“HL7+UTF8”:

2)

“15ID+GBK”:

3)

“15ID+UTF8”:

4)

“ASTM”；

2.

ACK Synchronous communication

1)

It can only be selected when the HL7 Protocol is selected;

2)

Selected: After the DMU transmit a sample result or QC count, wait for the ACK, after the ACK has received or timeout, transmit the next result;

3)

Unselected: The DMU will transmit a sample result or QC count after the last sample result or QC count is transmitted, all the ACK message from the transmitted from the LIS will be ignored;

4)

ACK Timeout: It is effective with the ACK Synchronous communication, the time refers to the maximum time that DMU waits for the ACK after the results are transmitted.

3.

Transmission Mode

1)

2-Way LIS/HIS Communication: If it is selected, the sample information maybe searched from LIS when running the samples.

2)

Auto Communication: If it is selected, the sample results including LJ QC results with special sample ID will try auto Communication when reached the DMU;

3)

Transmit as Print Bitmap Data

i)

Selected: histogram/scattergram transmitted as Bitmap data are consistent with the printout, the background is white, the histogram is not filled up but outlined;

ii)

Unselected: histogram/scattergram transmitted as Bitmap data are consistent with the screen.

4.

Histogram Transmitted as

1)

Not transmitted, the sample results data does not include the histogram data;

2)

Bitmap, the sample results data included the histogram bitmap data;

3)

Data, the sample results include histogram binary original data.

5.

Scattergram Transmitted as

1)

Not transmitted, the sample results data does not include the scattergram data;

2)

Bitmap, the sample results data included the scattergram bitmap data;

3)

Data, the sample results include scattergram binary original data.

3-47

3.11 Uni-directional LIS Communication 3.11.1 Function overview 1. Auto communication of the normal samples Before the auto communication, check if the auto communication is selected and the LIS communication is normal (if the LIS is connected properly, the dark blue cursor at the bottom right will be highlighted, when the mouse move to the cursor, it will prompt “Connected” as shown below.

Figure 3-55 Auto communication

After the counts, the analyzer will transmit the sample results to the DMU (Data Managing Unit) at the PC, if the auto communication setup is correct and connected properly, the results will be transmitted to the LIS automatically and the communication is normal. The samples on the Review and Report screen will marked with a tick at the communication column which is shown as follows, if the communication fails, it will prompt the note at the screen as follows.

3-48

Figure 3-56 Successful communication mark 1

Figure 3-57 Successful communication mark 2

3-49

Figure 3-58 Communication failure mark 2.Auto communication of the QC results a.

Only the LJ results whose QC sample ID is set can communicate automatically when reaches the DMU, other QC data can be communicates manually.

b.

After the QC counts finish, the analyzer will transmit the QC results to the DMU, if the auto communication setup is correct and the LIS is connected properly, the results will be communicated to the LIS automatically.

c.

The LJ QC samples with special sample ID will be transmitted as encode of normal samples in the auto communication.

3.Sample batch communication Before the batch communication, ensure that the LIS is connected properly.

Figure 3-59 LIS connected For the normal sample results, batch communication can be done on the Review and Report screen. After the communication is successful, relevant sample results will be marked with communicated.

1）Sample batch communication Enter the report screen, select several samples and right click, click the communication 3-50

button; or just click the “Communication” button on the tool bar and the selected samples will be communicated to the LIS.

Figure 3-60 LIS communication button During the communication, the communication progress bar will be shown at the bottom of the DMU. Move the mouse to the progress bar, a note will prompt, click “Cancel” and cancel the batch communication.

Figure 3-61 Communication progress bar

If there is network disconnection error (such as disconnected network), the batch communication will stop, a note will prompt to inform the user, the prompt can be seen when the mouse is moved to the progress bar, which is shown as below. Click the “OK” on the following screen, the communication mission will stop, after the communication error is removed, start the communication again.

3-51

Figure 3-62 Unfinished transmission 2）Communication on the Review screen Click the "Communication" button; select “All data” or “Specified data”, and then click the “Start” button to transmit data as follows:

Figure 3-63 Data communication at the review screen

3）Batch communication of the QC results The batch communication of the QC sample results can be done at the QC screen, click the” Communication” button at the QC Table screen, then click “Start” on the note to transmit the data. 3-52

Figure 3-64 Batch communication of the QC data If there is network disconnection error (such as disconnected network), the batch communication will stop, a prompt will pop up to inform the user at the DMU. (The same as the Review screen)

3.11.2 Common Q & A 1.

If the server fails to work, a prompt “Monitor failure, restart the DMU or try the communication after changing the communication Port.” will pop up on the screen, which is shown as below. In this case, check if the communication setup at the DMU is correct. For example, check if the “Terminal Software as Server” and the LIS are both set as the server; or if the communication port is set improperly. For how to set the port, see the setup of the LIS.

Figure 3-65 Monitor failure 2.

If the communication fails, the following tips will prompt. The reasons for the failure may be as follows: 1)Communication setup at the DMU is not correct, set the communication based on the communication setup guide. 3-53

2)DMU and LIS are not connected successfully. Check the cables and lines to see if the LIS can be used.

Note: there are over 10 cases for the failure judgment by the program, such as network connection error, serial port is engaged, data not transmitted, failed to receive the LIS, response format error of the LIS.

Figure 3-66 Communication failed

3.

Communication timeout

Reason: DMU fails to receive the response because of timeout or the respond message does not meet the requirements of the protocol. In this case, check if items of the communication setup at the DMU are correct, check if network is connected properly and whether the respond from the LIS meets the protocol. If the communication is timeout caused by the busy network, cancel the “ACK Synchronous communication” on the communication setup screen. Note: After the data is transmitted, ACK refers to the response that transmits to the DMU by the LIS.

3.12 Bi-Directional LIS Communication 3.12.1 Working with Worklist in Bi-Directional LIS/HIS Before performing any operation in bi-directional LIS/HIS, make sure the "2-Way LIS/HIS Communication" option is selected, and the LIS connection is in normal status (the LIS status icon is colored in blue, and there is a prompt of "Connected" when you put the mouse on it, as shown in the figure below).

3-54

Figure 3-67 Bi-Directional LIS/HIS Communication When bi-directional LIS/HIS is enabled, you can only enter the "Sample ID", "Mode", "Rack No." and "Tube No." in the "Worklist" screen. For any item in "Ready" status in the worklist, you can edit the mode whenever needed.

Creating a new worklist item: Click the "New" button; Enter the sample ID, click any other text box or click the "Save" button. DMU sends a worklist request to LIS/HIS. If there is a valid result, it will be displayed on the screen, as shown in the figure below.

Figure 3-68 Creating a new worklist 3-55

If there are invalid data in the searching result, DMU will not display the data and will give a prompt shown in the figure below.

Figure 3-69 Prompt of invalid data

3.12.2 Entering the Patient Information at the "Report" screen in Bi-Directional LIS/HIS The bi-directional LIS/HIS function has no effect to the entering of patient information at the "Report" screen. The user can enter patient information before sample analysis. But the DMU will request and save patient information after the sample analysis results are attained, and if there is any inconsistency between the responded information and entered information, the responded one will be adopted.

3.12.3 Sample Analysis Request in Bi-Directional LIS/HIS 1.

When bi-directional LIS/HIS is enabled, the sample ID can not increase automatically;

2.

In open-vial/autoloading analysis as per worklist: the worklist information will be acquired from the LIS/HIS end (see 3.12.1Working with Worklist in Bi-Directional LIS/HIS for details). When the analysis if finished, the analysis results, graphics, and sample information will be send to LIS/HIS;

3.

In open-vial analysis (not as per worklist): if bi-directional LIS/HIS is enabled, after you enter or scan the sample ID and save it, the DMU will request information of this sample, and then perform analysis based on the responded information. When the analysis if finished, the analysis results, graphics, and sample information will be send to LIS/HIS;

4.

In autoloading analysis with built-in barcode scanner: if bi-directional LIS/HIS is enabled, when the sample ID is attained from scanning, it will be sent to DMU, and then DMU sends a request to LIS/HIS. When the DMU get the valid analysis mode information, it will send the information to the analyzer. When the analysis is finished, the analysis results, graphics and sample information will be sent to LIS/HIS.

3.12.4 FAQ 1. If the server fails to start up, the DMU will prompt "Fail to start up monitoring. Please restart the terminal software or change the communication port, and then try again." In this case, check for incorrect communication setup of DMU. E.g. set LIS/HIS to be the server 3-56

when "Terminal Software as Server" in communication setup is selected; or select the wrong port. See 3.10 LIS Communication Setup for how to set communication port.

Figure 3-70 Failing to monitor

2. If LIS/HIS is disabled, "No LIS/HIS Connection Available" will be prompted and the saving fails. In this case, check whether the DMU and LIS/HIS is properly connected, and whether the DMU communication setup is correct. To check the connection between DMU and LIS/HIS: if the connection is proper, the LIS icon will be in dark blue, and if you place the mouse on it, there will be a prompt of "Connected", as shown in the figure below.

Figure 3-71 Checking the Connection 3. In the process of request, if 1） There is communication error or overtime, there will be a prompt of "Communication overtime". This is because the DMU does not receive response in defined time or the response does not meet the requirement of the communication protocol. In this case, check the DMU communication setup, network connection and 3-57

the response from LIS/HIS. If the communication overtime is caused by busy network, deselect "ACK Synchronous Communication" in DMU communication setup. 2） If the analysis mode is not attained or the responded mode is not valid, there will be a prompt "Analysis mode ineffective". In this case, check whether the analysis mode acquired from LIS is valid. 3） If the patient information inconsistent with the "Data Dictionary" of DMU, there will be a prompt of "Information acquisition ineffective". In this case, check whether the patient information acquired from LIS is valid.

4. LIS/HIS request failure caused by abnormal data which include: 1)Invalid data, which include the following cases: A.Coded character can not be identified B.Length of string out of limit C.Undefined type. E.g. the presentation mode is neither "OV" nor "AL". D.Invalid data in one field of patient information. E.g. date of birth later than system date.

2)Field missing. E.g. no valid analysis mode is acquired by the DMU. 3)Acquired mode inconsistent with the current mode. E.g. in autoloading analysis, the acquired presentation mode is open-vial.

Open-Vial: Field

Status

Perform analysis?

Prompt

Missing Presentation mode

Invalid

Yes, in open-vial

None

Yes, in current mode

None

Yes, in current mode

DMU: Ineffective Analysis Mode

Yes. Ignore the invalid part

DMU: Invalid *** (e.g. Invalid gender)

Inconsistent Blood

Missing

Mode

Invalid

Analysis

Missing

mode

Invalid Missing

Patient information

Invalid Overlength

3-58

Autoloading: Field

Status

Perform analysis?

Prompt

Missing Presentation mode

Invalid

Yes, in autoloading

None

Yes, in whole blood

None

Inconsistent Blood Mode Analysis mode

Missing Invalid Missing Invalid

Yes, in the mode of the previous sample

DMU: Ineffective Analysis Mode

Missing Patient information

Invalid

Yes. Ignore the invalid part

Overlength

3-59

DMU: Invalid *** (e.g. Invalid gender)

4 Operation Principles 4.1 Measurement of the Optical Channel 4.1.1Laser Flow Cytometry

Figure 4-1 WBC measurement

The blood sample reacted with certain amount of lyse and fluorescent dye is injected into the conical flow cell filled with diluent by the sample probe. Surrounded with sheath fluid (diluent), the blood cells pass through the center of the flow cell in a single column. When the blood cells suspended in the diluent pass through the flow cell, they are exposed to a laser beam. The intensity of the light scatter reflects the blood cell size and intracellular granularity. The low-angle forward scatter reflects cell size, the high-angle side scatter reflects intracellular granularity, and the intensity of fluorescent signal reflects the contents of RNA and DNA in the cells. The light signals are collected and converted into electrical pulses. Each blood cell will generate electrical pulse in the directions of low-angle, high-angle and fluorescent light scatter. Pulse data collected can be used to draw a 3-dimensional distribution (scattergram), with the low-angle FS, high angle SS and fluorescence FL as the axes. The scattergram reflects cell size, intracellular granularity and contents of RNA/DNA. The blood cells are differentiated according to their different clinical characteristics. The BC-6800 Auto Hematology Analyzer can obtain scattergrams of 4 channels, which are DIFF, BASO, NRBC and RET channels. The DIFF channel differentiates lymphocytes, monocytes, neutrophils and eosinophils; the BASO channel differentiates basophils; the NRBC channel differentiates nucleated red blood cells; and the RET channel differentiates reticulocytes.

4-1

RNA/DNA content

Fluorescence

Side scatter

Beam splitter

Structure inside cells

Laser beam Forward scatter

Cell size

Figure 4-2 Optical measurement principle

4.1.2Nucleated Red Blood Cell The NRBC scattergram includes WBC region and NRBC region. The ratio of particle number in the NRBC region (NRBC#_N) to the particle number in the non-ghost region of the NRBC channel (WBC_N) is NRBC%_N, which is the NRBC% in the analysis report. The number of NRBCs can be calculated by multiplying the WBC# and the NRBC%. NRBC%=NRBC%_N=

NRBC#_N × 100% WBC_N

NRBC#= WBC× NRBC%

4.1.3WBC-Related Parameters The spots in the Bas region of the BASO scattergram reflects number of basophils (Baso#_B), and all spots in the scattergram reflects number of WBCs (WBC_B). The basophil percentage (Baso%) can be obtained through calculation. As the NRBCs are also recognized as lymphocytes, the NRBC# shall be deducted from WBC#.

WBC= WBC _ B × （100% − NRBC%） Baso#= Baso#_B Baso%=

Baso # ×100% WBC

The DIFF scattergram contains the lymphocyte (Lym#_D), neutrophil (Neu#_D), monocyte (Mon#_D) and eosinophil (Eos#_D) cell populations; the ratio of particle number in each region to the total number of WBC particles is the percentage of each cell population, namely Lym%_D, Mon%_D, Eos%_D and Neu%_D. In the DIFF channel, NRBCs are recognized as lymphocytes, and basophils are recognized as neutrophils, so NRBC# must be deducted from 4-2

WBC# to get the true percentage of each cell population. The calculation equations of WBC-related parameters:

Lym%=

Lym#_D-WBC_D × NRBC% ×100% WBC_D × (100% − NRBC%)

Lym#= WBC × Lym% Neu%=

Neu#_D ×100% − Baso% WBC_D × (100% − NRBC%)

Neu#= WBC × Neu% Mon%=

Mon#_D ×100% WBC_D × (100% − NRBC%)

Mon#= WBC × Mon% Eos%=

Eos#_D × 100% WBC_D × (100% − NRBC%)

Eos#= WBC × Eos%

4.1.4RET-Related Parameters The ratio of particle number in the RET region to the sum of particles in the mature RBC region and the RET region is the RET percentage. RET# can be calculated by multiplying RET% and RBC#. In the RET extension scattergram, the ratio of particle number in the high fluorescent region to the particle number in the RET region is the high fluorescent RET ratio (HFR); the middle fluorescent RET ratio (MFR) can be calculated likewise; the low fluorescent RET ratio can be obtained by deducting HFR and MFR from 100. The immature RET ratio is the sum of MFR and HFR. RET%=

RET#_R ×100% RBC _ O + RET#_R

RET#= RBC × RET% HFR=

MFR= LFR= 100 − MFR − HFR IRF= MFR + HFR

4-3

4.2 HGB Measurement 4.2.1 Colorimetric Method HGB is determined by the colorimetric method. The diluted sample is delivered to the HGB bath where it is mixed with a certain amount of lyse, which converts hemoglobin to a hemoglobin complex. An LED is mounted on one side of the bath and emits a beam of monochromatic light. The light passes through the sample and is then measured by an optical sensor that is mounted on the opposite side. The signal is then amplified and the voltage is measured and compared to the blank reference reading (readings taken when there is only diluent in the bath), and the HGB is measured and calculated in the analyzer automatically.

4.2.2 HGB The HGB is calculated per the following equation and expressed in g/L. HGB=

4.3 RBC/PLT Measurement 4.3.1 Electrical Impedance Method RBCs/PLTs are counted and sized by electrical impedance method. This method is based on the measurement of changes in electrical resistance produced by a particle, which in this case is a blood cell, suspended in a conductive diluent as it passes through an aperture of known dimensions. An electrode is submerged in the liquid on both sides of the aperture to create an electrical pathway. As each particle passes through the aperture, a transitory change in the resistance between the electrodes is produced. This change produces a measurable electrical pulse. The number of pulses generated signals the number of particles that passed through the aperture. The amplitude of each pulse is proportional to the volume of each particle.

Figure 4-3 Electrical impedance method 4-4

Each pulse is amplified and compared to the voltage thresholds of the RBC/PLT channel, and then the number of pulses in the RBC/PLT channel is calculated. That is to say, the pulses collected are sorted per the voltage thresholds of different channels, the number of pulses falling in the range of the RBC/PLT channel is the number of RBCs/PLTs. The number of cells in each channel defines the volume distribution of cells. The analyzer presents the RBC/PLT histogram, whose x-coordinate represents the cell volume and y-coordinate represents the number of the cells.

4.3.2 Sheath Fluid Impedance Method

Figure 4-4 Sheath fluid impedance method Back flow may be produced when cells pass through the aperture under the effect of vacuum, or the overlapping of cells increases the probability of occurrence of M wave in the pulse signals, which may affect the accuracy of analysis results. To solve the problem, sheath fluid function is added to the RBC/PLT channel of BC-6800. Blood cells injected by the sample probe pass through the aperture one by one in a queue under the "focusing" effect of sheath fluid in the front and back baths, so that regular pulse signals can be produced to generate more accurate results. The sheath fluid impedance method also relaxes the requirement on sample dilution; second dilution of the RBC channel is not needed anymore, and the accuracy of results can be ensured.

4.3.3 RBC-Related Parameters The number of RBCs can be obtained by measuring the number of pulses of the RBC channel. The Mean Corpuscular Volume (MCV) can be obtained by measuring the cell volume reflected by the amplitude of pulses. Likewise, the number of PLTs and Mean Platelet Volume (MPV) can be obtained by measuring the pulses and cell volume of PLTs. The other parameters can be calculated per the following equation: n

∑ RBC _ V

i

MCV(fL)=

i =1

n

4-5

n

∑ PLT _ V

i

MPV(fL)=

i =1

n

HCT(%)=

RBC(×1012 / L) × MCV ( fL ) 10

PCT(%)=

PLT(×109 / L) × MPV(fL) 10000

MCH(pg)=

HGB(g/L) RBC(×1012 / L)

MCHC(g/L)=

HGB(g/L) × 100 HCT(%)

4-6

5 Fluidics

Figure 5-1 Flow Chart of the Fluidics System

5-1

5.1 Parameter Measurement Measurement Modules

RBC/PLT

HGB

Operation Principles

Sheath fluid

Colorimetric Method

Measurement Channel

RBC/PLT channel

HGB channel

Information

PLT histogram

Parameter

PLT

RBC histogram HCT

/

RBC

HGB

MCV, MCH, MCHC Calculated Parameters

MPV, PDW, P-LCR

RDW-CV/SD

Diluent

Reagent

Measurement

WBC/RET

Modules Operation

sheath fluid + laser scatter method

Principles Measurement

WBC/BASO

4DIFF

Information

BASO scattergram

4DIFF scattergram

Parameter

WBC#

Channel

LH lyse

NRBC NRBC scattergram

RET scattergram

BASO%

Lym%

Mon%

Neu%

Eos%

NRBC%

RET% RET#

BASO#

Lym#

Mon#

Neu#

Eos#

NRBC#

PLT-O

Calculated

L/M/HFR, IRF

Parameter Reagent

RET

LD lyse

LN lyse

DR diluent

FD dye

FN dye

FR dye

LB lyse

5-2

5.2 Reagent System Table 5-1 Reagent system Reaction bath

Reagent

Function

M-68LD LYSE

The M-68LD LYSE is formulated to lyse red blood cells and process white blood cells in the blood cell measurement, amplify the differences among WBC sub-populations and facilitate the dyeing effect of white blood cells by M-68FD DYE. It participates in the measurement of WBC-related parameters which is accomplished by using flow cytometry combining with laser scatter method and fluorescent staining method.

M-68FD DYE

The M-68LD LYSE is formulated to lyse red blood cells and process white blood cells in the blood cell measurement, amplify the differences among WBC sub-populations and facilitate the dyeing effect of white blood cells by M-68FD DYE. It participates in the measurement of WBC-related parameters which is accomplished by using flow cytometry combining with laser scatter method and fluorescent staining method.

M-68LB LYSE

The M-68LB LYSE is formulated for lysing of red blood cells and differential processing of white blood cells in blood cell measurement; it amplifies the differences between the basophils and other WBC sub-populations. It participates in basophil-related parameter analysis which is accomplished by using flow cytometry combining with laser scatter method and fluorescent staining method.

M-68DR DILUENT

The M-68DR DILUENT is formulated to lyse red blood cells in blood cell measurement, facilitate the dyeing effect of reticulocytes by M-68FR DYE. It participates in the measurement of RET-related parameters which is accomplished by using flow cytometry combining with laser scatter method and fluorescent staining method.

M-68FR DYE

The M-68FR DYE is formulated to dye reticulocytes with the assist of M-68DR DILUENT. It participates in the measurement of RET-related parameters which is accomplished by using flow cytometry combining with laser scatter method and fluorescent staining method.

DIFF

BASO

RET

NRBC

M-68LN LYSE

The M-68LN LYSE is formulated to lyse red blood cells in blood cell measurement, facilitate the dying effect of NRBCs by M-68FN DYE It participates in the measurement of NRBC-related parameters which is accomplished by using flow cytometry combining with laser scatter method and 5-3

fluorescent staining method.

M-68FN DYE

The M-68FN DYE is formulated to dye the NRBCs with the assist of M-68LN LYSE It participates in the measurement of NRBC-related parameters which is accomplished by using flow cytometry combining with laser scatter method and fluorescent staining method.

M-68LH LYSE

The M-68LH LYSE is formulated to lyse red blood cells, release hemoglobin in red blood cells and transform it into methemoglobin, which enables the measurement of hemoglobin-related parameters by using the colorimetric method.

RBC/HGB

M-68DS DILUENT

The M-68DS DILUENT is an electric conducting solution formulated to dilute samples and form sheath fluid in the process of blood cell measurement. It participates in cell differentiation, counting and HGB measurement which are accomplished by using the impedance method, colorimetric method, flow cytometry combining with laser scatter method and fluorescent staining method.

/

PROBE CLEANSER

Clean the fluidic system of the analyzer for the purpose of maintenance.

HGB

5-4

5.3 Measurement Flow

Figure 5-2 Measurement Flow Chart

5-5

5.4 Sample Volume NRBC channel:

20uL

BASO channel:

20uL

DIFF channel:

20uL

RET channel:

4uL

HGB channel:

4uL

RBC channel:

4uL

5.5 Time of Preparation and Measurement Table 5-2 Time of Preparation and Measurement Channel

NRBC

BASO

DIFF

RET

HGB

RBC

channel

channel

channel

channel

channel

channel

≤3s

≤12.5s

≤23.2s

≤34.4s

≤11s

≤4.5s

4s

5s

5s

4s

/

10s

Time of Preparation Time of Measurement

5.6 Temperature of Fluidics Table 5-3 Temperature of Fluidics

Module

Target temperature(℃)

Reagent preheating bath

Sheath fluid heating bath

Flow cell

Optical system

Reaction bath

Diluent

42~55

35~40

32

32

42

25

±3

±3

+4/-3

+4/-2

±3

/

Alarming temperature(℃)

5-6

5.7 Reagent Consumption Volume Table 5-4 Reagent Consumption Volume

Test panel

Diluent/

4Diff 4Diff lyse Baso HGB RET

sheath

dye

fluid (ml)

(ml)

(ml)

RET

NRBC NRBC Probe

lyse

lyse dye diluent

dye

lyse cleanse

(ml)

(ml) (ml)

(ml)

(ml)

(ml)

r (ml)

Reagent consumption for one analysis in a consecutive batch analysis (whole-blood) CBC

25

/

/

2

0.52

/

/

/

/

/

CBC+DIFF

32

0.02

2

2

0.52

/

/

/

/

/

CBC+DIFF+RET

38

0.02

2

2

0.52 0.02

2

/

/

/

CBC+RET

40

/

/

2

0.52 0.02

2

/

/

/

CBC+NRBC

32

/

/

2

0.52

/

/

0.02

2

/

CBC+DIFF+NRBC

38

0.02

2

2

0.52

/

/

0.02

2

/

44

0.02

2

2

0.52 0.02

2

0.02

2

/

26

/

/

1

2

/

/

/

CBC+DIFF+ RET+NRBC RET

/

0.02

Reagent consumption for a single analysis (whole-blood) CBC

34

/

/

2

0.52

/

/

/

/

/

CBC+DIFF

40

0.02

2

2

0.52

/

/

/

/

/

CBC+DIFF+RET

46

0.02

2

2

0.52 0.02

2

/

/

/

CBC+RET

48

/

/

2

0.52 0.02

2

/

/

/

CBC+NRBC

40

/

/

2

0.52

/

/

0.02

2

/

CBC+DIFF+NRBC

46

0.02

2

2

0.52

/

/

0.02

2

/

52

0.02

2

2

0.52 0.02

2

0.02

2

/

34

/

/

1

2

/

/

/

CBC+DIFF+ RET+NRBC RET

5-7

/

0.02

5.8 Sample Dilution Flow 5.8.1 Dilution Flow Chart of Whole-Blood Analyses

Figure 5-3 Dilution flow chart of whole-blood analyses

5.8.2 Dilution Flow Chart of Predilute Analyses

Figure 5-4 Dilution flow chart of predilute analyses 5-8

5.9 Introduction to Fluidic Parts Mindray valves

Symbol:

2-way valve

3-way valve

Appearance: 2-way valve

3-way valve

Spring pole

Function:

2-way valve: to build up or cut off a passage. When power off, the passage from the inlet of the valve to outlet is cut off; when power on, the passage is built up. 3-way valve: to switch among passages. When power off, the public end and the NO (normally open) end are connected; when power on, the public end and the N.C.(normally close) end are connected.

Note: the operating voltage of Mindray valves is 12V, and maximal bearable pressure is

200KPa. The internal movement of the valves is driven by electromagnet and the restoration is driven by the spring, so it is recommended not put the valves power-on for too long. When the electromagnet valve is working, the spring pole will lower down, and it will rise to the initial position when power off. You can touch the spring pole and feel the descending or ascending, in order to determine whether it is in action. 5-9

2-way pressure resistant Mindray valve

Symbol Same as the 2-way Mindray valve.

Appearance

2-way pressure resistant valve

2-way valve

Mindray

Function: the 2-way pressure resistant Mindray valve has the same operating principle as

that of the general Mindray valve; only its reverse pressure resistant capability is higher.

Note: Pay attention to the difference between the two types of valves when you are

replacing them.

Draining valve (steel)

Symbol:

Same as the 2-way Mindray valve.

Appearance:

Function: to drain the liquid condensed in the process of air filtration. There is only one

steel valve (SV53) used in the analyzer, located under the air filter.

5-10

SV53

2-way 废液桶 Mindray valve

Note: the draining valve can provide passage for large particles (up to 150um). The

maximal bearable pressure 400KPa, and the operating voltage is 12V. The end marked as "1" is the inlet of the valve, and the other end is the outlet. There is an arrow on bottom of the valve, indicating the direction of connecting the valve.

LVM fluidic valve

Symbol

Same as the 3-way Mindray valve.

Appearance

Function: work with the 20ul Diaphragm pump, dispensing the fluorescent dyes into the

WBC bath.

Note: the maximal bearable pressure of the LVM fluidic valve is 200KPa, and the CV of

the flow is about 0.03. 5-11

Burkert valve

Symbol:

There are 2-way and 3-way Burkert valves, which using the same Symbols as the Mindray valves.

Appearance:

Function: Same as that of the 2-way valve and 3-way valve.

Note: The Burkert valves can bear higher pressure (up to 250KPa), and the CV of flow is

greater: about 0.2, which is 5 times to that of Mindray valves (0.04). NC: normally closed end. OUT: outlet. NO: normally open end. IN/OUT: operating end/outlet.

SMC valve

Symbol Same as the 2-way Mindray valve.

Appearance

Function: same as that of the two-way Mindray valve, but can adapt to temperature change over a wider range.

Note: The SMC valve is only used in SV08 and SV09, pay attention when you are replacing the valves. 5-12

1-way valve

Symbol:

Appearance:

Function: only allow 1-way flow of gas or liquid. Only allow gas or liquid flow from A to B (B to A is not allowed).

Note: be aware of the direction of flow for the 1-way valve (as indicated by the arrow in the figures above). No.

Name

Function

1

CV1

1-way air flow to dry the air release opening of the piercing probe

2

CV2

1-way liquid flow in the NRBC lyse dispensing channel

3

CV3

1-way liquid flow in the DIFF lyse dispensing channel

4

CV4

1-way liquid flow in the RET diluent dispensing channel

Sheath fluid filter

Symbol

Appearance

5-13

Function: filter one portion of the diluent in FCM bath and transport it to the optical flow cell as sheath fluid, another portion is transported to the sample preparation tubing for cleaning of the tubing without being filtered. A is the filter inlet, B is the outlet of filtered diluent, and C is the outlet of unfiltered diluent.

Note: The sheath fluid filter has limited service life, thus must be replaced periodically.

Liquid filter

Symbol:

Appearance:

Function: Filters the impurities in the diluent.

Note: make sure the filter is in the right direction as indicated by the arrow on the filter.

Diaphragm pump

Symbol:

Liquid chamber Gas chamber

Appearance:

5-14

Liquid chamber connector

Gas chamber connector

Function: used for accurate aspiration or dispensation. When vacuum is brought to the

gas chamber, the Diaphragm pump will aspirate a fixed volume of liquid accurately and store in the liquid chamber; when pressure is brought to the gas chamber, the fixed volume of liquid will be pushed out by the membrane in the diaphragm pump.

Note: make sure the connectors are connected to the gas chamber and liquid chamber

correctly.

No.

ID

Specification

Material

Color

1

DP1

0.52ml

EPDM

Black

LH lyse dispensing

2

DP2

1.0ml

EPDM

Black

HGB sample and diluent dispensing

3

DP3

1.5ml

EPDM

Black

RBC sample and diluent dispensing

4

DP4

1ml

EPDM

Black

LN lyse dispensing

5

DP5

1ml

EPDM

Black

LB lyse dispensing

6

DP6

1ml

EPDM

Black

LR lyse dispensing

7

DP7

1ml

EPDM

Black

LD lyse dispensing

8

DP8

1ml

EPDM

Black

9

DP9

20uL

EPDM

Black

FD fluorescent dye dispensing

10

DP10

20uL

EPDM

Black

FR fluorescent dye dispensing

11

DP11

20uL

EPDM

Black

FN fluorescent dye dispensing

12

DP12

8ml

EPDM

Black

FCM bath filling

5-15

Function

Sample dosing for flow cell sample preparation

Syringe

Symbol:

Function: the 2.5ml syringe is mainly used in sample aspiration, cleaning, etc. The 250ul

syringe is mainly used to generate the flow in the optical bath, clean, etc. The 100ul syringe is mainly used to generate the RBC sample flow, clean, etc.

Note: The 100uL and 250uL syringes use the 43F4K motor, and the 2.5mL syringe uses

the 43F4J motor.

Probe wipes

Symbol:

Piercing probe wipe

Open-vial probe wipe

Appearance:

5-16

Function: provide a cavity where the open-vial probe or piercing probe can be cleaned by

liquid flow.

Note:

A: Diluent B: Waste C: Waste D: Cleaning opening E: Air releasing opening F: Sample probe opening

Probes

Symbol: See the symbol of probe wipe.

Appearance:

Sample aspiring opening

Air releasing opening

5-17

Function: the open-vial probe is used to aspirate the sample from the tube in the open-vial

mode. The piercing probe is used to pierce through the tube cap, releasing the air in the tube to balance the pressure inside and outside of the tube, and aspirating sample at the same time.

Note: since the piercing probe is vulnerable, it needs to be replaced periodically by the

service engineer or your local distributor.

Baths

Symbol See the fluidic diagram.

Appearance HGB bath

WBC reaction bath

RBC bath

RBC sheath fluid impedance bath

Function: HGB bath is the site for measurement of samples reacted with LH lyse; RBC bath is the site for sample dilution; WBC reaction bath is the site for reaction of samples, lyse and fluorescent reagents; RBC sheath fluid impedance bath is the site for sheath fluid counting of RBC channel.

5-18

Cistern:

Symbol / (see the fluidic diagram)

Appearance DIL\FCM cistern

SCI cistern

ISU\ISW cistern

Function: DIL cistern is the reservoir of diluent, it provides diluent to the SCI cistern and cleans the fluidics; SCI cistern provides sheath fluid to the impedance bath; ISU cistern provides back fluid to the impedance bath; and ISW cistern gathers the waste of the impedance bath.

Note: The connection of tubes must be fixed by plastic cable ties.

Waste cistern

Symbol / (see the fluidic diagram)

Appearance WC1\WC2

Function: WC2 gathers the waste produced by optical measurement, WC1 gathers waste from all the other sources.

Note: The connection of tubes must be fixed by plastic cable ties.

5-19

5.10 Pneumatic System 5.10.1 Pneumatic System The pneumatic unit provides pressure and vacuum for the daily operation of the BC-6800 main unit. The compressor and the relief valve provide the pressure (about 250KPa) and vacuum (about -85KPa) respectively. The pressure drives the air to go through the air filter to remove the impurities in the air (dust, water drop, etc.), and then dried by the drier. The air will then be regulated by 3 valves to generate the pressures (160KPa, 70KPa, and 40KPa). The vacuum drives the air to go through the relief valve and throttle pipe, and get the -40KPa and -70KPa vacuum.

Relief Valve (Vacuum) RGV5

PS 5

Vacuum

-40KPa Air Filter

Drier

PS 6

Pressure

-70KPa

Relief Valve RGV1

70KPa pressure regulator RGV3

PS 4


PS 3


PS 2

70KPa

40KPa

GP1 Compressor

160KPa PS 1 250KPa

Figure 5-5 Functions of Pressure and Vacuum Table 5-5 Function of Pressure Type

Pressure

Value

250KPa

Function y

Provide pressure for the operation of the pinch valve;

y

Provide pressure for the operation of the cylinder; y Provide pressure for the operation of the 8ml diaphragm pump;

160KPa

y

(also referred to as pressure in FCM cistern), resident; y

70KPa

Provide pressure to form the sheath flow in the optical channel

Provide pressure to Diaphragm pumps (except the 8ml diaphragm

pump) for liquid dispensation;

5-20

y

Provide pressure to the air release opening of the piercing probe

while cleaning the probe wipe; y

Provide pressure for the mixing (by generating bubbles) in the HGB

bath;

40KPa

y

Provide pressure for dispensing diluent from the DIL cistern;

y

Provide pressure for discharging waste from the WC1 cistern;

y

Provide pressure to form sheath flow in the RBC measurement with

sheath flow and impedance method, resident; y

Provide vacuum to diaphragm pumps for liquid aspiration;

y

Provide vacuum for diluent priming of the DIL cistern;

y

Provide vacuum to the WC1 cistern for aspirating the waste from

-70KPa

the piping;

Vacuum

y

Cleaning the adjacencies of the SRV;

y

Preparing the sample of the impedance channel and flushing the

-40KPa primary sheath fluid bath; y

Withdrawing waste of the probe wipe

5.10.2 Introduction to Pneumatic Parts Pneumatic regulator

Symbol:

Pressure regulator

Vacuum regulator (Relief valve)

Appearance:

5-21

Retaining nut

Function:

The regulators are used to regulate the pressure or vacuum to a required range (usually to reduce the pressure).

Note: when you adjust the pressure regulator, pull the blue knob upwards until you hear a

"tuck" or feel the knob is in position, and then tweak the knob to regulate pressure. Push the knob downwards to the initial position after you finish. Before you adjust the relief valve, loosen the retaining nut, and then tweak the adjusting pole to regulate. Secure the retaining nut after you finish.

Gas valve

Symbol:

Same as 3-way electromagnet valves.

Appearance:

The one ending with "-11" is different from the other one. Do not misuse. 5-22

Function: similar to 3-way electromagnet valves, but mainly used in the pneumatic

system.

Note: read the label of the gas valves carefully to know the specification and model. When

the gas valves are powered on, the indicator of the valves will be red. While servicing the analyzer, you may press the pink button on the gas valve to manually make the valve work. Make sure you are not pressing too hard or using sharp tools which may damage the button. The operation voltage for gas valves is also 12V AC.

Pinch valve

Symbol:

Appearance:

Function: the pinch valve is driven by pressure. When the 250KPa pressure is brought to

the pinch valve, the pressure lever in the valve will be propped up to cut off the passage of the liquid flow.

Note: since the pinch valve is pinching the tubing while working, so it is not working when

the analyzer is in the standby status, in order not to protect the tubing. Pinch valves are categorized into 2 types according to the size of the through hole, one of which is 8mm, the other is 5mm. 5-23

Table 5-6 List of Pinch Valves No.

ID

Specification

Control gas valve

Function

1

PV01

5mm

GV79

Sample preparation of DIFF bath

2

PV02

5mm

GV80

Sample preparation of BASO bath

3

PV03

5mm

GV81

Sample preparation of NRBC bath

4

PV04

5mm

GV82

Sample preparation tubing of RET bath

5

PV05

5mm

GV83

Sample dosing for flow cell sample preparation

6

PV06

5mm

GV84

Sample preparation of NRBC bath

7

PV07

8mm

GV85

Discharging waste from WC2 to WC1

8

PV11

8mm

GV87

Cleaning the interior and exterior of the piercing probe and discharge waste

9

PV12

8mm

GV88

Cleaning the interior and exterior of the open-vial sample probe and discharge waste

10

PV13

8mm

GV89

Discharging waste from WC1

11

PV14

5mm

GV97

8ml Diaphragm pump aspirating

12

PV15

5mm

GV98

Cleaning and liquid discharging of flow cell sample preparation tubing

13

PV16

5mm

GV99

Liquid discharging from the impedance bath

Air filter

Symbol:

Appearance:

5-24

Function: to remove the liquid drops and dust in air.

Note: make sure the direction of the air flow is the same as indicated by the arrow on top

of the air filter.

Air Drier

Symbol:

Appearance:

Function: dry the air, removing the gaseous water.

Note: make sure the direction of the air flow is the same as indicated by the red arrow on

top of the air drier.

Decelerating tube

Symbol: none

Appearance:

Function: the decelerating tube has a passage of very small diameter in the middle, which

decelerates the air flow passing through the passage. 5-25

Note: do not use any tool with sharp tip or edge to put the decelerating tube in the air tube,

in order not to damage or block the passage. Make sure you install the decelerating tube into the air tube in the right direction. Currently, the decelerating tube is mainly used in lifting cylinder and telescoping cylinder, where the decelerating tube in the lifting cylinder is longer. See the figure below for the direction of decelerating tube in installation.

Table 5-7 List of Decelerating Tubes No.

ID

Material ID

Name

Location

1

TP1

3100-20-41117

Telescoping decelerating tube

2

TP2

3100-20-41116

Lifting decelerating tube

Downstream tubing of lifting cylinder

3

TP3

3100-20-41116


Lifting cylinder for pre-scanning rotation

4

TP6

3100-20-41116


Pneumatic back plate cylinder

Telescoping cylinder

5.11 Detailed Introduction to Fluidic Channels

VAC 70

RET

DIFF

BASO

NRBC

NRBC dye

SHEATH

5.11.1 NRBC Channel

PV03/GV81

NRBC lyse

VAC 70 WC1-N

S_SYRINGE 250µL

70KPa VAC

WC1-O

WC2-1

Figure 5-6 NRBC Channel

Reagents involved: M-68LN LYSE and M-68FN DYE

Measurement principle: flow cytometry+laser scatter+fluorescent staining

Graphics: NRBC scattergram

Measurement parameters: NRBC% and NRBC# 5-26

Dilution ratio: 1:51

Way of mixing: stirring

Duration of measurement: 4s

Consumption volume of sample after diluted: 34.1ul

Process description: the M-68LN LYSE is aspirated from its container and dispensed

into the NRBC preheating bath by DP04 (1mL). The preheated lyse will be pushed out and get to the SRV, bringing the blood sample (20uL) in the SRV into the NRBC bath. The lyse first lyses the normal red blood cells, and then breaks down other cells by osmotic pressure. The M-68FN DYE is then dispensed into the NRBC bath by DP11 (20uL), and combine with the nucleic acid in white blood cells or nucleated red blood cells. The mixture is stirred during the whole process (referred to as incubation process) to facilitate the reaction. After incubation, the sample is pushed by DP08 (1mL) to go through pinch valves PV03 and PV05, and then aspirated into the sample preparation tubing. The syringe (250uL) then pushes the sample to go to the flow cell. Wrapped by the sheath fluid, the sample flow goes through the flow cell while the optical system starts to identify the cells passing through the flow cell. These signals will then be analyzed and processed to get the NRBC scattergram. After the measurement, the analyzer will clean the flow cell and downstream tubing with diluent, and the syringe will restore to the initial status, getting ready for the measurement of next channel (BASO).

VAC 70

RET

DIFF

BASO

NRBC

DIFF Dye

SHEATH

5.11.2 DIFF Channel

PV01/GV79

DIFF Lyse

VAC 70 WC1-D

S_SYRINGE 250µL

70KPa VAC

WC1-O

WC2-1

Figure 5-7 DIFF Channel

Reagents involved: M-68LD LYSE and M-68FD DYE

Measurement principle: flow cytometry+laser scatter+fluorescent staining 5-27

Graphics: DIFF scattergram

Measurement parameters: Neu%, Neu#, Lym%, Lym#, Mon%, Mon#, Eos% and

Eos#





Process description: the M-68LD LYSE is aspirated from its container and dispensed

into the DIFF preheating bath by DP07 (1mL). The preheated lyse will be pushed out and get to the SRV, bringing the blood sample (20uL) in the SRV into the DIFF bath. The lyse first conglobates the normal red blood cells, and then breaks down the white blood cells by osmotic pressure. The M-68FD DYE is then dispensed into the Diff bath by DP09 (20uL), and combine with the nucleic acid in the white blood cells. The mixture is stirred during the whole process (referred to as incubation process) to facilitate the reaction. After incubation, the sample is pushed by DP08 (1mL) to go through pinch valves PV01 and PV05, and then aspirated into the sample preparation tubing. The syringe then pushes the sample to go to the flow cell. Wrapped by the sheath fluid, the sample flow goes through the flow cell while the optical system starts to identify the cells passing through the flow cell. These signals will then be analyzed and processed to get the DIFF scattergram. After the measurement, the analyzer will clean the flow cell and downstream tubing with diluent, and the syringe will restore to the initial status, getting ready for the measurement of next channel (BASO).

WC1-B

S_SYRINGE 250µL

70KPa VAC

WC1-O

WC2-1

PV02/GV80

BASO Lyse

VAC 70

RET

DIFF

BASO

NRBC

SHEATH

5.11.3 BASO Channel

Figure 5-8 BASO Channel 5-28

Reagent involved: M-68LB LYSE

Measurement principle: flow cytometry+laser scatter

Graphics: BASO scattergram

Measurement parameters: WBC, BASO% and BASO#





Process description: the M-68LB LYSE is aspirated from its container and dispensed

into the BASO preheating bath by DP05 (1mL). The preheated lyse will be pushed out and get to the SRV, bringing the blood sample (20uL) in the SRV into the BASO bath. The mixture is stirred during the whole process (referred to as incubation process) to facilitate the reaction. After incubation, the sample is pushed by DP08 (1mL) to go through pinch valves PV01 and PV05, and then aspirated into the sample preparation tubing. The syringe then pushes the sample to go to the flow cell. Wrapped by the sheath fluid, the sample flow goes through the flow cell while the optical system starts to identify the cells passing through the flow cell. These signals will then be analyzed and processed to get the BASO scattergram. After the measurement, the analyzer will clean the flow cell and downstream tubing with diluent, and the syringe will restore to the initial status, getting ready for the measurement of next channel (RET).

RET

DIFF

BASO

NRBC

VAC 70

RET Dye

SHEATH

5.11.4 RET Channel

PV04/GV82

RET Lyse

VAC 70 WC1-R

S_SYRINGE 250µL

70KPa VAC

WC1-O

WC2-1

Figure 5-9 RET Channel

Reagents involved: M-68DR DILUENT and M-68FR DYE 5-29

Measurement principle: flow cytometry+laser scatter+fluorescent staining

Graphics: RET scattergram

Measurement parameters: RET% and RET#





Process description: the M-68DR DILUENT is aspirated from its container and

dispensed into the RET preheating bath by DP06 (1mL). The preheated lyse will be pushed out and get to the SRV, bringing the blood sample (4uL) in the SRV into the RET bath. The lyse first lyses the normal red blood cells, and then perforates the white blood cells. The M-68FR DYE is then dispensed into the RET bath by DP10 (20uL), and combine with the nucleic acid in the white blood cells. The mixture is stirred during the whole process (referred to as incubation process) to facilitate the reaction. After incubation, the sample is pushed by DP08 (1mL) to go through pinch valves PV01 and PV05, and then aspirated into the sample preparation tubing. The syringe then pushes the sample to go to the flow cell. Wrapped by the sheath fluid, the sample flow goes through the flow cell while the optical system starts to identify the cells passing through the flow cell. These signals will then be analyzed and processed to get the DIFF scattergram. After the measurement, the analyzer will clean the flow cell and downstream tubing with diluent, and the syringe will restore to the initial status.

5.11.5 RBC/PLT Channel

Figure 5-10 RBC/PLT Channel 5-30

Reagents involved: M-68DS DILUENT

Measurement principle: flow cytometry+impedance method

Graphics: RBC histogram and PLT histogram

Measurement parameters: RBC, MCV, PLT and MPV


Way of mixing: jet stream


Consumption volume of sample: 7.8ul

Process description: the diluent in the DIL cistern is pushed by the DP03 (1.5mL) into

the RBC hole of the SRV and bring the sample (4uL) into the RBC pre-mix bath, where it is mixed by rotative jet stream. Driven by the vacuum in the WC1, the well-mixed sample is aspirated by PV06 into the sample preparation tubing, and then it is pushed into the sample probe by the syringe (100uL). The primary sheath fluid of the impedance bath is from the SCI cistern, and the secondary sheath fluid from the ISU cistern. The red blood cells in the sample stream wrapped by the sheath fluid go through the aperture one by one and produce pulses. The measured sample goes into the ISW cistern, and finally comes into WC1.

5.11.6 HGB channel Reagent Liquid Level Connector Detection s SRV

SV35 Open

DIFF BASO

VAC 70

DIL

NRBC RET HGB RBC

LH Lyse

GV57

DP01 0.52mL SV37

HGB

VAC 70KPa

SV31 WC1-H

GV58 GV71

DP02 1.0m L

Figure 5-11 HGB Channel

Reagents involved: M-68DS DILUENT and M-68LH LYSE

Measurement principle: colorimetric method

Graphics: RET scattergram 5-31

70KP a

Measurement parameters: RET% and RET#


Way of mixing: bubbling

Process description: the M-68LH LYSE is dispensed into the HGB bath by DP01

(0.52mL). At the same time, the diluent in the DIL cistern is pushed into the HGB hole of the SRV by DP02 (1.0mL), and bring the sample (4uL) in to the HGB bath. The sample is mixed by small bubbles generated by the 70KPa pressure. Place the well-mixed in still for a while and then measure the voltage. Since the blank voltage of the sample is attained before the measurement, the HGB can be calculated based on the colorimetric equation.

5.11.7 Liquid collecting and discharging channel The liquid collecting and discharging channel is composed of the DIL cistern, FCM cistern, SCI cistern, WC1 (waste cistern 1) and WC2. See the Figure 1-12 for the connection of the fluidic parts. The DIL cistern assembly consists of a cistern, a 3-way gas valve (GV44) and a 2-way fluidic valve (SV54). GV44 is to switch the pressure and vacuum of the cistern. When switch to pressure, the cistern send liquid to the fluidics; when switch to vacuum, the SV54 open the cistern, and then the cistern is primed with diluent from the diluent container. The FCM cistern assembly consists of a pinch valve (PV14), 8ml Diaphragm pump (DP12) and fluidic valve (SV55) and the gas valve GV56. The inside of the FCM cistern is at 0.16Mpa in normal status, and it can be primed with diluent from the diluent container when DP12, PV14 SV55 and GV56 are open. The SCI cistern assembly consists of a 2-way gas valve (GV73), a 2-way fluidic valve (SV47) and a buffer cistern (TC3). When SV47 is open, the SCI cistern will be primed driven by the pressure in DIL cistern; when GV73 is open, the pressure in the SCI cistern is initialized (to 0.04Mpa). WC2 is an open cistern driven by atmospheric pressure. Its outlet is connected to WC1 by the pneumatic pinch valve PV07. When PV07 is opened, the waste in WC2 is discharged into WC1. WC1 consists of a 3-way gas valve (GV48) and a pneumatic pinch valve (PV13). The air-fluid separation of WC1 and GV48 is done by the buffer bath TC1.The switch of on and off status of the gas valve makes WC1 switch between pressure (0.07Mpa) and vacuum (-0.04Mpa). The vacuum drives it to collect the waste from the fluidics, while the pressure together with the PV13 facilitates the discharge of the waste.

5-32

C A 0 V 7 40

GV44

SV54

0 6 1

PV14/GV97

GV73

SV55 DIL

TC3

SV46 FCM

SCI DP12 8mL GV56

SV47

SRV adjacency cleaning

C 0 A 5 2 V

Sampling syringe

2 1 T

Diluent container

Probe wipe cleaning

RBCPrimary, 、Secondary sheath fluid

DP02, DP03 aspiration RBC DIFF,、BASO,、 NRBC,、RET Bath cleaning

Downstream optical system cleaning

bath cleaning

RBC Sample

Optical sheath fluid

Auxiliary sample driving of optical system

syringe

Open-vial probe wipe waste Piercing probe wipe waste RBC Premix bath waste HGB bath waste NRBC bath waste Downstream optical tubing DIFF bath waste BASO bath waste RET bath waste

Outlet of flow cell

ISW bath waste

Fluid discharge of maintenance channel

Flow cell flush outlet SRV adjacency cleaning a P K 0 4 -

WC2

5 8 V G / 7 0 V P

a P K 0 7

RBC Sample 、 preparation, downstream

Pressure filter GV48

discharge

WC1

TC1

SV53 9 8 V G / 3 1 V P

Waste Container

Waste connector

Figure 5-12 Connections of the liquid collecting and discharging channel

5.11.8 Probe cleanser maintenance channel Aspirating the probe cleanser: under the corporate efforts of DP08 and the control valves of the maintenance channel, the probe cleanser is aspirated to the liquid storing tubing along the path indicated in red in the figure; Dispensing the probe cleanser: under the corporate efforts of the sampling syringe and the control valves of different channels, the probe cleanser is dispensed to different places 5-33

(including RBC channel, HGB channel, optical reaction bath, flow cell, SRV, etc.). The SV13 is opened, and the dispensed probe cleanser is diluted and then used to soak the parts or tubing. Cleaning the probe cleanser: put pressure on the FCM cistern, DIL cistern and SCI cistern, and the sampling syringe then dispenses diluent to related parts and modules to clean the residual probe cleanser. The fluidic parts will restore to the initial status after the cleaning. T241-J1-P11

SV39

SV41

T11

P26-T5-P27

T12

T10 RET试剂桶

稀释液桶

P24-T4-P25

P22-T3-P23 T8 BASO试剂桶

T9 DIFF试剂桶

P20-T2-P21

P18-T1-P19 T6 HGB试剂桶

T7 NRBC试剂桶

T450 T15 T19 T26 T39

T441

T443

T439

VAC 70

T27 VAC 70

VAC 70

WC1-B WC1-R

T315

WC1-G

GV48

GV57

WC1-I

WC1

T173

T201

T254

C64 T133

SV31 C70 T202

J80-T206-P1

C69 T205

T204

C67

废液接头

WC1-H

GV71

C68 T207

T258

DIL

PV13/GV89

TC1

DP01 0.52mL

T255 T256

SV53

T131

C56

WC1-S WC1-A

GF1

T323

T16

T252

70KPa VAC

T200

T251

70KPa

-40KPa

Open 分血阀运动汽缸

T176

C73 C72 T250

C71

SV23

C53 T175

T208

70KPa

废液桶

SV21

SV24

T132

开放采样针

N

J79-T17-J82-P10

HGB池

GV101 GV102

VAC 70KPa GV59

DP03 1.5mL

DP04 1mL

B

C60

T174

J65-T184

C45 SV22

J72-T172-J73

J64-T198

T183 C58 C55

C66

DP05 1mL

C65

P_SYRINGE 2.5mL

T146

J75-T171

J74-T170

J67-T141

GV58

T445

D

WC1-D T253

T38

DP07 1mL

WC1-O

GV60

T185

T180

T442

C155 C153

CV4

CV3

CV2 T25

T31

DP06 1mL

R

开放拭子 PV12/GV88 WC1-K

WC1-RC

T192

T179 C170

T129

C57

VAC 70KPa

DP02 1.0mL

SV40

C50

T197

SV37 T196

T203

T138

SCI

C54

T148

C52

T113 WC1-G

T194 SV38

WC1-H WC1-N

GV61

SV35

WC2-1

SV08

T193

T181

J39-T87-P31

T86

C38

C59

C49

T178

T112

C42

T110

T189

C51

T147

SV07 T111

C37

R_SYRINGE 100μL

T89

T191

C40 T93

T209

C46

C61

SV36

T195

T116-J35

T92

J62-T167-J63

C48

GV63

C130 T199-J78-P2

J68-T140-J69 T139

T137 T150 SV30 T190

T106

T90

CV1

T188

T107

T95

C41

C62

T182

T109

J66-T142

PV11/GV87 GV70

PV06/GV84

T88-J36

J34-T126

T94

SV01

T97

C44

穿刺针

T143

WC1-F

WC1-C WC1-RC

C129

穿刺拭子 WC1-C

T115

ISU

鞘流阻抗计数池

T96

C39

T91

SV03 SV04 SV05

C34

RBC池

T108

ISW

T104

T99

T105

J42-T98-J43

WC1-I

T249 PV16/GV99 SV02

T186-P8

C36

T79

70KPa

T121

T144

C128 T154 T156-J100

T128

T187

T103 TS T102

T149

T120 C47

C164

WC1-K C74

SV49

C89

T155

NRBC BASO DIFF RET HGB RBC

T101

J76-T127-J77

J46-T117-J47

T100

Open

T168

C43

T169

PV07/GV85

Ta-P7

T130

J30-T118-J31

C158

C159 C165

T440 C150

SV50

GV62

SV42 T153 WC1-A

WC1-F

Open SV09 T119

T40 VAC 70

T136

T152-J37 自动进样采样管

C152

SV52

SV51

T33

分血阀 CL-A

SV25

GV74

C160 C166

T444

T157

T311

C161 C167

FCM J52-T42-J53

RET

J54-T35-J55

T446

C154

T447

C156

GV75

C127

T32

250 VAC

SCI J57-T22-J58

J71-T29-J56

DIFF

BASO

NRBC

SHEATH

J51-T36-J61

J50-T23-J60

T210

RH

T21 T34 T28 T41

C171

T312

CL-A

T30-P4

SV14

J20-T84-J33

T83

WC2

C33

C31

C162 C168

T62

C24 T164 J44-T162-J45 C22 C23 J40-T158-J41

SV15

SV28

T257

T58

DIL

C19

SV16

C163 C169

T20

WC1-D

T60 T125

T159

C21

J59-T43-J97

T81

LF2

SV47

C32 SV13

C15

SV27

T85 C25

J48-T160-J49-P9

T214 SV32

C18

T57

GV56

C138 C139 C140 C141 C142 C143

C151 C149 C148

T215

WC1-R

T82-J21

FCM

SCI

T163

T220

T151-J86

T24-P3 T44-P6

TC3

SV46

T114

T124

C132

T46C133 T49C134 T18C135 T13C136 T14 C137

T54 SV55

DP12 8mL

T166

T230

T219 SV33

T53

T61 DH

LF1

T165

T229SV29

WC1-B

T80

T224 SV34

T48

C27

T52

T259

T248

T161 C20

T211

C16 T225

C17

T453

T59

C5

C4

DIL

T123

T37-P5

T212 T216

160

T262

C3

PV01/GV79

T65

PV02/GV80

T217 T221

溢流接头

T263

T51

SV54

PV14/GV97

GV73

PV05/GV83

S_SYRINGE 250μL

DP08 1mL

PV03/GV81

C2

T232-J14

SV26

T227 T226

T264

J28-T213-J29

WC1-S

T266

J26-T218-J27

T222

T68 T231

C1

GV68

T265

C30

C29

T47

T449 T45

VAC 70 FCM

C14 T63

SV17

C11 T67

DIFF

WC1-N

J18-T234-J19

T69

SH

SV18

J17-T233-J16

T236

T239 T238

70KPa VAC

WC1-O

J12-T73-J13

BASO

C28 T50

T55

T448

GV44

WBC池

J22-T228-J23

C10

T235 C13

NRBC

RET

J8-T64-J9

PV04/GV82

FC PV15/GV98

T66

J10-T71-J11

WC2-1

SV19

T237

C9

J24-T223-J25

SV20

SV45

C12

GV66

NRBC

T70

C26 T56 40

T260 T261

P30-J15

P29-J7

NRBC荧光染料

C8

T74

DP11 20uL

T72

T76

J85-T246-P34

J84-T243-P33

C7

J4-T75-J5

J89-T452-J90

J93-T77-J94

GV65

T247-J3-P13 SV12

Open

T78

DP10 20uL

RET

P37

VAC 70

RET荧光染料

GV64 DIFF

SV11

J87-T451-J88

P28-J6

DP09 20uL

T244-J2-P12

P36

VAC 70

C6

SV10

VAC 70

DIFF荧光染料

J83-T240-P32

P35

T135 T177

T145

C63

T134

Figure 5-13 Maintenance Channel

5.12 Introduction to Sequences Taking the CBC+DIFF+NRBC+RET analysis in the open-vial whole-blood mode as an example:

5.12.1 Open-Vial Whole-Blood Analysis Sequences 0-11s, as shown below. SRV at the lower operation position, which means the metal knob of the SRV is at the lower position; 0-5s: SV21 and SV23 open; the whole-blood syringe drives the open-vial probe to aspirate sample into the SRV; After the buzzer beeps, the open-vial probe cleanser cleans the exterior of the open-vial sample probe; Drain the HGB bath, RBC pre-mix bath, NRBC bath, BASO bath, DIFF bath and RET bath; Dispense 1ml diluent into the HGB bath through DP02 and SV37, measure the blank voltage 5-34

after 1s, and drain the HGB bath after the measurement; Dispense 1.5ml diluent to the RBC pre-mix bath through DP03 and SV39, and then wash the bath with the diluent; Open SV08, SV09 and SV84 and clean the RBC sample preparation tubing; open SV01, SV03 and SV04 and wash the primary sheath fluid bath and secondary sheath fluid bath; drain the RBC pre-mix bath and get ready after cleaning; Dispense 1ml lyse to the NRBC bath through DP04 and SV49, clean the involved tubing and the bath, drain the bath and get ready for the subsequent procedure; Dispense 1ml lyse to the BASO bath through DP05 and SV50, clean the involved tubing and the bath, drain the bath and get ready for the subsequent procedure; Dispense 1ml RET diluent to the RET bath through DP06 and SV51, clean the involved tubing and the bath, drain the bath and get ready for the subsequent procedure; Dispense 1ml lyse to the DIFF bath through DP07 and SV52, clean the involved tubing and the bath, drain the bath and get ready for the subsequent procedure; T241-J1-P11

SV39

SV41

T11

P26-T5-P27

T12

T10 RET试剂桶

稀释液桶

P24-T4-P25

P22-T3-P23

T9 DIFF试剂桶

P20-T2-P21


T8 BASO试剂桶

T19 T26 T39 T442

T441

T443

T439 T20

VAC 70

VAC 70

T27 VAC 70

N

WC1-B WC1-R WC1-G

HGB池

T251

70KPa

T323

C71

T252

T16

T200

70KPa VAC

SV35

-40KPa


J79-T17-J82-P10

GV48

GV57

T173

SV31 C70 T202

C69 T205

T204

C67

废液接头

WC1-H

GV71

C68 T207

T258

T254

T201

T255 T256

PV13/GV89

DIL

C64 T133

J80-T206-P1

T208

70KPa

废液桶

SV21

SV24

T132

T174

WC1-I

SV53

T131

C56

WC1-S WC1-A

WC1

TC1

DP01 0.52mL

SV23 T176

C73 C72 T250

GF1

DP04 1mL

B

T253

DP05 1mL

WC1-D

T315

D

GV101 GV102

VAC 70KPa GV59

DP03 1.5mL

T445

DP07 1mL

WC1-O

GV60

C65

P_SYRINGE 2.5mL

C45 SV22

J72-T172-J73

J64-T198

J65-T184

T7 NRBC试剂桶

T450 T15

T151-J86

C155 C153

CV4 T38

T31

CV2 T25 J75-T171

J74-T170

J67-T141

GV58

T183 C58 C55

WC1-H WC1-N

GV61

T185

T180

WC1-F

WC1-C WC1-RC

C60

C53 T175 开放采样针

T192

T179 C170 T146

C50

DP06 1mL

R

开放拭子

C66

GV63

C130 T199-J78-P2

WC2-1

SCI

WC1-G

T203

T129

C57

VAC 70KPa

DP02 1.0mL

SV40 C52

T113

T197

T181

SV08

C54

T182

J39-T87-P31

T86

T194 SV38

SV37 T196

T178

C38

T193

T148

C49

T138

T112

C42

WC1-RC

C37

T110

C59

T147

SV07 T111

R_SYRINGE 100μL

T89

T191

C40 T93

T189

C51

PV12/GV88 WC1-K

C46

C61

SV36

C164

WC1-K C74

SV49

C129

J68-T140-J69 T139

J62-T167-J63

C48

T195

T116-J35

T107 T92

T106

T90

CV1 T137 T150

SV30 T190

T95

C41

C62

T188

T149

T91

T109

J66-T142

PV11/GV87 GV70

PV06/GV84

T88-J36

J34-T126

T94

SV01

T97

C44

穿刺针

T143

C158

C159 C165

C89

穿刺拭子 WC1-C

T115

ISU


T96

C39

RBC预混池

T108

ISW SV03 SV04

SV05

C34

T104

T99

T105

J42-T98-J43

WC1-I

T249 PV16/GV99 SV02

T186-P8

C36

T79

70KPa

T121

T144

T209

T103 TS T102

C128 T154 T156-J100

T128

T187

T101

T120

C160 C166

T440 C150

SV50

GV62

SV42 T153

T155


J76-T127-J77

J46-T117-J47

T100

Open

T168

C43

T169

PV07/GV85

Ta-P7

T130

J30-T118-J31

C47

CV3


WC1-A

WC1-F

Open SV09 T119 C127

T40 VAC 70

T136

CL-A

C152

SV52

SV51

T33

分血阀

SV25

GV74

C161 C167

T444

T157

T311

C162 C168

FCM J52-T42-J53

RET

J54-T35-J55

T446

C154

T447

C156

GV75 T312

T32

250 VAC

SCI J57-T22-J58

J71-T29-J56

DIFF

BASO

NRBC

J51-T36-J61

J50-T23-J60

RH

T21 T34 T28 T41

C171

C33

C31

J20-T84-J33

WC2

T257

CL-A

T30-P4

T210

SV28 T83

C163 C169

C151 C149 C148

WC1-D

SV14 SV15 SV16

C138 C139 C140 C141 C142 C143

T62

C24 T164 J44-T162-J45 C22 C23 J40-T158-J41

C19

J59-T43-J97

T81

T58

DIL

T125 T159

C21

C15

SV27

LF2

T60

C32 SV13

T214 SV32

T57

GV56 T85 SV47

T163

T215

C18

SV46 FCM

T114 C25

J48-T160-J49-P9

T166

T220

WC1-R

T82-J21

160 T52

DH T124

T165

T230

T449 T45

VAC 70 T24-P3 T44-P6

T248

T229SV29

WC1-B

T80

T224 SV34 C16 T225

T219 SV33

SV55

SCI

T61

LF1

C132

T46C133 T49C134 T18C135 T13C136 T14 C137

T54

DP12 8mL

PV05/GV83

C17

T53 C27

T59

T161 C20

T211 C5

C4

T453

TC3

T123

T37-P5

PV01/GV79

PV02/GV80

C3

T212 T216

GV73

DIL

T48

PV14/GV97

SHEATH

T232-J14

DP08 1mL

T217 T221

溢流接头

T263

C30

C29

T47

T51

SV54

T262 T259

C2

S_SYRINGE 250μL

GV68

T227 T226

C1

SV26

GV44

J28-T213-J29

WC1-S

T231

T264 J26-T218-J27

T222

T68

T266

C28 T50

T55

T448

FCM

C14 T63

SV17

C11 T67

T265

PV03/GV81

T65

SH

WC1-N

J18-T234-J19

T69

DIFF

WBC池

SV18

J17-T233-J16

T236

T239 T238

70KPa VAC

WC1-O

J12-T73-J13

BASO

J22-T228-J23

C10

T235 C13

NRBC

J8-T64-J9

PV04/GV82

FC PV15/GV98 T237

C9

T66

J10-T71-J11

WC2-1

SV19

RET

J24-T223-J25

SV20

SV45

C12

GV66

NRBC

T70

C26 T56 40

T260 T261

P30-J15

P29-J7

NRBC荧光染料

C8

T74

T247-J3-P13 SV12

DP11 20uL

T72

T76

J85-T246-P34

J84-T243-P33

C7

J4-T75-J5

J89-T452-J90

J93-T77-J94

GV65 RET

P37

Open

T78

DP10 20uL

VAC 70

RET荧光染料

GV64 DIFF

SV11

J87-T451-J88

P28-J6

DP09 20uL

T244-J2-P12

P36

VAC 70

C6

SV10

VAC 70

DIFF荧光染料

J83-T240-P32

P35

T135 T177

T145

C63

T134

Figure 5-14 Fluidics diagram of sample aspiration open-vial whole-blood analysis 11-15s: as shown below. SRV switched to the upper position, which means the metal knob of the SRV is at the upper position; at this time, the 6 holes is filled with the sample for measurement; The sample for HGB analysis and diluent is brought to the HGB bath through DP02 and SV37; at the same time, dispense LH lyse is into the HGB bath by DP01 and SV35; open GV71 to 5-35

bubble, and then the sample analysis starts; Dispense the sample for RBC analysis into the RBC pre-mix bath through DP03 and SV3; drain the ISW cistern; Dispense the sample for HGB analysis and M-68LN lyse into the NRBC bath through DP04 and SV49; at the same time, dispense the fluorescent dye M-68FN into the NRBC bath through DP11 and SV12; the stirring bar rotates, and the sample analysis starts; Dispense the sample for HGB analysis and M-68LB lyse into the BASO bath through DP05 and SV50; the stirring bar rotates, and the sample analysis starts; Dispense the sample for HGB analysis and M-68DR diluent into the RET bath through DP06 and SV51; at the same time, dispense the fluorescent dye M-68FR into the RET bath through DP10 and SV11; the stirring bar rotates, and the sample analysis starts; Dispense the sample for HGB analysis and M-68LD lyse into the DIFF bath through DP07 and SV52; at the same time, dispense the fluorescent dye M-68FD into the DIFF bath through DP09 and SV10; the stirring bar rotates, and the sample analysis starts; Other auxiliary actions: prime the SCI cistern with liquid from DIL cistern through SV47; the RBC sample syringe is initialized and pushes the sample to get ready for analysis; WBC sample syringe aspirates sample and pushes the sample to get ready for NRBC analysis. T241-J1-P11

SV22

SV39

VAC 70KPa

DP03 1.5mL

GV59

SV41

T11

P26-T5-P27

T12

T10 RET试剂桶

稀释液桶

P24-T4-P25


T9 DIFF试剂桶

P20-T2-P21


T441

T443

T439 VAC 70

VAC 70

T27 VAC 70

T253

WC1-B WC1-R WC1-G T315

T323

C71

T252

T16

T200

70KPa VAC

HGB池

T251

70KPa

-40KPa

Open

J79-T17-J82-P10

GV48

GV57

T173

T201

J80-T206-P1

C69 T205

T204

C67

废液接头

WC1-H

GV71

C68 T207

T255 T256

PV13/GV89

SV31 C70 T202

T258

C64 T133

T254

C56

WC1-I

SV53

T131

T176

WC1-S WC1-A

WC1

TC1

DP01 0.52mL

SV23

C53 T175

C73 C72 T250

GF1

N

DIL

J72-T172-J73

DP04 1mL

B

SV35

GV101 GV102

C45

DP05 1mL

WC1-D

T208

70KPa

废液桶

SV21

T132

SV24

C65

P_SYRINGE 2.5mL

C66

T445

D

分血阀运动汽缸

J75-T171

J74-T170 J64-T198

J65-T184

PV12/GV88 WC1-K

T192

J67-T141

GV58

T183 C58 C55

T7 NRBC试剂桶

T15 T19 T26 T32 C155 C153

CV4 T38

CV2 T25

T31

DP07 1mL

WC1-O

GV60

C60

T174

T180

T146 C50

DP06 1mL

R

开放拭子

DP02 1.0mL

SV40 T179 C170

C57

VAC 70KPa

SV37 T196

T203

T129

WC1-H WC1-N

GV61

T185

SCI

T148

C52

T113 WC1-G

C54

T197

GV63

C130 T199-J78-P2

WC2-1

SV08

T194 SV38

T181

J39-T87-P31

T86

T193

T182

C38

C59

C49

T178

T112

C42

WC1-RC

C37

T110

R_SYRINGE 100μL

T89

T191 SV07

T189

C51

T138

T95

T111

T149

C46

C61

SV36

T195

T116-J35

T107 T92

J62-T167-J63

C48

WC1-F

WC1-C WC1-RC

C129

J68-T140-J69 T139

T137 T150 SV30 T190

C40 T93

CV1

T188

T106

T90 C41

C62

T147

T97

J66-T142

PV11/GV87 GV70

PV06/GV84

T88-J36

T109

穿刺针

T143

C164

WC1-K C74

SV49

C89

穿刺拭子 WC1-C

T115

C44

J34-T126

T94

SV01 C39

T209

RBC预混池

ISU


T108

C34

T96

T91

SV03 SV04 SV05

ISW

T104

T99

T105

J42-T98-J43

WC1-I

T249 PV16/GV99 SV02

T186-P8

C36

T79

70KPa

T121

T144

C128 T154 T156-J100

开放采样针

T187

T101 T103

TS T102

C158

C159 C165

T440 C150

SV50

GV62

SV42 T153

T155

T128

T100

T120

J76-T127-J77

J46-T117-J47


Open

T168

C43

T169

PV07/GV85

Ta-P7

T130

J30-T118-J31

C47

CV3


WC1-A

WC1-F

Open SV09 T119 C127

T40 VAC 70

T136

CL-A

C152

SV52

SV51

T33

T157

分血阀

SV25

GV74

C160 C166

T444

C154

T447

C156

T311

T442

T446

T21 T34 T28 T41

J20-T84-J33

GV75

C161 C167

FCM J52-T42-J53

RET

J54-T35-J55

J57-T22-J58

J71-T29-J56

DIFF

RH BASO

J51-T36-J61

J50-T23-J60

T210

NRBC

SHEATH

SV14 SV15 SV16

C171

T312

T450

160 250 VAC

SCI

T164 J44-T162-J45 C22 C23 J40-T158-J41

C19

C15 T83

T39

T30-P4

C24

T214 SV32

WC2

C33

C31

C162 C168

T62

T159

C21

SV28

T257

T58

DIL

T125

C163 C169

T20

WC1-D

T60

C32 SV13 J48-T160-J49-P9

J59-T43-J97

T81 SV27

LF2

SV47

C138 C139 C140 C141 C142 C143

C151 C149 C148

T215

C18

T57

GV56 T85 C25

T163

T220

WC1-R

T82-J21

T114

CL-A

DH T124

T166

T230

SV46 FCM

DP12 8mL

T165

T229SV29

WC1-B

T80

T224 SV34 C16 T225

T219 SV33

SV55

SCI

T61

LF1

C132

T46C133 T49C134 T18C135 T13C136 T14 C137

T54

T151-J86

TC3

PV05/GV83

C17

T53 C27

T52 T24-P3 T44-P6

T248 PV01/GV79

C5

C4

T453

T59

T161 C20

T211

T449 T45

VAC 70

C3

T212 T216

DIL

T48

PV14/GV97

GV73

T123

T37-P5

T217 T221

溢流接头

T263

C30

C29

T47

T51

SV54

T262 T259

T232-J14

PV02/GV80

T65

PV03/GV81

C2

S_SYRINGE 250μL

DP08 1mL

T227 T226

C1

GV68

GV44

J28-T213-J29

WC1-S

T264 J26-T218-J27

T222

T68

T266

C28 T50

T55

T448

FCM

C14 T63

SV17

C11 T67

T265

T231

SV26

DIFF

WC1-N

J18-T234-J19

T69

J17-T233-J16

T236

T239 T238

70KPa VAC

WC1-O

J12-T73-J13

SH

SV18

J22-T228-J23

C10

T235 C13

BASO

WBC池

J8-T64-J9

PV04/GV82

FC PV15/GV98 T237

T66

J10-T71-J11

WC2-1

SV19

NRBC

J24-T223-J25

SV20

SV45

C12

C9

T70

RET

T260 T261

P30-J15

P29-J7

NRBC荧光染料

C8

T74

C26 T56 40

GV66

NRBC

T72

T76

J85-T246-P34

J84-T243-P33

C7

J4-T75-J5

J89-T452-J90

J93-T77-J94

GV65

T247-J3-P13 SV12

DP11 20uL

Open

T78

DP10 20uL

RET

P37

VAC 70

RET荧光染料

GV64 DIFF

SV11

J87-T451-J88

P28-J6

DP09 20uL

T244-J2-P12

P36

VAC 70

C6

SV10

VAC 70

DIFF荧光染料

J83-T240-P32

P35

T135 T177

T145

C63

T134

Figure 5-15 Fluidics diagram of sample dispensation in open-vial whole-blood analysis 15-14s: as shown below.

5-36

SRV back to the lower operation position, which means the metal knob of the SRV is at the lower position; The sampling syringe pushes the diluent out of the sample probe cleaning channel, and clean the exterior of the probe; the open-vial sample probe goes back to the upper position after cleaning and stands by; HGB sample incubation and analysis; Open SV09 and PV06 to enable the sample to get to the inlet of the RBC bath from the RBC pre-mix bath; generate RBC primary and secondary sheath fluid; the RBC sample syringe pushes the sample rapidly; With the corporate efforts of DP08, SV26, PV03, PV05 and PV15, the sample in the NRBC bath gets to the inlet of the 3-way connector of the flow cell; open SV19 to form slow sheath flow; open SV18 to form rapid sheath flow; With the help of SV27, the WBC sample syringe pushes the sample for NRBC analysis into the optical analysis area of the flow cell for measurement; Drain the NRBC bath; open SV13 and PV03 to dispense about 1.2ml diluent into the NRBC bath and get ready for analysis; Open SV26, SV28, PV05 and PV15 to clean the optical analysis sample preparation channel; Other auxiliary actions: Prime the FCM cistern with the diluent form the diluent container through DP12, PV14 and SV55; Prime the DIL cistern through DIL vacuum and SV54; Discharge waste from WC2 to WC1; WBC sample syringe aspirates sample and gets ready for analysis.

5-37

T241-J1-P11

SV39

GV59

SV41

T11

P26-T5-P27

T12

T10 RET试剂桶

稀释液桶

P24-T4-P25

P22-T3-P23

T9 DIFF试剂桶

P20-T2-P21


T8 BASO试剂桶

WC1-R

T443

T439 VAC 70

T27 VAC 70

T315

WC1-G

GV48

GV57

WC1

T133

T173

SV31 C70 T202

J80-T206-P1

C69 T205

T204

C67

废液接头

WC1-H

GV71

C68 T207

T258

T254

T201

T255 T256

PV13/GV89

TC1

DP01 0.52mL

DIL

C64

C56

WC1-I

SV53

T131

T176

WC1-S WC1-A

GF1

T323

T16

T252

70KPa VAC

T200

T251

70KPa

-40KPa


HGB池

C73 C72 T250

C71

SV23


PV12/GV88 WC1-K

VAC 70KPa

DP03 1.5mL

T253

CV4

T31

T38

CV3

CV2 T25 J75-T171

SV35

GV101 GV102

J65-T184

C45 SV22

J72-T172-J73

J64-T198

T183 C58 C55

N

J79-T17-J82-P10

T208

70KPa

废液桶

SV21

SV24

T132

T180

GV58

C66

B

WC1-D WC1-B

C65

P_SYRINGE 2.5mL

T179 C170

J74-T170

J67-T141

VAC 70KPa

T445

D

开放拭子

DP02 1.0mL

T7 NRBC试剂桶

T450 T15 T19 T26 T32 T39 C155 C153

R

WC1-O

GV60 DP04 1mL

C60

T174

T203

T129

C57

SV37 T196

T146 C50

T197

WC1-N

GV61 DP05 1mL

T185

C52

DP07 1mL

C130 T199-J78-P2

WC2-1

SCI

C54

SV40

T113 WC1-G

T194 SV38

T148

T192

WC1-RC

SV08

T193

T181

J39-T87-P31

T86

C59

C49

T178

C38

R_SYRINGE 100μL

T112

C42

T191

T110

T189

C51

T195

C46

C61

SV36

WC1-H

C129

J68-T140-J69 T139

J62-T167-J63

C48

T182

T92

SV07 T111

C37

T209

T115

T107

C40 T93

T89

CV1 T137 T150

T106

T90

C62

T188

T95

C41

J66-T142

PV11/GV87

T147

T97

穿刺针

T143

PV06/GV84

SV30 T190

DP06 1mL

穿刺拭子 WC1-C

GV70

T138

T109

T116-J35

J34-T126

SV01 C39

C44

T88-J36

T104

ISU


T96

T94

SV05

C34

RBC预混池

T108

T105

T249 PV16/GV99

ISW SV03 SV04

C36

T79

SV02

T91

WC1-I

J42-T98-J43

T121

T144

T99

T102

70KPa

TS

C47

T186-P8

T128

T187

T103

T149

T120

C128 T154 T156-J100

WC1-C WC1-RC

C89

T155


T101

J76-T127-J77

J46-T117-J47

T100

Open

T168

C43

T169

PV07/GV85

J30-T118-J31

WC1-F WC1-K C74

SV49

GV63

GV62

SV42 T153 WC1-A

WC1-F

Ta-P7

SV09 T119 C127

C164

T440 C150

SV50

T33


SV25

GV74

T40 VAC 70

T136

T311

T130

C152

SV52

SV51

CL-A

GV75 T312

C33 Open

C154

T447

C156 分血阀

C171

C158

C159 C165

T444

T157

WC2

T442

T446

T21 T34 T28 T41

J20-T84-J33

T83

T449 T45

160 J52-T42-J53

RET

J54-T35-J55

J57-T22-J58

J71-T29-J56

DIFF

RH BASO

NRBC

SHEATH

J51-T36-J61

J50-T23-J60

T210

SV28

T257

250 VAC

C24 T164 J44-T162-J45 C22 C23 J40-T158-J41

SV14

C160 C166

VAC 70

WC1-D

SCI

T159

SV15 SV16

C15

SV27

C31

C161 C167

T62

DIL

C19

J59-T43-J97

T81

T214 SV32

T58

C162 C168

T441

J48-T160-J49-P9

C163 C169

T20

T215

C18

T60 T125

T163

T220

WC1-R

T82-J21

LF2

SV47

C32

T166

T230

T219 SV33

C25

SV13

T165

T229SV29

WC1-B

T80

T224 SV34 C16 T225

T57

GV56 T85

T124

C21

CL-A

T30-P4

LF1

C138 C139 C140 C141 C142 C143

C151 C149 C148

T161 C20

T211

T151-J86

T24-P3 T44-P6

DP12 8mL

PV05/GV83

C17

SCI

T114

T59

C5

SV46

T61 DH

C132

T46C133 T49C134 T18C135 T13C136 T14 C137

T54 SV55

FCM

T216 C4

T53 C27

FCM

TC3

T123

T37-P5

T212

T453 T52

T260 T261 T259

T248

T221 C3

PV01/GV79

PV02/GV80

T217

T48

PV14/GV97

GV73

DIL

溢流接头

T263

C30

C29

T47

T51

SV54

T262

T232-J14

DP08 1mL

PV03/GV81

C2

S_SYRINGE 250μL

GV68

T227 T226

T231 C1

SV26

GV44

J28-T213-J29

WC1-S

T264 J26-T218-J27

T222

T68

T266 J22-T228-J23

C14 T63

SV17

T265

C28 T50

T55

T448

FCM PV04/GV82

T65

J17-T233-J16

T236

WC1-O

SH

SV18

C11 T67

DIFF

WC1-N

J18-T234-J19

T235 C13 70KPa VAC

T239 T238

T237

T69

BASO

WBC池

J24-T223-J25

C10 J12-T73-J13

T66

J10-T71-J11

WC2-1

FC

NRBC

RET

J8-T64-J9

T72

SV20 SV19

PV15/GV98

C9

T70

T56 40

GV66

NRBC

SV45

C12

DP11 20uL

P30-J15

P29-J7

NRBC荧光染料

C8

T74

C26

VAC 70

J85-T246-P34

J84-T243-P33

C7 T76

J4-T75-J5

J89-T452-J90

J93-T77-J94

GV65

T247-J3-P13 SV12

Open

T78

DP10 20uL

RET

P37

VAC 70

RET荧光染料

GV64 DIFF

SV11

J87-T451-J88

P28-J6

DP09 20uL

T244-J2-P12

P36

VAC 70

C6

SV10

VAC 70

DIFF荧光染料

J83-T240-P32

P35

T135 T177

T145

C63

T134

Figure 5-16 Fluidics diagram of RBC sample preparation and NRBC analysis in open-vial whole-blood analysis 24-33s: as shown below. Drain the HGB bath, add 2ml liquid and get ready; RBC sample syringe push the sample for RBC analysis slowly to the aperture for analysis; With the corporate efforts of DP08, SV26, PV02, PV05 and PV15, the sample in the BASO bath gets to the inlet of the 3-way connector of the flow cell; open SV19 to form slow sheath flow; open SV18 to form rapid sheath flow; With the help of SV27, the WBC sample syringe pushes the sample for BASO analysis into the optical analysis area of the flow cell for measurement; Drain the BASO bath; open SV13 and PV02 to dispense about 1.2ml diluent into the BASO bath and get ready for analysis; Open SV26, SV28, PV05 and PV15 to clean the optical analysis sample preparation channel; Other auxiliary actions: Prime the FCM cistern; Discharge waste from WC1 to the waste container; Discharge waste from WC2; Open SV53 to discharge liquid in the pressure filter; WBC sample syringe aspirates sample and gets ready for analysis.

5-38

T241-J1-P11

C45 SV22

SV39

VAC 70KPa

DP03 1.5mL

GV59

SV41

T443

T11

P26-T5-P27

T12

T10 RET试剂桶

稀释液桶

P24-T4-P25


T9 DIFF试剂桶

P20-T2-P21


T439 VAC 70

T253 T315

WC1-G

GV48

GV57

WC1-I

WC1

T173

T201

SV31 C70 T202

J80-T206-P1

C69 T205

T204

C67

废液接头

WC1-H

GV71

C68 T207

T258

C64 T133

T255 T256

PV13/GV89

TC1

DP01 0.52mL

T254

C56

WC1-S WC1-A

GF1

T323

T16

T252

70KPa VAC

T200

C71

SV53

T131

T176

C73 C72 T250 T251

70KPa

-40KPa


HGB池

DIL

J72-T172-J73

WC1-R

SV23


N

J79-T17-J82-P10

SV35

GV101 GV102

J65-T184

T7 NRBC试剂桶

T450 T15 T19 T26 T32 T39 C155 C153

CV4

T31

T38

CV3

CV2 T25 J75-T171

J74-T170 J64-T198

T183 C58 C55

PV12/GV88 WC1-K

GV58

C66

B

WC1-D WC1-B

T208

70KPa

废液桶

SV21

SV24

T132

T180

J67-T141

VAC 70KPa

DP02 1.0mL

T445

D

WC1-O

GV60 DP04 1mL

C65

P_SYRINGE 2.5mL

T179 C170

T129

C57

WC1-N

GV61 DP05 1mL

C60

T174

T203

T146 C50

R

开放拭子

SV37 T196

T192

WC1-RC

T148

C52

T197

WC1-H

T185

SCI

C54

SV40

T113 WC1-G

T194 SV38

GV63 DP07 1mL

C130 T199-J78-P2

WC2-1

SV08

T193

T181

J39-T87-P31

T86

C59

C49

T178

C38

R_SYRINGE 100μL

T112

C42

T191

T110

T189

C51

T195

C46

C61

SV36

WC1-C WC1-RC

C129

J68-T140-J69 T139

J62-T167-J63

C48

T182

T92

SV07 T111

C37

T209

T115

T107

C40 T93

T89

CV1 T137 T150

T106

T90

C62

T188

T95

C41

J66-T142

PV11/GV87

T147

T97

穿刺针

T143

PV06/GV84

SV30 T190

DP06 1mL

穿刺拭子 WC1-C

GV70

T138

T109

T116-J35

J34-T126

SV01 C39

C44

T88-J36

T104

ISU


T96

T94

SV05

C34

RBC预混池

T108

T105

T249 PV16/GV99

ISW SV03 SV04

C36

T79

SV02

T91

WC1-I

J42-T98-J43

T121

T144

T99

T102

70KPa

TS

C47

T186-P8

T128

T187

T103

T149

T120

C128 T154 T156-J100

WC1-F WC1-K C74

SV49

C89

T155


T101

J76-T127-J77

J46-T117-J47

T100

Open

T168

C43

T169

PV07/GV85

J30-T118-J31

SV50

GV62

SV42 T153 WC1-A

WC1-F

Ta-P7

SV09 T119 C127

C164

T440 C150

T27 VAC 70


SV25

GV74

T40 VAC 70

T136

T311

C152

SV52

SV51

T33

T157

C156

T130

C158

C159 C165

T444

C154

T447

CL-A

GV75 T312

C33

T442

T446

分血阀

C171

Open

T449 T45

160 250 VAC J52-T42-J53

RET

J54-T35-J55

J57-T22-J58

J71-T29-J56

DIFF

BASO

J51-T36-J61

J50-T23-J60

T210

RH

T21 T34 T28 T41

J20-T84-J33

T83

WC2

T257

NRBC

SHEATH

SV14

SV28 SV27

SCI

C24 T164 J44-T162-J45 C22 C23 J40-T158-J41

SV15 SV16

C160 C166

T62

T159

C19

C15

C161 C167

VAC 70

WC1-D

T214 SV32

C31

C162 C168

T441

J48-T160-J49-P9

T58

DIL

T125

C163 C169

T20

T215

C18

T60

C32

J59-T43-J97

T81

LF2

SV47

T163

T220

WC1-R

T82-J21

C25

SV13

T166

T230

T57

GV56 T85

T124

C21

CL-A

T30-P4

LF1

T165

T229SV29

WC1-B

T80

T224 SV34 C16 T225

T151-J86

T24-P3 T44-P6

DP12 8mL

PV05/GV83 T219 SV33

FCM

SCI

T114

C138 C139 C140 C141 C142 C143

C151 C149 C148

T161 C20

T211

SV46

T61 DH

C132

T46C133 T49C134 T18C135 T13C136 T14 C137

T54 SV55

T59

C5

C17

T53 C27

FCM

T216 C4

T453

TC3

T123

T37-P5

T212

DIL

T48

PV14/GV97

GV73

T52

T260 T261 T259

T248

T221 C3

PV01/GV79

PV02/GV80

T217

溢流接头

T263

C30

C29

T47

T51

SV54

T262

T232-J14

DP08 1mL

PV03/GV81

C2

S_SYRINGE 250μL

GV68

T227 T226

T231 C1

SV26

GV44

J28-T213-J29

WC1-S

T264 J26-T218-J27

T222

T68

T266 J22-T228-J23

C14 T63

SV17

T265

C28 T50

T55

T448

FCM PV04/GV82

T65

J17-T233-J16

T236

WC1-O

SH

SV18

C11 T67

DIFF

WC1-N

J18-T234-J19

T235 C13 70KPa VAC

T239 T238

T237

T69

BASO

WBC池

J24-T223-J25

C10 J12-T73-J13

T66

J10-T71-J11

WC2-1

FC

NRBC

RET

J8-T64-J9

T72

SV20 SV19

PV15/GV98

C9

T70

T56 40

GV66

NRBC

SV45

C12

DP11 20uL

P30-J15

P29-J7

NRBC荧光染料

C8

T74

C26

VAC 70

J85-T246-P34

J84-T243-P33

C7 T76

J4-T75-J5

J89-T452-J90

J93-T77-J94

GV65

T247-J3-P13 SV12

Open

T78

DP10 20uL

RET

P37

VAC 70

RET荧光染料

GV64 DIFF

SV11

J87-T451-J88

P28-J6

DP09 20uL

T244-J2-P12

P36

VAC 70

C6

SV10

VAC 70

DIFF荧光染料

J83-T240-P32

P35

T135 T177

T145

C63

T134

Figure 5-17 Fluidics diagram of RBC and BASO analysis in open-vial whole-blood analysis 33-43s: as shown below. Measurement in RBC channel finished; With the corporate efforts of DP08, SV26, PV01, PV05 and PV15, the sample in the DIFF bath gets to the inlet of the 3-way connector of the flow cell; open SV19 to form slow sheath flow; open SV18 to form rapid sheath flow; With the help of SV27, the WBC sample syringe pushes the sample for DIFF analysis into the optical analysis area of the flow cell for measurement; Drain the DIFF bath; open SV13 and PV01 to dispense about 1.2ml diluent into the DIFF bath and get ready for analysis; Open SV26, SV28, PV05 and PV15 to clean the optical analysis sample preparation channel; Other auxiliary actions: prime the FCM cistern; discharge waste from WC2; WBC sample syringe aspirates liquid and gets ready;

5-39

T241-J1-P11

C45 SV22

SV39

VAC 70KPa

DP03 1.5mL

GV59

SV41

T11

P26-T5-P27

T12

T10 RET试剂桶

稀释液桶

P24-T4-P25


T9 DIFF试剂桶

P20-T2-P21


T439

T443

T445

VAC 70

T253 T315

GV48

GV57

WC1-I

WC1

T173

T201

SV31 C70 T202

J80-T206-P1

C69 T205

T204

C67

废液接头

WC1-H

GV71

C68 T207

T258

C64 T133

T255 T256

PV13/GV89

TC1

DP01 0.52mL

T254

C56

WC1-S WC1-A

GF1

T323

T16

T252

70KPa VAC

T200

C71

SV53

T131

T176

C73 C72 T250 T251

70KPa

-40KPa


HGB池

DIL

J72-T172-J73

WC1-G

SV23


WC1-R

J79-T17-J82-P10

SV35

GV101 GV102

J65-T184

T7 NRBC试剂桶

T450 T15 T19 T26 T32 T39 C155 C153

CV4

T31

T38

CV3

CV2 T25 J75-T171

J74-T170 J64-T198

T183 C58 C55

PV12/GV88 WC1-K

GV58

C66

N

WC1-D WC1-B

T208

70KPa

废液桶

SV21

SV24

T132

T180

J67-T141

VAC 70KPa

DP02 1.0mL

B

D

WC1-O

GV60 DP04 1mL

C65

P_SYRINGE 2.5mL

T179 C170

T129

C57

WC1-N

GV61 DP05 1mL

C60

T174

T203

T146 C50

R

开放拭子

SV37 T196

T192

WC1-RC

T148

C52

T197

WC1-H

T185

SCI

C54

SV40

T113 WC1-G

T194 SV38

GV63 DP07 1mL

C130 T199-J78-P2

WC2-1

SV08

T193

T181

J39-T87-P31

T86

C59

C49

T178

C38

R_SYRINGE 100μL

T112

C42

T191

T110

T189

C51

T195

C46

C61

SV36

WC1-C WC1-RC

C129

J68-T140-J69 T139

J62-T167-J63

C48

T182

T92

SV07 T111

C37

T209

T115

T107

C40 T93

T89

CV1 T137 T150

T106

T90

C62

T188

T95

C41

J66-T142

PV11/GV87

T147

T97

穿刺针

T143

PV06/GV84

SV30 T190

DP06 1mL

穿刺拭子 WC1-C

GV70

T138

T109

T116-J35

J34-T126

SV01 C39

C44

T88-J36

T104

ISU


T96

T94

SV05

C34

RBC预混池

T108

T105

T249 PV16/GV99

ISW SV03 SV04

C36

T79

SV02

T91

WC1-I

J42-T98-J43

T121

T144

T99

T102

70KPa

TS

C47

T186-P8

T128

T187

T103

T149

T120

C128 T154 T156-J100

WC1-F WC1-K C74

SV49

C89

T155


T101

J76-T127-J77

J46-T117-J47

T100

Open

T168

C43

T169

PV07/GV85

J30-T118-J31

SV50

GV62

SV42 T153 WC1-A

WC1-F

Ta-P7

SV09 T119 C127

C164

T440 C150

T27 VAC 70


SV25

GV74

T40 VAC 70

T136

T311

C152

SV52

SV51

T33

T157

C156

T130

C158

C159 C165

T444

C154

T447

CL-A

GV75 T312

C33

T442

T446

分血阀

C171

Open

T449 T45

160 250 VAC J52-T42-J53

RET

J54-T35-J55

J57-T22-J58

J71-T29-J56

DIFF

BASO

J51-T36-J61

J50-T23-J60

T210

RH

T21 T34 T28 T41

J20-T84-J33

T83

WC2

T257

NRBC

SHEATH

SV14

SV28 SV27

SCI

C24 T164 J44-T162-J45 C22 C23 J40-T158-J41

SV15 SV16

C160 C166

T62

T159

C19

C15

C161 C167

VAC 70

WC1-D

T214 SV32

C31

C162 C168

T441

J48-T160-J49-P9

T58

DIL

T125

C163 C169

T20

T215

C18

T60

C32

J59-T43-J97

T81

LF2

SV47

T163

T220

WC1-R

T82-J21

C25

SV13

T166

T230

T57

GV56 T85

T124

C21

CL-A

T30-P4

LF1

T165

T229SV29

WC1-B

T80

T224 SV34 C16 T225

T151-J86

T24-P3 T44-P6

DP12 8mL

PV05/GV83 T219 SV33

FCM

SCI

T114

C138 C139 C140 C141 C142 C143

C151 C149 C148

T161 C20

T211

SV46

T61 DH

C132

T46C133 T49C134 T18C135 T13C136 T14 C137

T54 SV55

T59

C5

C17

T53 C27

FCM

T216 C4

T453

TC3

T123

T37-P5

T212

DIL

T48

PV14/GV97

GV73

T52

T260 T261 T259

T248

T221 C3

PV01/GV79

PV02/GV80

T217

溢流接头

T263

C30

C29

T47

T51

SV54

T262

T232-J14

DP08 1mL

PV03/GV81

C2

S_SYRINGE 250μL

GV68

T227 T226

T231 C1

SV26

GV44

J28-T213-J29

WC1-S

T264 J26-T218-J27

T222

T68

T266 J22-T228-J23

C14 T63

SV17

T265

C28 T50

T55

T448

FCM PV04/GV82

T65

J17-T233-J16

T236

WC1-O

SH

SV18

C11 T67

DIFF

WC1-N

J18-T234-J19

T235 C13 70KPa VAC

T239 T238

T237

T69

BASO

WBC池

J24-T223-J25

C10 J12-T73-J13

T66

J10-T71-J11

WC2-1

FC

NRBC

RET

J8-T64-J9

T72

SV20 SV19

PV15/GV98

C9

T70

T56 40

GV66

NRBC

SV45

C12

DP11 20uL

P30-J15

P29-J7

NRBC荧光染料

C8

T74

C26

VAC 70

J85-T246-P34

J84-T243-P33

C7 T76

J4-T75-J5

J89-T452-J90

J93-T77-J94

GV65

T247-J3-P13 SV12

Open

T78

DP10 20uL

RET

P37

VAC 70

RET荧光染料

GV64 DIFF

SV11

J87-T451-J88

P28-J6

DP09 20uL

T244-J2-P12

P36

VAC 70

C6

SV10

VAC 70

DIFF荧光染料

J83-T240-P32

P35

T135 T177

T145

C63

T134

Figure 5-18 Fluidics diagram of DIFF analysis in open-vial whole-blood analysis

43-54s: as shown below. With the corporate efforts of DP08, SV26, PV04, PV05 and PV15, the sample in the RET bath gets to the inlet of the 3-way connector of the flow cell; open SV19 to form slow sheath flow; open SV18 to form rapid sheath flow; With the help of SV27, the WBC sample syringe push the sample for RET analysis into the optical analysis area of the flow cell for measurement; Drain the RET bath; open SV13 and PV04 to dispense about 1.2ml diluent into the RET bath and get ready for analysis; Open SV26, SV28, PV05 and PV15 to clean the optical analysis sample preparation channel; Other auxiliary actions: prime the FCM cistern; discharge waste from WC2;

5-40

T241-J1-P11

C45 SV22

SV39

VAC 70KPa

DP03 1.5mL

GV59

SV41

T443

T11

P26-T5-P27

T12

T10 RET试剂桶

稀释液桶

P24-T4-P25


T9 DIFF试剂桶

P20-T2-P21


T439 VAC 70

T253 T315

WC1-G

GV48

GV57

WC1-I

WC1

T173

T201

SV31 C70 T202

J80-T206-P1

C69 T205

T204

C67

废液接头

WC1-H

GV71

C68 T207

T258

C64 T133

T255 T256

PV13/GV89

TC1

DP01 0.52mL

T254

C56

WC1-S WC1-A

GF1

T323

T16

T252

70KPa VAC

T200

C71

SV53

T131

T176

C73 C72 T250 T251

70KPa

-40KPa


HGB池

DIL

J72-T172-J73

WC1-R

SV23


N

J79-T17-J82-P10

SV35

GV101 GV102

J65-T184

T7 NRBC试剂桶

T450 T15 T19 T26 T32 T39 C155 C153

CV4

T31

T38

CV3

CV2 T25 J75-T171

J74-T170 J64-T198

T183 C58 C55

PV12/GV88 WC1-K

GV58

C66

B

WC1-D WC1-B

T208

70KPa

废液桶

SV21

SV24

T132

T180

J67-T141

VAC 70KPa

DP02 1.0mL

T445

D

WC1-O

GV60 DP04 1mL

C65

P_SYRINGE 2.5mL

T179 C170

T129

C57

WC1-N

GV61 DP05 1mL

C60

T174

T203

T146 C50

R

开放拭子

SV37 T196

T192

WC1-RC

T148

C52

T197

WC1-H

T185

SCI

C54

SV40

T113 WC1-G

T194 SV38

GV63 DP07 1mL

C130 T199-J78-P2

WC2-1

SV08

T193

T181

J39-T87-P31

T86

C59

C49

T178

C38

R_SYRINGE 100μL

T112

C42

T191

T110

T189

C51

T195

C46

C61

SV36

WC1-C WC1-RC

C129

J68-T140-J69 T139

J62-T167-J63

C48

T182

T92

SV07 T111

C37

T209

T115

T107

C40 T93

T89

CV1 T137 T150

T106

T90

C62

T188

T95

C41

J66-T142

PV11/GV87

T147

T97

穿刺针

T143

PV06/GV84

SV30 T190

DP06 1mL

穿刺拭子 WC1-C

GV70

T138

T109

T116-J35

J34-T126

SV01 C39

C44

T88-J36

T104

ISU


T96

T94

SV05

C34

RBC预混池

T108

T105

T249 PV16/GV99

ISW SV03 SV04

C36

T79

SV02

T91

WC1-I

J42-T98-J43

T121

T144

T99

T102

70KPa

TS

C47

T186-P8

T128

T187

T103

T149

T120

C128 T154 T156-J100

WC1-F WC1-K C74

SV49

C89

T155


T101

J76-T127-J77

J46-T117-J47

T100

Open

T168

C43

T169

PV07/GV85

J30-T118-J31

SV50

GV62

SV42 T153 WC1-A

WC1-F

Ta-P7

SV09 T119 C127

C164

T440 C150

T27 VAC 70


SV25

GV74

T40 VAC 70

T136

T311

C152

SV52

SV51

T33

T157

C156

T130

C158

C159 C165

T444

C154

T447

CL-A

GV75 T312

C33

T442

T446

分血阀

C171

Open

T449 T45

160 250 VAC J52-T42-J53

RET

J54-T35-J55

J57-T22-J58

J71-T29-J56

DIFF

BASO

J51-T36-J61

J50-T23-J60

T210

RH

T21 T34 T28 T41

J20-T84-J33

T83

WC2

T257

NRBC

SHEATH

SV14

SV28 SV27

SCI

C24 T164 J44-T162-J45 C22 C23 J40-T158-J41

SV15 SV16

C160 C166

T62

T159

C19

C15

C161 C167

VAC 70

WC1-D

T214 SV32

C31

C162 C168

T441

J48-T160-J49-P9

T58

DIL

T125

C163 C169

T20

T215

C18

T60

C32

J59-T43-J97

T81

LF2

SV47

T163

T220

WC1-R

T82-J21

C25

SV13

T166

T230

T57

GV56 T85

T124

C21

CL-A

T30-P4

LF1

T165

T229SV29

WC1-B

T80

T224 SV34 C16 T225

T151-J86

T24-P3 T44-P6

DP12 8mL

PV05/GV83 T219 SV33

FCM

SCI

T114

C138 C139 C140 C141 C142 C143

C151 C149 C148

T161 C20

T211

SV46

T61 DH

C132

T46C133 T49C134 T18C135 T13C136 T14 C137

T54 SV55

T59

C5

C17

T53 C27

FCM

T216 C4

T453

TC3

T123

T37-P5

T212

DIL

T48

PV14/GV97

GV73

T52

T260 T261 T259

T248

T221 C3

PV01/GV79

PV02/GV80

T217

溢流接头

T263

C30

C29

T47

T51

SV54

T262

T232-J14

DP08 1mL

PV03/GV81

C2

S_SYRINGE 250μL

GV68

T227 T226

T231 C1

SV26

GV44

J28-T213-J29

WC1-S

T264 J26-T218-J27

T222

T68

T266 J22-T228-J23

C14 T63

SV17

T265

C28 T50

T55

T448

FCM PV04/GV82

T65

J17-T233-J16

T236

WC1-O

SH

SV18

C11 T67

DIFF

WC1-N

J18-T234-J19

T235 C13 70KPa VAC

T239 T238

T237

T69

BASO

WBC池

J24-T223-J25

C10 J12-T73-J13

T66

J10-T71-J11

WC2-1

FC

NRBC

RET

J8-T64-J9

T72

SV20 SV19

PV15/GV98

C9

T70

T56 40

GV66

NRBC

SV45

C12

DP11 20uL

P30-J15

P29-J7

NRBC荧光染料

C8

T74

C26

VAC 70

J85-T246-P34

J84-T243-P33

C7 T76

J4-T75-J5

J89-T452-J90

J93-T77-J94

GV65

T247-J3-P13 SV12

Open

T78

DP10 20uL

RET

P37

VAC 70

RET荧光染料

GV64 DIFF

SV11

J87-T451-J88

P28-J6

DP09 20uL

T244-J2-P12

P36

VAC 70

C6

SV10

VAC 70

DIFF荧光染料

J83-T240-P32

P35

T135 T177

T145

C63

T134

Figure 5-19 Fluidics diagram of RET analysis in open-vial whole-blood analysis 54-59.5s: as shown below. Drain the RBC pre-mix bath, NRBC bath, BASO bath, DIFF bath and RET bath; Dispense 1.5ml diluent to the RBC pre-mix bath through DP03 and SV39, and then wash the bath with the diluent; Open SV08, SV09 and SV84 to clean the sample preparation tubing; open SV02 and SV09 to clean the sample probe, and then stands by; Open SV13 and PV03 to dispense about 1.2ml diluent into the NRBC bath for soaking and get ready for analysis; Open SV13 and PV04 to dispense about 1.2ml diluent into the RET bath for soaking and get ready for analysis; Open SV13 and PV01 to dispense about 1.2ml diluent into the DIFF bath for soaking and get ready for analysis; Open SV13 and PV02 to dispense about 1.2ml diluent into the BASO bath for soaking and get ready for analysis; Open SV19, SV20 and SV45 to clean the flow cell and the outlet passage; Other auxiliary actions: prime the FCM cistern; prime the SCI cistern;

5-41

T241-J1-P11

SV39

GV59

SV41

T11

P26-T5-P27

T12

T10 RET试剂桶

稀释液桶

P24-T4-P25

P22-T3-P23

T9 DIFF试剂桶

P18-T1-P19

P20-T2-P21

T450

T6 HGB试剂桶

T7 NRBC试剂桶

T8 BASO试剂桶

T449 T45

T15 T19 T26 T39 T442

T443

T439 VAC 70

VAC 70

WC1-R

T315

WC1-G

GV48

GV57

WC1

T173

SV31 C70 T202

J80-T206-P1

C69 T205

T204

C67

废液接头

WC1-H

GV71

C68 T207

T258

T201

T254

C64 T133

T255 T256

PV13/GV89

TC1

DP01 0.52mL

DIL

C56

WC1-I

SV53

T131

T176

WC1-S WC1-A

GF1

T323

T16

T252

70KPa VAC

T200

T251

70KPa

-40KPa


HGB池

C73 C72 T250

C71

SV23


T253

CV4

T31

T38

CV3

CV2 T25 J75-T171

VAC 70KPa

DP03 1.5mL

N

J79-T17-J82-P10

SV35

GV101 GV102

J65-T184

C45 SV22

J72-T172-J73

J64-T198

T183 C58 C55

PV12/GV88 WC1-K

GV58

C66

B

WC1-D WC1-B

T208

70KPa

废液桶

SV21

SV24

T132

T180

J74-T170

J67-T141

VAC 70KPa

T445

D

WC1-O

GV60 DP04 1mL

C65

P_SYRINGE 2.5mL

T179 C170 T146

C50

R

开放拭子

DP02 1.0mL

WC1-N

GV61 DP05 1mL

C60

T174

T203

T129

C57

SV37 T196

T192

WC1-RC

T148

C52

T197

WC1-H

T185

SCI

C54

SV40

T113 WC1-G

T194 SV38

GV63 DP07 1mL

C130 T199-J78-P2

WC2-1

SV08

T193

T181

J39-T87-P31

T86

C59

C49

T178

C38

R_SYRINGE 100μL

T112

C42

T191

T110

T189

C51

T195

C46

C61

SV36

WC1-C WC1-RC

C129

J68-T140-J69 T139

J62-T167-J63

C48

T182

T92

SV07 T111

C37

T209

T115

T107

C40 T93

T89

CV1 T137 T150

T106

T90

C62

T188

T95

C41

J66-T142

PV11/GV87

T147

T97

穿刺针

T143

PV06/GV84

SV30 T190

DP06 1mL

穿刺拭子 WC1-C

GV70

T138

T109

T116-J35

J34-T126

SV01 C39

C44

T88-J36

T104

ISU


T96

T94

SV05

C34

RBC预混池

T108

T105

T249 PV16/GV99

ISW SV03 SV04

C36

T79

SV02

T91

WC1-I

J42-T98-J43

T121

T144

T99

T102

70KPa

TS

C47

T186-P8

T128

T187

T103

T149

T120

C128 T154 T156-J100

WC1-F WC1-K C74

SV49

C89

T155


T101

J76-T127-J77

J46-T117-J47

T100

Open

T168

C43

T169

PV07/GV85

J30-T118-J31

SV50

GV62

SV42 T153 WC1-A

WC1-F

Ta-P7

SV09 T119 C127

C164

T440 C150

T27 VAC 70


SV25

GV74

T40 VAC 70

T136

T311

C152

SV52

SV51

T33

C156

GV75 T312

C33

C154

T447

CL-A

T130

C158

C159 C165

T444

分血阀

C171

Open

CL-A

T446

T21 T34 T28 T41

T157

WC2

C160 C166

C155 C153

J52-T42-J53

RET

J54-T35-J55

J57-T22-J58

J71-T29-J56

DIFF

RH BASO

J51-T36-J61

J50-T23-J60

T210

NRBC

SHEATH

SV14

J20-T84-J33

T83

T32

250 VAC

SCI

C24 T164 J44-T162-J45 C22 C23 J40-T158-J41

SV15 SV16

C15

C161 C167

T62

T159

C19

SV28

T257

C31

C162 C168

T441

WC1-D

T214 SV32

T58

DIL

T20

J48-T160-J49-P9 C21

C163 C169

C151 C149 C148

T215

C18

T60 T125

T163

T220

SV27

LF2

SV47

C32

J59-T43-J97

T81

C25

SV13

T166

T230

T57

GV56 T85

T124

T165

T229SV29

WC1-B

T80

T224 SV34 C16 T225 WC1-R

T82-J21

160

DP12 8mL

PV05/GV83 T219 SV33

FCM

SCI

C138 C139 C140 C141 C142 C143

FCM

T161 C20

T211

T151-J86

TC3

SV46

T114

LF1

C132

T46C133 T49C134 T18C135 T13C136 T14 C137

T54 SV55

T59

C5

C17

T53 C27

T61 DH

T30-P4

PV01/GV79

T216 C4

T453 T52

T24-P3 T44-P6

T248

T221 C3

T212

DIL

T48

PV14/GV97

GV73

T123

T37-P5

T217

溢流接头

T263

C30

C29

T47

T51

SV54

T262 T260 T261 T259

C2

T264

PV02/GV80

PV03/GV81

T227 T226

T231 T232-J14

DP08 1mL

GV44

J28-T213-J29

WC1-S

T266

J26-T218-J27

T222

T68

S_SYRINGE 250μL

GV68

T265

J22-T228-J23

C14 T63

SV17

C1

SV26

DIFF

C28 T50

T55

T448

FCM PV04/GV82

T65

J17-T233-J16

T236

WC1-O

SH

SV18

C11 T67

BASO

WC1-N

J18-T234-J19

T235 C13 70KPa VAC

T239 T238

T237

T69

NRBC

WBC池

J24-T223-J25

C10 J12-T73-J13

T66

J10-T71-J11

WC2-1

FC

RET

J8-T64-J9

T72

SV20 SV19

PV15/GV98

C9

T70

T56 40

GV66

NRBC

SV45

C12

DP11 20uL

P30-J15

P29-J7

NRBC荧光染料

C8

T74

C26

VAC 70

J85-T246-P34

J84-T243-P33

C7 T76

J4-T75-J5

J89-T452-J90

J93-T77-J94

GV65

T247-J3-P13 SV12

Open

T78

DP10 20uL

RET

P37

VAC 70

RET荧光染料

GV64 DIFF

SV11

J87-T451-J88

P28-J6

DP09 20uL

T244-J2-P12

P36

VAC 70

C6

SV10

VAC 70

DIFF荧光染料

J83-T240-P32

P35

T135 T177

T145

C63

T134

Figure 5-20 Fluidics diagram of completing measurement and restoration in open-vial whole-blood analysis For other test panels in open-vial whole-blood mode, CBC for example, the major difference from CBC+DIFF+NRBC+RET is that after the sample in the DIFF, NRBC and RET holes of the SRV is dispensed to the related baths, the sample is brought of the bath by diluent (dispensed to the baths by opening SV14, SV15 and SV16) directly without analysis (please note that BASO analysis has no diluent dispensation channel); other procedures are almost the same; See figure 4-9 for the sample dispensation process.

5-42

T241-J1-P11

T180

SV39

VAC 70KPa

DP03 1.5mL

GV59

SV41

T11

P26-T5-P27

T12

T10 RET试剂桶

稀释液桶

P24-T4-P25

P22-T3-P23

T9 DIFF试剂桶

P18-T1-P19

P20-T2-P21

T450

T6 HGB试剂桶

T7 NRBC试剂桶

T8 BASO试剂桶

T449 T45

T19 T26 T32 T39 T443

T439 VAC 70

T315

WC1-G

GV48

GV57

WC1

T173

SV31 C70 T202

J80-T206-P1

C69 T205

T204

C67

废液接头

WC1-H

GV71

C68 T207

T258

T201

T254

C64 T133

T255 T256

PV13/GV89

TC1

DP01 0.52mL

DIL

C56

WC1-I

SV53

T131

T176

WC1-S WC1-A

GF1

T323

T16

T252

70KPa VAC

T200

T251

70KPa

-40KPa


HGB池

C73 C72 T250

C71

SV23


WC1-R

J79-T17-J82-P10

SV35

GV101 GV102

J65-T184

C45 SV22

J72-T172-J73

J64-T198

T183 C58 C55

N

T253

CV4

T31

T38

CV3

CV2 T25 J75-T171

J74-T170

J67-T141

GV58

C66

B

WC1-D WC1-B

T208

70KPa

废液桶

SV21

SV24

T132

T179 C170

T129

C57

VAC 70KPa

DP02 1.0mL

T445

D

WC1-O

GV60 DP04 1mL

C60

T174

T203

T146 C50

R

开放拭子

SV37 T196

T192

C52

T197

WC1-N

GV61 DP05 1mL

C65

P_SYRINGE 2.5mL

SCI

T148

SV40

T113 WC1-G

C54

WC1-H

T185

SV08

T194 SV38

PV12/GV88 WC1-K

J39-T87-P31

T86

T193

GV63 DP07 1mL

C130 T199-J78-P2

WC2-1

C38

C59

C49

T178

T110

R_SYRINGE 100μL

T112

C42

T191 SV07

T111

C37

T189

C51

T195

C46

C61

SV36

T181

T92

C40 T93

T89

T209

T115

T107

J62-T167-J63

C48

WC1-C WC1-RC

C129

J68-T140-J69 T139

T137 T150 SV30 T190

T106

T90

CV1

T188

T95

C41

C62

PV06/GV84

WC1-RC

T97

J66-T142

PV11/GV87

T147

C39

穿刺针

T143

T182

T109

DP06 1mL

穿刺拭子 WC1-C

GV70

T138

SV01

T116-J35

T104

C44

T88-J36

C34

T96

T94

SV05

ISW

ISU


T108

SV03

RBC预混池

J34-T126

T105

T249 PV16/GV99 SV02

SV04

C36

T79

T91

WC1-I

J42-T98-J43

T121

T144

T99

T102

70KPa

TS

C47

T186-P8

T128

T187

T103

T149

T120

C128 T154 T156-J100

WC1-F WC1-K C74

SV49

C89

T155


T101

J76-T127-J77

J46-T117-J47

T100

Open

T168

C43

T169

PV07/GV85

J30-T118-J31

SV50

GV62

SV42 T153 WC1-A

WC1-F

Ta-P7

SV09 T119 C127

T440 C150

T27 VAC 70


SV25

GV74

T40 VAC 70

T136

T311

C152

SV52

SV51

T33

T157

C156

T130

C164

T444

C154

T447

CL-A

GV75 T312

C33 Open

T442

T446

分血阀

C171

C158

C159 C165

C155 C153

J52-T42-J53

RET

J54-T35-J55

J57-T22-J58

J71-T29-J56

DIFF

BASO

J51-T36-J61

J50-T23-J60

T210

RH

T21 T34 T28 T41

J20-T84-J33

T83

WC2

T257

NRBC

SHEATH

SV14

SV28 SV27

250 VAC

C24 T164 J44-T162-J45 C22 C23 J40-T158-J41

SV15 SV16

C160 C166

T62

T159

C19

C15

C161 C167

VAC 70

WC1-D

T214 SV32

C31

C162 C168

T441

J48-T160-J49-P9

T58

DIL

T125

C163 C169

T20

T215

C18

T60

C32

J59-T43-J97

T81

LF2

SV47

T163

T220

WC1-R

T82-J21

C25

SV13

T166

T230

T57

GV56 T85

T124

T165

T229SV29

WC1-B

T80

T224 SV34 C16 T225

CL-A

T30-P4

LF1

C21

T15

DP12 8mL

PV05/GV83 T219 SV33

FCM

SCI

T114

C138 C139 C140 C141 C142 C143

C151 C149 C148

T161 C20

T211

T151-J86

TC3

SV46

T61 DH

C132

T46C133 T49C134 T18C135 T13C136 T14 C137

T54 SV55

T59

C5

C17

T53 C27

T52 T24-P3 T44-P6

DIL

T48

FCM

T216 C4

T453

SCI

T212

160

T262 T260 T261 T259

T248

T221 C3

溢流接头

T263

C30

C29

T47

T51

SV54

PV14/GV97

GV73

T123

T37-P5

T217

PV01/GV79

PV02/GV80

PV03/GV81

C2

T232-J14

DP08 1mL

T227 T226

T231

S_SYRINGE 250μL

GV68

GV44

J28-T213-J29

WC1-S

T264 J26-T218-J27

T222

T68

T266 J22-T228-J23

C14 T63

SV17

T265

C28 T50

T55

T448

FCM PV04/GV82

T65

SH

C1

T236

WC1-O

J17-T233-J16

SV26

DIFF

WC1-N

J18-T234-J19

T235 C13 70KPa VAC

T239 T238

T237

BASO

WBC池

SV18

C11 T67

T69

NRBC

J24-T223-J25

C10 J12-T73-J13

T66

J10-T71-J11

WC2-1

FC

RET

J8-T64-J9

T72

SV20 SV19

PV15/GV98

C9

T70

T56 40

GV66

NRBC

SV45

C12

DP11 20uL

P30-J15

P29-J7

NRBC荧光染料

C8

T74

C26

VAC 70

J85-T246-P34

J84-T243-P33

C7 T76

J4-T75-J5

J89-T452-J90

J93-T77-J94

GV65

T247-J3-P13 SV12

Open

T78

DP10 20uL

RET

P37

VAC 70

RET荧光染料

GV64 DIFF

SV11

J87-T451-J88

P28-J6

DP09 20uL

T244-J2-P12

P36

VAC 70

C6

SV10

VAC 70

DIFF荧光染料

J83-T240-P32

P35

T135 T177

T145

C63

T134

Figure 5-21 Fluidics diagram of sample dispensation in open-vial whole-blood CBC analysis

5.12.2 Open-Vial Predilute Analysis Sequences Analysis process The process of the open-vial predilute analysis is almost the same as that of the whole-blood analysis; Differences between the two modes: the predilute sample is diluted before being analyzed by the analyzer ; 2. in the predilute mode, the sample volume for optical counting and RBC counting is 3 times to that in the whole-blood mode, so the time for analysis is longer;

5.12.3 Autoloading Whole-Blood Analysis Sequences Presentation mode You can achieve automatic batch analyses of blood samples by using the autoloading presentation mode, which includes transporting and feeding of tube racks, tube grabbing, automatic aspiration of sample, etc.;

5-43

T241-J1-P11

T180

SV39

VAC 70KPa

DP03 1.5mL

GV59

SV41

T11

P26-T5-P27

T12

T10 RET试剂桶

稀释液桶

P24-T4-P25

P22-T3-P23

T9 DIFF试剂桶

P18-T1-P19

P20-T2-P21

T450

T6 HGB试剂桶

T7 NRBC试剂桶

T8 BASO试剂桶

T449 T45

T19 T26 T32 T39 T443

T439 VAC 70

T315

WC1-G

GV48

GV57

WC1

T173

SV31 C70 T202

J80-T206-P1

C69 T205

T204

C67

废液接头

WC1-H

GV71

C68 T207

T258

T201

T254

C64 T133

T255 T256

PV13/GV89

TC1

DP01 0.52mL

DIL

C56

WC1-I

SV53

T131

T176

WC1-S WC1-A

GF1

T323

T16

T252

70KPa VAC

T200

T251

70KPa

-40KPa


HGB池

C73 C72 T250

C71

SV23


WC1-R

J79-T17-J82-P10

SV35

GV101 GV102

J65-T184

C45 SV22

J72-T172-J73

J64-T198

T183 C58 C55

N

T253

CV4

T31

T38

CV3

CV2 T25 J75-T171

J74-T170

J67-T141

GV58

C66

B

WC1-D WC1-B

T208

70KPa

废液桶

SV21

SV24

T132

T179 C170

T129

C57

VAC 70KPa

DP02 1.0mL

T445

D

WC1-O

GV60 DP04 1mL

C60

T174

T203

T146 C50

R

开放拭子

SV37 T196

SV40 C52

T197

WC1-N

GV61 DP05 1mL

C65

P_SYRINGE 2.5mL

SCI

C54

T148

C49

T113 WC1-G

T194 SV38

WC1-H

T185

SV08

T193

GV63 DP07 1mL

C130 T199-J78-P2

WC2-1

J39-T87-P31

T86

C38

C59

PV12/GV88 WC1-K

T110

R_SYRINGE 100μL

SV07 T111

C37 T112

C42

T191

C40 T93

T89

T189

C51

T195

T106

T90 C41

T209

C46

T181

T92

T95

C61

SV36

T182

T107

J62-T167-J63

C48

WC1-C WC1-RC

C129

J68-T140-J69 T139

T137 T150 SV30 T190

T192

T97

CV1

T188

T178

C39

C62

PV06/GV84

WC1-RC

SV05

J66-T142

PV11/GV87

T138

T109

穿刺针

T143

GV70

T147

T94

SV01

T116-J35

C34

T96

DP06 1mL

穿刺拭子 WC1-C

T115

C44

T88-J36

T104

ISU


T108

ISW

RBC预混池

J34-T126

T105

SV03 SV04

C36

T79 T249 PV16/GV99

SV02

T91

WC1-I

J42-T98-J43

T121

T144

T99

T102

70KPa

TS

C47

T186-P8

T128

T187

T103

T149

T120

C128 T154 T156-J100

WC1-F WC1-K C74

SV49

C89

T155


T101

J76-T127-J77

J46-T117-J47

T100

Open

T168

C43

T169

PV07/GV85

J30-T118-J31

SV50

GV62

SV42 T153 WC1-A

WC1-F

Ta-P7

SV09 T119 C127

T440 C150

T27 VAC 70


SV25

GV74

T40 VAC 70

T136

T311

C152

SV52

SV51

T33

T157

C156

T130

C164

T444

C154

T447

CL-A

GV75 T312

C33 Open

T442

T446

分血阀

C171

C158

C159 C165

C155 C153

J52-T42-J53

RET

J54-T35-J55

J57-T22-J58

J71-T29-J56

DIFF

BASO

J51-T36-J61

J50-T23-J60

J59-T43-J97

T210

RH

T21 T34 T28 T41

J20-T84-J33

T83

WC2

T257

NRBC

SHEATH

SV14

SV28 SV27

250 VAC

C24 T164 J44-T162-J45 C22 C23 J40-T158-J41

SV15

C160 C166

T62

T159

C19

SV16

C161 C167

VAC 70

WC1-D

T214 SV32

C31

C162 C168

T441

J48-T160-J49-P9

T58

DIL

T125

C163 C169

T20

T215

C18

T60

C32

C15

T81

LF2

SV47

T163

T220

WC1-R

T82-J21

C25

SV13

T166

T230

T57

GV56 T85

T124

T165

T229SV29

WC1-B

T80

T224 SV34 C16 T225

CL-A

T30-P4

LF1

C21

T15

DP12 8mL

PV05/GV83 T219 SV33

FCM

SCI

T114

C138 C139 C140 C141 C142 C143

C151 C149 C148

T161 C20

T211

T151-J86

TC3

SV46

T61 DH

C132

T46C133 T49C134 T18C135 T13C136 T14 C137

T54 SV55

T59

C5

C17

T53 C27

T52 T24-P3 T44-P6

DIL

T48

FCM

T216 C4

T453

SCI

T212

160

T262 T260 T261 T259

T248

T221 C3

溢流接头

T263

C30

C29

T47

T51

SV54

PV14/GV97

GV73

T123

T37-P5

T217

PV01/GV79

PV02/GV80

PV03/GV81

C2

T232-J14

DP08 1mL

T227 T226

T231

S_SYRINGE 250μL

GV68

GV44

J28-T213-J29

WC1-S

T264 J26-T218-J27

T222

T68

T266 J22-T228-J23

C14 T63

SV17

T265

C28 T50

T55

T448

FCM PV04/GV82

T65

SH

C1

T236

WC1-O

J17-T233-J16

SV26

DIFF

WC1-N

J18-T234-J19

T235 C13 70KPa VAC

T239 T238

T237

BASO

WBC池

SV18

C11 T67

T69

NRBC

J24-T223-J25

C10 J12-T73-J13

T66

J10-T71-J11

WC2-1

FC

RET

J8-T64-J9

T72

SV20 SV19

PV15/GV98

C9

T70

T56 40

GV66

NRBC

SV45

C12

DP11 20uL

P30-J15

P29-J7

NRBC荧光染料

C8

T74

C26

VAC 70

J85-T246-P34

J84-T243-P33

C7 T76

J4-T75-J5

J89-T452-J90

J93-T77-J94

GV65

T247-J3-P13 SV12

Open

T78

DP10 20uL

RET

P37

VAC 70

RET荧光染料

GV64 DIFF

SV11

J87-T451-J88

P28-J6

DP09 20uL

T244-J2-P12

P36

VAC 70

C6

SV10

VAC 70

DIFF荧光染料

J83-T240-P32

P35

T135 T177

T145

C63

T134

Figure 5-22 Fluidics diagram of sample aspiration in autoloading analysis Analysis process After the sample is dispensed into the SRV by the whole-blood syringe, the rest procedures are the same as those in open-vial; SRV position The SRV is at the upper position while aspirating sample; Time of Measurement The autoloading analysis is an automatic process including automatic loading and unloading of tube racks. The throughput is 90 analysis/h (RET analysis included) or 125 analysis/h (RET analysis not included).

5-44

6 Optical System 6.1 Introduction of Optical Theories The Laser beams of the optical system of BC-6800 irradiate on the blood cells processed by reagents, which are passing through the flow cell, and the forward scatter, side scatter and side fluorescence of each cell are collected. The forward scatter reflects cell size, the side scatter reflects the nucleus and granule information inside the cell, and the side fluorescence reflects the nucleic acid information inside the cell. By analyzing and processing the three optical signals, we can analyze the blood cells of the blood samples tested. The following figure is the platform of the optical path of BC-6800

Figure 6-1 Planform of Optical Path 1. Semiconductor laser (635nm)

11.Forward PD

2. Laser collimationt lens

12.Side scatter collecting lens

3. Cylindrical lens A

13.Dichroscope

4. Cylindrical lens B

14.Side scatter

5. Flow cell

15.Side parasitic light dispelling diaphragm

6. Sample flow

16.Side PD

7. Direct beam stop

17.Fluorescence

8. Back light lens

18.Fluorescence parasitic light dispelling diaphragm

9. Forward scatter

19.Long pass filter

10. Forward parasitic light

20.PMT

dispelling diaphragm 6-1

The optical system of BC-6800 uses the semiconductor laser (1) as optical source. The 635nm red laser beam irradiated by the optical source is aligned by the laser alignment lens (2), and then shaped by the cylindrical lens A (3) and B (4), thus forming elliptic laser beam irradiating on the sample flow (6) in the flow cell (5).

Laser

Flow cell

Sample flow Sheath fluid

Figure 6-2 Laser Facula by the Flow Cell The blood cells processed by lyse and fluorescent dye are wrapped by sheath fluid, producing hydrodynamic focusing effect by the flow cell. The blood cells go through the flow cell in sequence as shown in Figure 6-2. The blood cells irradiated by the laser beam disperse scatter light and fluorescence, while the direct light not being dispersed is blocked by the direct light blocking diaphragm (7). The forward scatter (9) with scattering angle 1~10° passes through the direct light blocking diaphragm (7), and is collected by the back light lens (8), and then passes through the forward parasitic light dispelling diaphragm (10), finally is converged to the forward PD (11) to form the forward scatter signal. The side scatter (14) and side fluorescence (17) are collected by the side scatter collecting lens (12), the dichroscope reflects the side scatter of which the wavelength stays the same, and transmits the side fluorescence of which the wavelength gets longer, thus separating the side scatter and side fluorescence. The side scatter passes through the parasitic light dispelling diaphragm (15) and is converged to the side PD (16) to form side scatter signal; the side fluorescence passes through the parasitic light dispelling diaphragm (18) and the long pass filter (19) to filter side scatter, and then is converged to PMT (20) to form fluorescence signal. The three optical signals go into the signal processing board to be amplified and processed, thus forming the scattergram. 6-2

6.2 Optical System Structure Disassemble the top cover of the incubator of BC-6800 optical system, the components are shown in the following figure.

Figure 6-3 Components of the Optical System No.

Name

No.

Name

1

Front light assembly

7

Side PD assembly

2

Inspection assembly

8

PMT assembly

3

Back light assembly

9

Base plate assembly

4

Forward PD assembly

10

Bottom plate of the incubator

5

Three-dimensional adjusting frame

11

Back plate of the incubator

6

Inner light shield (with the dichroscope assembly

12

Laser drive board

in it)

The semiconductor laser (635nm), laser alignment lens, cylindrical lens A and B are within the front light assembly. The laser drive board (12) provides stable power input for the front light assembly, which irradiates shaped laser beam to the flow cell. The inspection assembly (2) includes flow cell assembly and rectifier assembly; the rectifier assembly can form stable flow 6-3

of sheath fluid in the flow cell. After being irradiated by laser, the cells in the flow cell transmit scatter and fluorescence. The back light assembly (3) includes direct light blocking diaphragm and back light lens, which collect and converge the 1~10° forward scatter transmitted by the cells to the sensitive surface of the forward PD assembly (4). The side scatter collecting lens is installed on the front of the three-dimensional adjusting frame (5). The lens can be fine-tuned from three dimensions to ensure the collection and convergence of side scatter and fluorescence. The dichroscope under the inner light shield (6) reflects side scatter and transmits fluorescence. The side scatter is converged to the sensitive surface of the side PD assembly (7), while the fluorescence passes through the long pass filter in the PMT assembly (8) and is converged to the PMT sensitive surface. The optical components are all installed on the base plate assembly (9). There is heating diaphragm under the base plate assembly, which controls the temperature of the optical system. The optical system is inside the incubator so as to shield the system from outside light, heat, shock, electromagnetic field and dust.

6.3 Troubleshooting of the Optical System 6.3.1 Abnormal Scattergram

Tools NO.107 cross-headed screwdriver

Consumables

4k-07 standard particle (7um), 1.5mL centrifugal tube, fine-fibrous dust-free cloth, absolute alcohol

Procedure

Abnormal scattergram may appear for many reasons. Analysis must be done to find out the real reason. First, check if the analyzer reports error messages, if yes, remove the errors. If abnormal scattergrams are found without error messages reported, check if the scattergrams of the 4 channels (DIFF, BASO, RET and NRBC) are all abnormal. If only one of them is abnormal, failure of the entire optical system can be excluded, and then the fluidics, reagent or temperature control system shall be checked. Log on the system with the password of service engineer, click the menu "Calibration→Optical Gain Calibration" to enter the Optical Gain Calibration screen and select mode as "Standard Particle (debug)". Mix the 4k-07 standard particle bottle, put 1 drop of the standard particle into 5mL of de-ionized water to form a standard particle sample. 6-4

Present the sample to the open vial sample probe, press the aspirate key to run standard particle (debug) mode analysis. The scattergrams of standard particle will be displayed automatically when the analysis finishes. Note that the total number of particle 1 shall be greater than 2000, or else the amount of particles is sufficient. You should add more standard particles added into the centrifugal tube and re-run analysis. The analysis results of 4k-07 standard particle, the FS and SS CG position must be within the range of Table 5-1. Table 5-1 CV Range of 4k-07 Standard Particle Module

Standard

Position of FS gravity center

34.00~46.00

FS CV

≤2.3%

Position of SS gravity center

51.00~71.00

SS CV

≤17.2%

Total number of particles

2000~6000

Measured value

Result (Pass/Fail)

If the CV and CG position all meet the requirements in Table 5-1, but the scattergrams of blood samples are still not in optimal status, failure of the optical system can be excluded, and the fluidics, reagent or temperature control system shall be checked. If the CV meets requirements in Table 5-1, but the CG position does not meet the requirements, re-calibrate the analyzer as instructed in the optical system gain calibration section. If the CV is outside the range of Table 5-1, do as follows. Click "Maintenance" in the menu to enter the maintenance screen, and click the "Flow Cell" button in the "Probe Cleanser Maintenance" region, then perform probe cleanser maintenance of the flow cell as instructed by the screen prompts. After finishing probe cleanser maintenance, click "Maintenance"→"Cleaning" in the menu to enter the cleaning screen, and click "Rinse Flow Cell" to rinse the flow cell, then run analysis of the 4k-07 standard particle again to see if the problem is solved. If not, repeat step 9)~10); if the problem persists, do as follows: Disassemble the top panel and right panel of the analyzer with the cross-headed screwdriver, and then remove the top cover of the optical system incubator. Wipe the surface of the flow cell with clean dust-free cloth dipped with absolute alcohol. While you are wiping the flow cell, check if the tubes are damaged, if so, replace the tubes. After finishing the operations above, cap the top cover of the incubator, and re-run 4k-07 standard particle and fresh blood to see if the problem is solved. If not, replace the optical system. Note: Laser radiation Static protection Do not run analysis when the top cover of the incubator is not firmly capped, or else, the PMT may be damaged easily. 6-5

6.3.2 Abnormal Current of Laser Tube

Device Multimeter


Procedure

Make sure the analyzer is powered off, and unplug the power cord. Wear clean disposable gloves and take proper antistatic measures. Disassemble the top panel and right panel of the analyzer with the cross-headed screwdriver, and then remove the top cover of the optical system incubator. Check if the laser connection is secure. Take of the connection line of the laser, test if open circuit occurs to the line with a multimeter. If yes, replace the connection line and install the top cover of the optical system incubator. Start up the analyzer to see if the laser tube current is still abnormal, if so, replace the optical system.

Note Laser radiation Static protection Do not run analysis when the top cover of the incubator is not firmly capped, or else, the PMT may be damaged easily.

6-6

7 Hardware System 7.1 Overview The hardware logic system reflects the functions and interfaces of the hardware system, and is divided into several parts, including data stream, user interaction, control flow, power source system, and structure and interlinkage.

Hardware System Aperture Laser tube Photomultiplie r LED tube Phototube

Optical detection principle Impedance detection principle

Product application and interlinkage

Signal sorting Signal collection Digital processing

Direct user input Main control embedded system platform

Colorimetric detection principle

Data stream design

Direct user output

Motor Electromagne t Hall sensor Valve Pump Pneumatic unit Float switch Heater Fan Temp. sensor Pressure sensor Barcode scanner

Moving mechnism Driving and detection Fluidic components Driving and detection Thermodynamic components Driving and detection System status monitoring

Auxiliary control embedded system platform

Key switch Touch screen Display

Peripheral interfaces Mass storage

Structure and interlinkage design

Network cable Serial port cable Parellel port cable

Barcode scanner Mouse Keyboard Replaceable storage

User interaction design

Power monitoring Power switch

Sample inspection

Power cord Power conversion

Fluid detection

Control flow design

Commercial power input

Power system design

Photocouplers

Figure 7-1 Hardware logical diagram

7.2 Data and COME Carrier Board 7.2.1 Overview The data and COME carrier board in BC-6800 five-differential hematology analyzer drives the sensors, amplifies, filters and sorts the primitive signals output by each sensor to form signals that meet A/D input requirement, then A/D conversion is performed. The FPGA completes pulse identification and storage of the converted digital signals, and the COME module extracts and processes data stream so as to display the data on the man-machine interface. The carrier board also controls external components or functional modules.

7-1

Figure 7-2 The Functional Diagram of Data and COME Carrier Board

7.2.2 Functions The data and COME carrier board can be divided into the following 4 modules base on the characteristics of the circuit and signal: analog circuit module, digital circuit module, A/D module and power module. The functions of analog circuit module: ¾

Amplifying and sorting the scatter signal (FS/SS) and fluorescence signal (SF) input from the pre-amplification board;

¾

Driving the RBC/PLT sensor, amplifying and sorting RBC/PLT impedance signal, and providing counting bath zapping function;

¾

Driving HGB sensor, amplifying and sorting HGB signal;

¾

System monitoring function: monitoring the key signals in the board and the safety actions of the analyzer, including voltage of the analog +/-12V power, laser drive current, internal PD current of laser, drive voltage of RBC constant-current source, PMT voltage, etc.

¾

Collecting system status: collecting important status during the sample analysis process, including background signal of FS, HGB voltage, aperture voltage, etc. 7-2

The functions of digital circuit module: ¾

COME module interface: connecting COME module. COME module is the key processing unit of the entire digital system which processes data, displays results and controls the hardware system.

¾

FPGA module: controlling components like AD and digital potentiometer, pre-processing primitive data and sending the data to processor.

¾

IO module: the coupled zone to external boards or functional module, performing buffer processing for cross-board level.

A/D module: ¾

Completing the A/D conversion of the amplified and sorted impedance signal, optical signal, HGB signal and other status monitoring signal.

Power module: ¾

Analog power: produce the 56V, ±5V and 2.5V power required by the analog circuit through power conversion.

¾

Digital power: convert digital 5V to 3.3V, 2.5V, 1.25V and 1.2V through the DC-DC and LDO components to meet the supply requirement of CPU, FPGA, DDR and other digital components.

Figure 7-1 The Functional Diagram of the Analog Circuit Module of Data and COME Carrier Board 7-3

Figure 7-2 The Functional Diagram of the Digital Circuit Module of Data and COME Carrier Board

7-4

7.2.3 Structure PCBA structure of data and COME carrier board:

P6

P8

P7 P4 P1 P5 P3

P2

P1 4 P1 0

P9

P1 6

P1 1

P1 7

P1 5 P1 2 P1 3

Figure 7-3 The PCBA structure of Data and COME Carrier Board (top) 7-5

Table 7-1 Description of modules of Data and COME Carrier Board Module No.

Description

P1

RBC/PLT sensor drive and pre-amplification board (shielding box region)

P2

RBC/PLT signal sorting and amplifying circuit

P3

HGB signal sorting and amplifying circuit

P4

Optical signal (FS/SS/SF) sorting and amplifying circuit

P5

System monitoring signal sorting circuit

P6

56V power conversion circuit

P7

Analog +/-5V power conversion circuit

P8

Zapping power

P9

AD (A/D conversion) circuit

P10

LCD and touchscreen interface

P11

COME module socket

P12

digital power circuit

P13

USB interface

P14

LED indicator circuit of the digital system

P15

Network circuit

P16

FPGA

P17

IO circuit

7.2.4 Interfaces Interface Layout

7-6

Figure 7-4 Socket Layout of Data and COME Carrier Board There are 25 sockets in the data and COME carrier board, see Figure 7-4 for the location of the sockets.

7.2.5 Indicators and Test Points See the following table for the functions of the indicators. Table 7-2 Description of Indicator Functions of Data and COME Carrier Board Indicator D29

Function Analog +12V indicator, in the P6 region (56V power converting circuit), normal status: on

D30

Analog -5V indicator, in the P7 region (analog +/-5V power converting circuit), normal status: on

D31

Analog +5V indicator, in the P7 region (analog +/-5V power converting circuit), normal status: on

D32

Analog -12V indicator, in the P6 region (56V power converting circuit), normal status: on

D80

USB power indicator, normal status: on

D35


D38


D79

USB power indicator, normal status: on 7-7

D36


D81


D69

COME status indicator, normal status: off

D68


D70


D71


D66

100M network status indicator, on when connected to 100M Ethernet

D39

1000M network status indicator, on when connected to 1000M Ethernet

D56

Network connection indicator, on when successfully connected to network

D67

Network transmission status indicator, flickering when data are being transmitted

D34

5V power indicator, normal status: on

D33

12V power indicator, normal status: on

D40

FPGA status indicator, normal status: on

D73

CF card working status indicator, flickering when data are being read or written to the CF card

D72

FPGA byteblaster working status indicator, flickering when upgrading FPGA. Normal status: on.

The functions of test points on the board are listed in the following table. Table 7-3 Description of Test Points of Data and COME Carrier Board Test point TP1

Printed markings TP1

TP8

Function Description

Remarks

1.8V power test point

1.8V

0.5V

RBC channel direct current offset voltage

+0.5V

TP20

TP20

3.3V test point

3.3V

TP22

TP22

1.5V test point

1.5V

TP26

TP26

5V test point

5V

TP27

TP27

2.5V test point

2.5V

TP29

+5V

Analog +5V power

4.75～5.25V

TP31

VREF_O

Optical signal direct current offset reference voltage

57mV

TP32

-12V

Analog +12V power

-11.4～-12.6V

TP33

-5V

Analog -5V power

-4.75～-5.25V

TP37

TP37

1.2V test point

1.2V 7-8

TP40

FSBASE_IN

FS blank voltage input

The voltage is about several mV during normal analysis

TP51

VREF_SSAD

SS channel voltage

AD

reference

2.0V

TP52

VREF_FSAD

FS channel voltage

AD

reference

2.0V

TP54

VREF_WBCAD

SF channel voltage

AD

reference

2.0V

TP55

VREF_MONAD

System monitoring signal ADC reference voltage

2.5V

TP56

VREF_HGBAD

HGB channel AD reference voltage

2.5V

TP59

AGND

Analog ground

TP62

12VM

Analog +12V power monitoring voltage

1.88V~2.12V

TP63

LASER

Laser drive current monitoring voltage

The normal voltage is about 1.5V when the laser is on

TP64

N12VM

Analog -12V power monitoring voltage

2.25V~2.55V

TP65

PD

Monitoring voltage of the PD current inside the laser

The normal voltage is about 1.5V when the laser is on

TP66

VCONSTM

+56V constant current source monitoring voltage

1.37V~1.48V

TP68

PMT

PMT high voltage

<3V

TP69

VCONST_HGB

TP70

voltage

control

HGB constant current source

2.5V constant current source voltage

HGB1

HGB voltage after first-level amplification

Normally the voltage is negative

TP71

HGB

HGB voltage

Normal blank voltage 3.2～4.8V

TP72

HGBLED_N

HGB luminotron switch control signal

Low level (0V) luminotron is on, high level (3.3V) luminotron is off

TP75

FS

Amplified FS signal

with 175mV direct current offset

TP77

FS_BASE

Amplified FS blank voltage

The voltage is from several mV to several hundred mV during sample analysis

TP78

FS_IN

FS signal input

It is pulse signal during normal analysis, the pulse width is about 1us, the amplitude is smaller than 1V

7-9

TP88

SF_WBC

Amplified SF signal


TP89

SF_IN

SF signal input


TP93

SS_IN

SS signal input


TP95

SS

Amplified SS signal


TP100

RBC_BASE

RBC baseline signal

With 1V direct current offset

TP103

VHOLE

RBC aperture (monitoring voltage)

voltage

about 1.43 ～ 1.65V during normal analysis

TP104

SLT_CON

RBC constant current source/zapping switch control signal

Switch to zapping source when the electrical level is low (0V), and switch to constant current source when the level is high (3.3V); the default setup is high level.

TP105

+56V

56V RBC constant current source voltage

+56V

TP106

NVCONST

RBC constant current source switch control signal

Low level (0V) switches on constant current source, high level (3.3V) switches off constant current source, the default setup is high level.

TP107

RBC

Amplified RBC signal

With 0.5V direct current offset

TP110

NBURN

Zapping power switch control signal

Switch on zapping source when the electrical level is low (0V), switch off zapping source when the level is high (3.3V); the default setup is high level.

TP112

+12V

Analog +12V power

11.4～12.6V

TP113

+2.5V

Analog +2.5V voltage

+2.5V

TP114

AGND

Analog ground

TP122

TP122

3V test point

3V

TP124

TP124

12V test point

12V

7.2.6 Troubleshooting Table 7-4 lists the frequent errors and troubleshooting methods of the data and COME carrier board. When error occurs, follow the table to see if the problem lies with the board. The table only lists hardware errors, the same error caused by fluidic, optical, reagent or software problems are not included (go to other related chapters in this manual to find the 7-10

troubleshooting methods). Before troubleshooting the data and COME carrier board, be sure to check: 1. if the power board output is normal (if the error is related to the power source); 2. if the wires connected to data board get loose; if the wire No. and socket No. on the data board matches; if the connection is reliable; and if the wires are damaged. 3. if the power input is normal; check if the indicators of the data board are OK according to Table 7-2. 4. Restart the analyzer to see if the error is removed. After problems of the connection, input power and indicators are all excluded, and restarting the analyzer also fails to solve the error, go on to analyze it as per the following table.

WARNING 1.

Be sure to wear antistatic gloves when assembling and disassembling the board, and always hold on the edge of board.

2.

When using multimeter or other equipments to test a component, make sure not to touch other components or wires to avoid board damage caused by short circuit.

Table 7-4 Errors and Troubleshooting List of Data and COME Carrier Board No.-

Error Representation

Cause

Error Diagnosis The following situations can all be diagnosed as data board error:

1

"+12V analog voltage abnormal" is reported

Circuit error

¾

D29 indicator turns off

¾

The voltage of test point TP112 (+12V) is outside 11.4～ 12.6V

¾

The voltage of test point TP62 (12VM) is outside 2.25V~2.55V

¾

D31 (+5V) indicator is off

¾

The voltage of test point TP55 (VREF_MONAD) is outside 2.4～2.6V

2

"-12V analog voltage abnormal" is reported

The following situations can all be diagnosed as data board error: Circuit error

¾D32 indicator turns off ¾The voltage of test point TP32 (-12V) is outside -11.4～ -12.6V

7-11

¾The voltage of test point TP64 (N12VM) is outside 1.88V~2.12V ¾D31 (+5V) indicator is off ¾The voltage of test point TP55 (VREF_MONAD) is outside 2.4～2.6V The following situations can all be diagnosed as luminotron: ¾The luminotron is off, the level of TP72(HGBLED_N) is low (about 0V) HGB luminotron error

3

¾The luminotron is on, the HGB voltage can be adjustable along with the gain, but when the gain is adjusted to its upper limit, the HGB voltage is still lower than 3.2V. The situation suggests the aging of the luminotron (when fluidic problems are excluded) ¾The error is removed after replacing the HGB assembly The following situations can all be diagnosed as data board drive circuit error:

HGB luminotron drive circuit error

4

"HGB Blank Voltage abnormal" is reported 5

¾The luminotron is off, and the TP72(HGBLED_N) is of high level (3.3V) when running analysis sequence ¾After replacing the HGB assembly, the luminotron is still off ¾The HGB luminotron is off even after it has been replaced

HGB photoelectric cell error (usually the anode and cathode are incorrectly connected)

HGB voltage is 0, the voltage of test point TP70(HGB1) is positive and greater than 0.6V. The error is removed after replacing HGB assembly.

The following situations can all be diagnosed as circuit error: ¾HGB voltage is higher than 4.8V when the gain is at its minimum

6

¾The voltage of test point TP71 (HGB) is 3.2~4.8V, but the HGB voltage displayed on the screen is not within the range

HGB circuit error

¾HGB voltage is lower than 3.2V when the gain is at its maximum, and replacing the HGB bath fails to solve the problem ¾D31 (+5V) indicator is off ¾The voltage of test point TP56 (VREF_HGBAD) is 7-12

outside 2.4～2.6V

7

HGB gain calibration fails

Error of the digital potentiometer on the board

The gain changes from 50 to 200, but the HGB tested is unchanged The following situations can all be diagnosed as board error: ¾The voltage of 56V constant current source is outside 54 ～ 58V, or the voltage of TP66(VCONSTM) is outside 1.37～1.48V. ¾The voltage difference between pin 2 and pin 3 of J13 is 0V when running RBC analysis, or the voltage of test point TP103(VHOLE) is 0V, which suggests RBC constant current source error or relay error.

8

"Aperture voltage abnormal" reported

is

¾The voltage of test point TP103(VHOLE) is above 1.65V when analysis is not running

Constant current source error/monitoring circuit error/AD error/power source error

¾The voltage difference between pin 2 and pin 3 of J13 is 12~18V when running RBC analysis, but error is reported by the analyzer. This situation suggests monitoring circuit error. ¾The voltage of test point TP103(VHOLE) is 1.44~1.65V, but error is reported by the analyzer. This situation suggests AD error. ¾D31 (+5V) indicator is off ¾The

voltage

of

test

point

TP56

(VREF_HGBAD) is outside 2.4～2.6V ¾Replace the counting bath with 20K resistor, if the voltage tested by the two ends of the resistor is outside 11.4～13.2V, that means error occurs to the constant current source. The following situations can all be diagnosed as board error: ¾ 9

RBC/PLT result is 0, or no RBC signal

RBC circuit error

The voltage of TP107(RBC) is outside 0.45～0.55V when analysis is not running (on the shielding box cover)

sorting error/AD

¾D30(-5V) or D31 (+5V) indicator is off ¾

The voltage of test point TP60 (VREF_RBCAD) is outside 2.4～2.6V

¾

No alarm for abnormal aperture voltage, but the no pulse 7-13

signal is found when testing TP107(RBC) oscilloscope (normal pulse width is around 20us)

10

MCV gain calibration fails

Error of the digital potentiometer on the board

with

The gain changes from 50 to 200, but the MCV tested is unchanged The following situations can all be diagnosed as board error: ¾

Monitoring circuit error/AD error

11 "Laser PD current abnormal" is reported

¾D31 (+5V) indicator is off ¾The

voltage

of

test

point

TP55

(VREF_MONAD) is outside 2.4～2.6V The following situations can be diagnosed as loose contact of optical connection wire Loose contact of optical connection wire

12

The voltage of TP65(PD) stays the same no matter the optical system is connected or disconnected to the motherboard, but the voltage is not 2.5V.

¾

The voltage of TP65(PD) stays at 2.5V no matter the optical system is connected or disconnected to the motherboard.

The following situations can all be diagnosed as board error:

13

"Forward scatter blank voltage abnormal" is reported

Circuit error

¾

The scattergram is normal while "Forward scatter blank voltage abnormal" is reported

¾

D31 (+5V) indicator is off

¾

The voltage of test point TP55 (VREF_MONAD) is outside 2.4～2.6V

The following situations can all be diagnosed as board error: ¾

The voltage of test point TP75(FS), or TP95(SS), or TP88(SF_WBC) is not 155～190mV when analysis is not running

14

No scattergram, or the FS, SS or SF are in the same line

Sorting circuit error/AD error

¾

D30(-5V) or D31 (+5V) indicator is off

¾

The voltage of TP52(VREF_FSAD), or TP51(VREF_SSDA), or TP51(VREF_WBCAD is outside 1.9～2.1V

¾

15

Gain calibration

of

Error digital

of

the

Pulse signal of TP78(FS_IN), TP89(SF_IN) and TP93(SS_IN) can be detected by oscilloscope when analysis is running, but no pulse signal of TP75(FS), or TP95(SS), or TP88(SF_WBC) is detected (normal pulse width is around 1us)

The gain changes from 50 to 200, but the location of 7-14

optical channel (FS/SS/SF) fails

potentiometer on the board

scattergram stays the same

Confirm as per the following procedure: 16 Auto power-off at startup

Short circuit of power source

1) Disconnect all wires connected to the data board and start up the analyzer, if the error is removed, then short circuit of data board power source can be excluded; check other wires and components connected to the data board. 2) Disconnect all wires connected to the data board and start up the analyzer, if the error persists, then short circuit of data board power source can be concluded, and the data board should be replaced.

17

The following situations indicate board error: 18

Failing to zap

Board error

The voltage deviation of pin 2 and pin 3 of J13 tested by multimeter is 0V when zapping is going on Confirm as per the following procedure: 1) Check if the D33 LED on the board is illuminated, if yes,

19

Blank screen 1

LCD display assembly error

2) Test the voltage between pin 3 and pin 2 of J1, which shall be around 4.7V 3) Disconnect LCD signal wire (J23), the LCD back light does not turn on Confirm as per the following procedure: 1) Check if the D33 LED on the board is illuminated, if yes,

20

Blank screen 2

COME error

module

2) Test the voltage between pin 3 and pin 2 of J1, which shall be around 4.7V 3) Disconnect LCD signal wire (J23), the LCD back light turns on

21

Touchscreen error

SuperIO error

chip

Confirm as per the following procedure: 1) Check if communication error with drive control board (error code: 0x32016025) occurs in parallel with touchscreen error. Confirm as per the following procedure:

22

System clock error (error code: 0x32016024)

1）System time is reset when starting up the analyzer; after synchronization setup of software is performed, and the analyzer is restarted at 1 minute following a power-off, the system time is again reset.

Low battery (replace the button cell to solve the problem)

2）Test TP2 with a multimeter, and the voltage is lower than 2.6V.

7-15

7.3 Drive Control Board 7.3.1 Overview The drive control board is a critical board in the analyzer, abnormal functioning of the board may result in abnormal functioning of pressure detection, heating control and valve control. Heating control board

Data and COME carrier board

Pneumatic pressure detection board

Motherboard

Valve drive board×2

Drive control board

Fluid detection board

Figure 7-5 Connection Diagram of Drive Control Board

7.3.2 Structure

Figure 7-6 Layout of Drive Control Board 7-16

Fluorochrome detection sensor×3

The location of indicators is marked out in the figure above.

7.3.3 Indicators and Test Points Table 7-5 Definition of Power Indicators in the Drive Control Board Indicator

Definition


Flag

D6

Indicator of digital 5V power

The LED is on generally, if it is off, that means the 5V power is abnormal, which will result in key component error of the drive control board.

VCC

Indicator of digital 3.3V power

The LED is on generally, if it is off, that means the 3.3V power is abnormal. If D6 is on while D5 is off, that means the power chip in the drive control board is damaged.

VDD

Indicator of 12V power

The LED is on generally, if it is off, that means the 12V power is abnormal, which will result in error of the valves.

\


The LED is on generally, if it is off, that means the 24V power is abnormal, which will result in error of the motors.

P24V


The LED is on generally, if it is off, that means the 12V power is abnormal, which will result in analog circuit error of the drive control board.

\

The LED is on generally, if it is off, that means the -12V power is abnormal, which will result in analog circuit error of the drive control board.

\

D5

D4

D3

D105

analog

D103

Indicator of -12V power

D104

Indicator of analog 5V power

The LED is on generally, if it is off, that means the 5V power is abnormal; if D105 is off, that means the power chip in the drive control board is damaged.

\

Indicator of analog -5V power

The LED is on generally, if it is off, that means the -5V power is abnormal; if D103 is on while D1 is off, that means the power chip in the drive control board is damaged.

\

D1

analog

7-17

Table7-6 Definition of Working Indicators in the Drive Control Board Indicator

D100

D7

Definition


Flag

MCU working indicator

This indicator is a blue LED which flickers every 1s; if it does not flicker, that means the MCU is not working properly.

MCU

FPGA working indicator

This indicator is a blue LED which flickers every 1s; if it does not flicker, that means the FPGA is not working properly.

FPGA

Table 7-7 Definition of Heating Status Indicators in the Drive Control Board Indicator

Definition


Flag

Heating indicator of reaction bath assembly

The indicator is on or flickering when heating goes on; if it is on, but the temperature of reaction bath is low, that means the heating function is abnormal, you should resolve the problem per the instructions in the chapter of heating control board.

ACT

Heating indicator of flow cell assembly

The indicator is on or flickering when heating goes on; if it is on, but the temperature of flow cell is low, that means the heating function is abnormal, you should resolve the problem per the instructions in the chapter of heating control board.

CELL

Heating indicator of sheath fluid bath assembly

The indicator is on or flickering when heating goes on; if it is on, but the temperature of sheath fluid is low, that means the heating function is abnormal, you should resolve the problem per the instructions in the chapter of heating control board.

FCM

D88

Heating indicator of the optical system

The indicator is on or flickering when heating goes on; if it is on, but the temperature of optical system is low, that means the heating function is abnormal, you should resolve the problem per the instructions in the chapter of heating control board.

LAS

D87

Heating indicator of preheating bath assembly

The indicator is on or flickering when heating goes on; if it is on, but the

PRE

D102

D101

D90

7-18

temperature of preheating bath is low, that means the heating function is abnormal, you should resolve the problem per the instructions in the chapter of heating control board.

Figure 7-7 Layout of Heating Status Indicators

Table 7-8 Definition of Photocoupler Status Indicators in the Drive Control Board Indicator

Definition


D68

Photocoupler indicator of start position of vertical sample feeding unit of the autoloader assembly

The indicator is off when the photocoupler is disconnected or blocked, and it is on when the photocoupler is not blocked.

D67

Photocoupler indicator of stop position of vertical sample feeding unit of the autoloader assembly


D92

Photocoupler indicator of start position of horizontal sample feeding unit of the autoloader assembly


D91

Photocoupler indicator of stop position of horizontal sample feeding unit of the autoloader assembly


D93

Photocoupler indicator of start position of unloading unit of the autoloader assembly


D78

Photocoupler indicator of full status of unloading unit of the autoloader

The indicator is on when the photocoupler is disconnected or

7-19

assembly

blocked, and it is off when the photocoupler is not blocked.

D66

Photocoupler indicator of start position counter of horizontal sample feeding unit of the autoloader assembly


D65

Photocoupler indicator of stop position counter of horizontal sample feeding unit of the autoloader assembly


Photocoupler indicator of probe wipe assembly


D94

Photocoupler module


D62

Photocoupler indicator of the piercing cylinder of mixing and piercing assembly


D61

Photocoupler indicator of the pincher extension start position of mixing and piercing assembly


D60

Photocoupler indicator of the pincher extension stop position of mixing and piercing assembly


D59

Photocoupler indicator of the pincher lifting start position of mixing and piercing assembly


D99

Photocoupler indicator of the pincher lifting stop position of mixing and piercing assembly


D98

Photocoupler indicator of the pincher rotation start position of mixing and piercing assembly


D97

Photocoupler indicator of the pincher

The

D95

indicator

of

stirring

7-20

indicator

is

off

when

the

rotation stop position of mixing and piercing assembly

photocoupler is disconnected or blocked, and it is on when the photocoupler is not blocked.

D79

Photocoupler indicator for tube position detection of mixing and piercing assembly

The indicator is on when the photocoupler is disconnected or blocked, and it is off when the photocoupler is not blocked.

D10

Photocoupler indicator syringe assembly

of

WBC


D86

Photocoupler indicator blood intaking assembly

of

whole

D85

Photocoupler indicator syringe assembly

D96

Reserved

Off

D11

Reserved

Off

D63

Reserved

Off

D64

Reserved

Off

of

RBC

The indicator is off when the photocoupler is disconnected or blocked, and it is on when the photocoupler is not blocked. The indicator is off when the photocoupler is disconnected or blocked, and it is on when the photocoupler is not blocked.

Figure 7-8 Layout of Photocoupler Status Indicators

Table 7-9 Definition of Status Indicators of Drive Control Board Floater and Micro-switch Indicator

Definition


D58

WC1 bath floater indicator

The indicator is on when the floater is at the upper position, and it is off when the floater is at the lower position

D57

DIL bath floater indicator

The indicator is on when the floater is at the upper position, and it is off when 7-21

the floater is at the lower position FCM bath floater indicator


WC2 bath floater indicator


D51

SCI bath floater indicator


D42

Waste container floater indicator

The indicator is off when the floater is at the upper position, and it is on when the floater is at the lower position

D37

Reserved

Off

D16

Reserved

Off

D15

Micro-switch indicator for the fully loaded status of tube rack of the autoloader assembly

The indicator is on when the switch is pressed down, and it is off when the switch bounces back

D14

Reserved

Off

D56

D54

Figure 7-9 Layout of Status Indicators of Floater and Micro-switch

Table 7-10 Definition of Connection Status Indicators of the Fluid Detection Board and Pressure Detection Board Indicator

Definition


D12

Connection status indicator of the fluid detection board

The indicator is a red LED, when it is on, it means the fluid detection board is not correctly connected, you need to check if the wire connecting the motherboard and the fluid connection board is firmly plugged.

D13

Connection status indicator of

The indicator is a red LED, when it is 7-22

Remarks To conclude that the analyzer is working normally, the red indicators on the drive control board must all be off .

the pressure detection board

on, it means the pressure detection board is not correctly connected, you need to check if the wire connecting the motherboard and the pressure connection board is firmly plugged.

7.3.4 Troubleshooting Table 711 Troubleshooting Method of the Drive Control Board No.-

Error consequence

Troubleshooting Method A、 First check if the pneumatic unit is on and if the power supply of the pneumatic unit is normal. B、 Check if the connection status indicator of pressure detection board on the drive control board is on, if so, that means the pressure detection board is not correctly connected, you should check if the wire between the mother board and pressure detection board is firmly plugged.

1

Abnormal pressure of analyzer reported

C、 Check if the drive control board MCU indicator and the FPGA working status indicator are flickering, if not, upgrade the programs of drive control board MCU and FPGA; if the problem persists, replace the drive control board. the is

D、 Check if the analog ±12V indicator and the analog ±5V indicator of the drive control board are on; if the analog ±12V indicator is off, that means power supply is abnormal, you need to check if the power board output is normal; if the analog ±12V indicator in on while the analog ±5V indicator is off, that suggests error of the drive control board, which shall be replaced. E、 If the pressure is lower than required, check whether there is crystal in the tube connected to the pressure sensor, if so, replace the pressure detection board. F、 If the pressure is lower than required, check if leakage occurs to the pneumatic tubes; if the pressure is higher than required, it is highly possible that the pneumatic unit is damaged.

2

Temperature error of the analyzer is reported

A、 If error is reported for each channel, check if the analog ±12V indicator and the analog ±5V indicator of the drive control board are on; if the analog ±12V indicator is off, that means power supply is abnormal, you need to check if the power board output is normal; if the analog ±12V indicator 7-23

in on while the analog ±5V indicator is off, that suggests error of the drive control board, which shall be replaced. B、 Check if the drive control board MCU indicator and the FPGA working status indicator are flickering, if not, upgrade the programs of drive control board MCU and FPGA; if the problem persists, replace the drive control board. C、 If the temperature is close to 70℃, check if the connection wire of the temperature sensor is firmly connected. D、 If the temperature is close to room temperature, check if the heating indicator is on the drive control board is on, if not, that suggests error of the drive control board, you need to upgrade the MCU and FPGA programs of the drive control board. If the upgrade fails to solve the problem, replace the drive control board. If the heating indicator is on, but the temperature does not change, check the heating channel of the analyzer (see the troubleshooting method in the chapter of heating control board).

3

Error of motion components (e.g. motor, photocoupler, etc.)

A、 Block and unblock the photocoupler with your hand or something opaque, observe if the on/off status of a LED in the photocoupler status indicator region is switching, if yes, that means the photocoupler and its connection wire are normal; if not, there may be foreign matters on the photocoupler, or the photocoupler or its connection wire may be damaged. Wipe the photocoupler with clean paper cloth, check if the indicator status is changing when the photocoupler is blocked, if not, replace the photocoupler; if the problem persists, replace the all the connection wires. B、 If error of the photocoupler can be excluded, check the motor to see if it is moving. If yes, observe if photocoupler can be correctly blocked by the baffle when the motor is moving. If not, check if the connection wire of the motor is firmly connected; if yes, try to resolve the problem by upgrading the MCU and FPGA programs of the drive control board or replacing the drive control board. A、 Check if there are bubbles in the alarmed channel.

4

Fluid error

detection

B、 Check if any red LED on the drive control board is on, if yes, it is highly possible that the connection wire between the fluid detection board and the motherboard is loose, you should replug or replace the wire. C、 If the two causes above can be excluded, replace the fluid detection board. If it still fails, replace the drive control board.

5

Incorrect or no alarm message is

A、 Check if the floater status indicators work properly (for WC1, WC2, FCM, SCI and DIL baths, the indicators are on 7-24

reported for the reservoir, waste bath and waste container (the overflow of fluid suggests that there is no alarm message)

when the floaters are at the upper position, and they are off when the floaters are at the lower position; the situation is just the opposite for the waste container). B、 If the floater status indicators do not work properly, check if the floater sensor connection wire is loose. C、 Check the soldering status of the BNC connector of the back plate waste container interface (see if the red wire is in the middle and the black wire is by its side). D、 Check if the floater sensor can move up and down smoothly, or it cannot move due to incorrect installation. E、 If the possibilities above are all excluded, upgrade the MCU and FPGA programs of the drive control board; if the problem cannot be solved, replace the drive control board. A、 Make sure the blood sensor is correctly installed. B、 Make sure the analog ±12V and ±5V are normal.

6

Blood sensor error

C、 Reset the DA value of the blood sensor (see the relevant chapters). D、 If the DA value is set to be the highest (or lowest), and the voltage can not be adjusted to be within the reference range, replace the blood sensor. E、 If the error persists, replace the drive control board. A、 Make sure fluorochrome sensor is correctly installed. B、 Make sure the analog ±12V and ±5V are normal.

7

Fluorochrome sensor error

C、 Reset the DA value of fluorescent reagent sensor. D、 If the DA value is set to be the highest (or lowest), and the voltage can not be adjusted to be within the reference range, replace the sensor. E、 If the error persists, replace the drive control board.

7-25

7.4 Motherboard 7.4.1 Overview In BC-6800 Auto Hematology Analyzer, the motherboard transmits signals in the hardware system, and provides signal transmission function to the drive control board and data and COME carrier board; besides, the motherboard is connected to the power board to supply power to all modules and boards.

Figure 7-10 Function Diagram of the Motherboard 7-26

7.4.2 Functions Mother board is the connection junction of all boards and components. Generally, all signals transmitted by the motherboard are related to the data board, drive control board or power board. So the interfaces can be classified into the following categories:

Data Board and the Related Interfaces ¾

provide interfaces for analog signals, scatter signals (FS) and fluorescent signals (SF) of the optical system; provide connection path for temperature sensor of the optical system;

¾

provide signal path for the fluorescence preamplification board; and provide signal path for the drive control board.

¾

provide signal path for the indicator board.

¾

provide digital signal path for the drive control board (such as the UART interface and SPI interface).

Drive Control Board and the Related Interfaces provide transmission interfaces for the monitor and control of the drive components, including valve control transmission, motor control transmission, position sensor transmission and temperature&voltage detection transmission; the details are as follows: ¾

provide power signal interfaces for all motors;

¾

provide transmission interfaces for all motor position sensors;

¾

provide transmission for pressure and temperature detection signals;

¾

provide signal transmission for pneumatic and blood sensors;

¾

provide signal transmission for float sensor;

¾

provide signal transmission for liquid level detection board;

¾

provide transmission for the heating system.

Power Board and the Related Interfaces The power source of all boards and modules is from the motherboard; the power board supplies power to the following systems: ¾

provides +5V digital power to the digital system;

¾

provides ±12V analog power to the analog system;

¾

provides 24V power to the power system;

¾

provides AC 120V zapping power to the aperture.

7-27

7.4.3 Structure See Figure 7-11 for the PCBA structure of the motherboard.

Figure 7-11 Top-layer Structure of the Motherboard PCBA

7-28

7.4.4 Interfaces See Figure 7-11 for the location of the interfaces on the motherboard. The interfaces are numbered in order. See Table 7-12 for the description of motherboard interfaces. Table 7-12 Description of Motherboard Interfaces Socket No.


Wire No.

Connected to

J1

Float sensor

C-009-001209-00

Float sensor of baths and waste

J2

Interface of liquid level detection board

C-009-001210-00

Liquid level detection board

J3

Control signal of heating control board

C-009-001213-00

Heating Control Board

J4

Control the indicator board

C-009-000948-00

Indicator board

J5

Monitor serial port of drive board and data communication

J6

Optical system control signal line

C-009-001247-00

Optical system

J7

Optical system signal line

C-009-001205-00

Optical system

Temperature sensor connecting line

C-009-001219-00

temperature aspirate key

J9

±12V analog power

C-009-001238-00

Analog section of the data board

J10

AC120V

C-009-001240-00

Power board

J20

Interface of the digital section of the data board

\

\

J21

Interface of the analog section of the data board

\

\

J22

Signal of the reserved switch of the data board

\

\

J23

Drive board debug serial port

\

\

J24

Interface of the drive board socket(Europe)

\

\

J25


\

\

J26


\

\

J30

Probe wipe, stirring motor and photocoupler signal line

C-009-001221-00

Probe wipe, stirring motor and photocoupler

J31

Motor and photocoupler connecting signal of the mix and pierce module

C-009-001224-00

Motor and photocoupler of the mix and pierce module

J32

Connecting signal of the reserved

J8

\

\ 7-29

\

\

sensors

and

motor and photocoupler J33


C-009-000949-00


J34

Signal of the blood detection sensor (front)

Blood sensor

J35

Signal of the blood detection sensor (back)

Blood sensor

The motor and photocoupler connecting lines of the autoloader module

C-009-001223-00

Autoloader module

J40

J41

WBC&SWB syringes and photocoupler lines

C-009-001226-00

WBC&SWB syringes photocouplers

J42

RBC syringe and photocoupler connecting line

C-009-001227-00

RBC syringe and photocoupler

J43

Control signal of valve drive board

C-009-001230-00

Valve drive board (A)

J44

Control signal of valve drive board

C-009-001231-00

Valve drive board (B)

J50

Power source of 24V and 12V power

C-009-001236-00

Power board

J51

Power supply of the valve drive board

C-009-001228-00

Valve drive board (A)

J52

Power supply of the valve drive board

C-009-001229-00

Valve drive board (B)

J53

Power supply of digital 5V and 12V

C-009-001237-00

Power board

J54

Pneumatic unit control interface

3100-20-49034

Pneumatic unit

7.4.5 Troubleshooting The motherboard provides signal transmission function; it failure mainly results from loose contact, which can be diagnosed by testing the network with a multimeter.

7.5 Network Board 7.5.1 Overview Network patching board divides the channel through which the data board communicates with the PC into 2 parts physically; it serves as the intermediate transmit point of the analyzer and its external network cable. The board provides 2 RJ45 connectors and the direct connections. See the following figure:

7-30

and

Figure 7-12 Function Diagram of the Network Board

7.5.2 Structure The front and back view of the network board PCBA:

Figure 7-13 The Front and Back View of the Network Board PCBA

7.5.3 Troubleshooting Table 7-13 Troubleshooting of the Network Board Error Consequence

PC cannot connect to the BC-6800

Cause

1. The network cable gets loose; 2. Line failure or loose contact.

Troubleshooting Method Step 1: Check if the network cable is firmly connected. If yes, reconnect the cable and check if the connection is normal; if no, go to Step 2. Step 2: Take out the network board, test if connection status of J1 and J2 with a multimeter. See the figure above for the definition of J1 and J2. If the Pin 1~8 of J1 are connected to the Pin 1~8 of J2, the network board is normal, you should check other parts of the analyzer; if not, replace the network board. 7-31

See the following flow chart:

Figure 7-14 Troubleshooting of the Network Board

7.6 Power Board 7.6.1 Overview The power board in BC-6800 Auto Hematology Analyzer provides 7 groups of stable power supply, including D5V, D12V, A+12V, A-12V, AC120V, P12V and P24V.

7-32

PFC EMI filter and rectifier

AC input

FLYBACK converter circuit

PFC circuit

auxiliary Standby circuit

PFC OVP protecti ve

D5V output

PF signal

OCP protection

P24V

FORWARD converter circuit OCP protection FLYBACK converter circuit

OVP protecti ve

P12V output

OCP protection

A-12V OVP protecti ve

A+12V 120V D12V

Figure 7-15 Function Diagram of the Power Board

7.6.2 Functions The power board works under the 50/60Hz(±2Hz) voltage of the 100-240V(±10%) AC input. Once the AC power is on, all circuits start to work, the D5V, D12V, A+12V, A-12V, AC130V, P12V and P24V voltages all have output. The loading status of each circuit is listed in the following table: Table 7-14 Characteristics of Output Voltage Voltage D5V

Minimum Current

Specified Current

Peak Current

Output Range

Voltage

2A

6A

/

4.85/5.25V

+A12V

0mA

1A

/

11. 5/12. 5V

-A12V

0mA

650mA

/

-11.5/-12.5V

P12V

0.3A

4A

10A 7-33

11.5/12.5V

P24V

0A

2.5A

5A

AC120V

0mA

60mA

/

D12V

0mA

1A

1.5A

22/29V 115/145V(RMS) 11.5/12.5V

+A12V and -A12V share the same ground; P12V and P24V share the same ground; All the other outputs do not share ground. AC120V is required to be alternating current (there is no requirement on waveform), its frequency is 50Hz+/-10Hz.. During a 60s cycle, the peak load current of P12V and P24V do not last for more than 1s.

7.6.3 Structure There are 6 outgoing interfaces in the power board, 4 of them are sockets, of which the numbers are J1, J2, J3 and J4; the AC input wires L and N extend from edge of the board to the sockets to connect the board to external components, the PCB numbers are L and N; the small inverter board is directly plugged to the power board, its PCB No. is PCBA1. See the following figure for the location of the interfaces on the board. J101

J2

DGND D5V

P12V PGND

PGND

AGND DGND D12V A+12V A-12V

P24V

Figure 7-16Power Board Mounting Diagram

7.6.4 Indicators and Test Points Table 7-15 Definitions of Debug and Test Points No.-

Pin C114.+

Test Point Function PFC output voltage

Reference Value 390±20V

1 2

U101.9

PFC chip reference voltage output

7.5V

3

C206.+

VCC voltage

17V~22.5V 7-34

4

C204.+

VDD voltage

12±1V

5

C235.+

D5V output voltage, and ripple & noise voltage

4.85/5.25V, ±0.1V

6

C332.+

A+12V output

11. 5/12. 5V, ±0.1V

7

C338.-

A-12V output

-11.5/-12.5V, ±0.1V

8

C329.+

D12V output

11.5/12.5V, ±0.1V

9

C419.+

P24V output voltage and ripples

22/29V, ±0.15V

10

C488+

P12V output voltage and ripples

11.5/12.5V, ±0.15V

11

J2(1, 3)

Fan input

11.5/12.5V, ±0.15V

12

TP19, TP20

AC120V output

115/145V(RMS)

7.6.5 Troubleshooting

Figure 7-17 Troubleshooting the Power Board

7-35

7.7 Power Patching Board 7.7.1 Overview The power patching board of BC-6800 Auto Hematology Analyzer filters and then splits the input AC power into two circuits, which supply power to power board and auxiliary heating power respectively; the voltage supplied to the auxiliary power can be of two values (115V/230V).

7.7.2 Functions See the following figure for the function diagram of power patching board. The power patching board is directly connected to input switch, it works under the 50/60Hz(±2Hz) voltage of the 100-240V(±10%) AC input power. Once the AC power switch is on, filtered current will be supplied to the main and auxiliary power.

AC input

EMI filter and overvoltage/ overcurrent t ti

PFC circuit

EMI filter circuit

Main power b d

Voltage selectio

Auxiliary power i

Figure 7-18 Function Diagram of the Power Patching Board

7.7.3 Structure The power patching board has 5 outgoing interfaces, 4 of them are sockets, of which the numbers are J1, J2, J3 and J4; The voltage selection switch and its connection wire is soldered to the board through 6 pylomes, the numbers on the PCB are TP1～TP6. See the following figure for the location of the interfaces on the board.

7-19Power Patching Board Mounting Diagram

7-36

7.7.4 Interfaces Table 7-16 Interface Sockets Socket No.

Definition

J1

Main power board output socket

J2

AC input socket

J3

Auxiliary power output socket

J4

Reserved socket

TP1～TP6

Voltage selection switch interface

Socket Model M32-039001-00 HEADER WTB 6.2mm DIP1*3TOP VL's M39-000302-HEADER WTB 6.2mm DIP2*2TOP VLseries M32-049004-00 HEADER WTB 6.2mm DIP1*4TOP VL's M32-032002-00 HEADER WTB 3.96mm DIP1*3TOP 5273series 009-001193-00 Voltage selection switch and connecting line

7.7.5 Indicators and Test Points The following test points are important during servicing process. Table 7-17 Definitions of Debug and Test Points No.-

Pin

Test Point Function

1

J1 (1,3)

Main power input voltage

2

J3 (1,4)


Shall be the same with network power

3

C2



4

J2 (1, 3)

Power patching board input AC voltage


7-37

Reference Value Shall be the same with network power

7.7.6 Troubleshooting

Figure 7-20 Troubleshooting Procedure

7.8 Laser Drive Board 7.8.1 Overview To generate scatter and fluorescence signal, a driving source (illuminating beam) of scatter and fluorescence is required. The semiconductor laser in BC-6800 fulfills the function, and it is driven by laser drive board. The laser drive board is in the optical module of the analyzer, it is connected to the semiconductor laser and the motherboard. It obtains power supply and control signals from the motherboard, and sends laser drive current to the motherboard in turn. It also drives the semiconductor laser to generate constant-power laser.

7-38

Figure 7-21 Connection Between Laser Drive Board and Other Boards

7.8.2 Functions The laser drive board realizes constant-power control by conducting constant-power control over the laser (LD)(the photoelectric detector inside the laser conducts real-time monitoring over the output power of the laser, and forms closed loop feedback control system). See the following figure for the system diagram.

Figure 7-22 Function Diagram of the Laser Drive Board

7.8.3 Structure See the following figure for the PCBA structure of the laser drive board. 7-39

Figure 7-23 PCBA Structure of the Laser Drive Board

7.8.4 Indicators and Test Points Adjust the sliding rheostat VR1 clockwise, the resistance of VR1, the voltage of TP10_VREF (taking voltage of the analog ground as reference) and the intensity of emergent laser all increases, and vice versa. Generally, the voltage of TP10_VREF is adjusted to be around -5V.

Table 7-18 Test Points of Laser Drive Board Test point

Tested signal

TP1

AVCC (+12V)

+12V voltage motherboard

from

the

TP2

AVSS (-12V)

-12V voltage motherboard

from

the

TP3

PD_CURT

Function

Laser voltage

power

Voltage

monitoring

11.4V~12.6V -12.6V~-11.4V Generally 1~1.5V when the laser is on Generally lower than 3.5 ~4V when the laser is off

TP4

LD_CURT

Laser drive current monitoring voltage

TP5

N6V (-6.5V)

-6V voltage from the laser 7-40

Generally 1V~2V when the laser is on Generally lower than 0.4V when the laser is off -7V~-6 V

drive board

TP7

LD_ON

When level of LD_ON is high (0V), the laser is on; and when it is low (-12V), the laser is off.

TP10

VREF

Generate constant reference voltage in the board

-5.5V~-4.5V

CMPOUT

Output voltage of comparator, which controls the laser drive current directly

Laser on: -10.5 V ~ -9 V

TP12

Laser on: -1V ~ 0 V; laser off: -12.6V~ -11.4V

Test points in the data board that are connected to the laser drive board are listed in the following table.

Table 7-19 Test points Related to the Data Board Tested signal of laser drive board

Test point

Corresponding signal of data board

Corresponding test point in data board

AVCC

TP2

AVCC

TP112

Directly connected

AVSS

TP1

AVSS

TP32

Directly connected

AGND

J2.8/J1.3

AGND

TP47/TP57

Directly connected

LD_CURT

PD_CURT

TP4

TP3

LASER

PD

Connection status

TP63

Not directly connected, the two test points are of the same value

TP65

Not directly connected, the two test points are of the same value

7.8.5 Troubleshooting The following table lists the frequent errors and troubleshooting methods of the laser drive board. When error occurs, follow the table to see if the problem lies with the board. The table only lists hardware errors, the same error consequences caused by fluidic, optical, reagent or software problems are not included (go to other related chapters in this manual to find the troubleshooting methods).

Before troubleshooting the laser drive board, be sure to check: 1. If the error is related to power or voltage, check if the power board output is normal first, and then check the power input of the boards. 2. Check if the wires connected to motherboard get loose; if the wire No. and socket No. on the 7-41

motherboard matches; if the connection is reliable; and if the wires are damaged. After shutting down the analyzer, test if the test points in the optical board are connected to the corresponding test points in the data board with a multimeter (of buzzer status), then you can tell if the connections of wires or sockets are OK. 3. Restart the analyzer to see if the error is removed. After problems of the connection and input power are all excluded, and restarting the analyzer also fails to solve the error, go on to analyze it as per Table 7-20-. The ±12V power error listed in the table refers to power error caused by the laser drive board.

When the optical shielding box is open, the laser is off , and blood cell counting cannot be performed (default setting of the analyzer). If you want to turn on the laser under such case, you can short-circuit the two adjacent soldering holes of interface J3 on the board.

NOTE The correct order of electric testing operation of the laser drive board is: z

Before test: power off -- wear antistatic gloves -- disassemble optical shielding box -- disassemble wires of fluorescence preamplification board -- power on and test.

z

After test: power off -- wear antistatic gloves -- connect wires of fluorescence preamplification board -- install optical shielding box.

z

Do not connect or disconnect wires when power is on; do not operate without taking antistatic measures.

z

The fluorescence module cannot be exposed to intensive light, or else the PMT may be damaged. (the intensity of indoor illumination is allowed).

z

When disassembling optical board and its shielding cover, be sure not to touch other optical components or disassemble any components other than the optical board and its shielding cover.

Table 7-20 Troubleshooting Errors of Laser Drive Board No.-

1

2

Error Consequence No scattergram No scattergram or abnormal scattergram

Troubleshooting

Cause

a. Press down the microswitch of the optical shielding box, the laser is off during analysis process. Short-circuit interface J3 in the laser drive board, the laser turns on.

Board error: photocoupler is damaged.

a. Short-circuit interface J3 in the laser drive board, the laser is still off.

Due to board error or laser error, the laser cannot turn on or the power of

b. During analysis process, the voltage of data board test point TP63 (LASER) is outside the range 7-42

1V~2V(taking voltage of the analog ground as reference). (the optical shielding box does not need to be open) c. During analysis process, the voltage of data board test point TP65 (PD) is outside the range 1V~1.5V (taking voltage of the analog ground as reference). (the optical shielding box does not need to be open) d. The voltage of test point TP2 (AVCC) is outside the range 11.4V~12.6V (taking voltage of the analog ground as reference), but the voltage of interface J2.4 is within the range (taking voltage of the analog ground as reference).

output beam is unstable, or the facula shape is abnormal, etc. (if any error consequence listed on the left occurs, board failure can be concluded).

e. The voltage of test point TP1 (AVSS) is outside the range -12.6V~-11.4V (taking voltage of the analog ground as reference), but the voltage of interface J2.2 is within the range (taking voltage of the analog ground as reference).

3

Power-failure occurs to the analyzer immediately after it is electrified.

a. When the error occurs, power off the analyzer, disassemble the laser drive board and then restart the analyzer, the error is removed.

±12V power error of the board

7.9 Scatter Pre-amplification Boards 7.9.1 Overview The WBC and RET measuring principle of BC-6800 five-differential auto hematology analyzer is: differentiating WBC and measuring RET by analyzing cell size, internal graininess, and absorbance of fluorescent dye. ¾The forward scatter signal (FS) of a cell represents the cell size; ¾The side scatter signal (SS) of a cell represents the intracellular density; ¾The side fluorescence signal (SF) of a cell represents the absorbance degree of fluorescent dye of the cell. The scatter signals must be transferred into current signals to be processed by the circuit. The current signals are then be transferred to voltage and amplified, and then collected by ADC to be sent to the back-end for logical processing and analysis. The photoelectric conversion, current-voltage conversion, signal amplification and sorting are done by the analog circuit. The analog circuit consists of two parts: the front part is scatter preamplification board, which forms optical sensor (in the optical module of the analyzer) together with other optical 7-43

components and fluidics, its functions include photoelectric conversion, I/V conversion and amplification of signals; the back part is analog circuit (placing on the data and COME carrier board), its functions include signal sorting and collection of signals by the ADC. The preamplification board that processes FS signal is called FS preamplification board, while the preamplification board that processes SS signal is called SS preamplification board.

Power signal

Power signal

FS scatter signal

The scatter preamplification boards are connected to the data and COME carrier board through the motherboard. See Figure 7-24 for the connection status. The preamplification board is connected to the mother board through shielding wire. The board obtains power supply from the motherboard, and also transfers its output signals to the data and COME carrier board through the mother board.

Figure 7-24Connection Between Scatter Preamplification Boards and Other Boards

7.9.2 Functions The scatter preamplification boards conduct photoelectric conversion, I/V conversion and preamplification of scatter signals. See the following figure for their function diagrams.

Figure 7-25 Function Diagram of Scatter Preamplification Boards

7-44

7.9.3 Structure The following figures are the PCBA structure diagrams of FS and SS preamplification boards.

Figure 7-26 Forward Scatter (FS) Preamplification Board

Figure 7-27 Side Scatter (SS) Preamplification Board

7.9.4 Indicators and Test Points FS preamplification board: Table 7-21 Test Point Definition of FS Preamplification Board Test point

Tested signal

Functions

Voltage

TP1

AVCC (+12V)

+12V analog motherboard

voltage

from

the

TP2

AVSS (-12V)

-12V analog motherboard

voltage

from

the

TP5

FS

Output signal of the preamplification 7-45

+11.4V~+12.6V - 12.6V~ - 11.4V During normal analysis process, the

boards

signal is pulse signal, the pulse width is about 1us. Generally, it is below 1V.

SS preamplification board: Table 7-22 Test Point Definition of SS Preamplification Board Test point

Tested signal

Functions

Voltage

TP1

AVSS (-12V)

-12V analog motherboard

voltage

from

the

TP2

AVCC (+12V)

+12V analog motherboard

voltage

from

the

TP3

6.2V

-12.6V ~ -11.4V +11.4V~+12.6V

6.2V offset voltage from the SS preamplification boards

5.4V~6.4V During normal analysis process, the signal is pulse signal, the pulse width is about 1us. Generally, it is below 1V.

TP4

SS

Output signal of the preamplification boards

TP5

-5.8V

-5.8V offset voltage from the SS preamplification boards

-7.1V~-5V

Test points related to the data board Test points in the data board that are connected to the preamplification boards are listed in the following table. See the section of data and COME carrier board for location of the test points. Table 7-23 Test points Related to the Data Board Board

Tested signal of preamplification boards

Test point

Corresponding signal of data board

Corresponding test point in data board

FS board

FS

TP5

FS_IN

TP78

FS board

Analog ground

J1.3/J1.5/J1.6

FSAGND

TP47

FS board

AVCC

TP1

AVCC

TP112

FS board

AVSS

TP2

AVSS

TP32

SS

TP4

SS_IN

TP93

Analog ground

J1.3/J1.5/J1.6

SSAGND

TP57

AVCC

TP2

AVCC

TP112

SS board SS board SS board

7-46

Connection status Directly connected Directly connected Directly connected Directly connected Directly connected Directly connected Directly connected

SS board

AVSS

TP1

AVSS

TP32

Directly connected

7.9.5 Troubleshooting The following tables list the frequent errors and troubleshooting methods of the scatter preamplification boards. When error occurs, follow the table to see if the problem lies with the board. The table only lists hardware errors, the same error consequences caused by fluidic, optical, reagent or software problems are not included (go to other related chapters in this manual to find the troubleshooting methods). Before troubleshooting the scatter preamplification boards, be sure to check: 1. If the error is related to power or voltage, check if the power board output is normal first, and then check the power input of the boards. 2. Check if the wires connected to motherboard get loose; if the wire No. and socket No. on the motherboard matches; if the connection is reliable; and if the wires are damaged. After shutting down the analyzer, test if the test points in the optical board are connected to the corresponding test points in the data board (including output signal of preamplification boards and analog ground) with a multimeter (of buzzer status), then you can tell if the connections of wires or sockets are OK. 3. Restart the analyzer to see if the error is removed. After problems of the connection and input power are all excluded, and restarting the analyzer also fails to solve the error, go on to analyze it as per Table 7-24 and Table 7-25-. The ±12V power error listed in the tables refers to power error caused by the scatter preamplification boards.

NOTE The correct order of electric testing operation of the scatter preamplification boards is: z

Before test: power off -- wear antistatic gloves -- disassemble optical shielding box -- disassemble wires of fluorescence preamplification board -- disassemble the preamplification board shielding cover -- power on and test

z

After test: power off -- wear antistatic gloves -- connect wires of fluorescence preamplification board -- connect wires of fluorescence preamplification board -install optical shielding box

z


z

The fluorescence module cannot be exposed to intensive light, or else the PMT may be damaged. (the intensity of indoor illumination is allowed)

z


7-47

Table 7-24 Troubleshooting Errors of the FS Board No.-

Error Consequence FS channel of the scattergram is abnormal or without signal

Troubleshooting

Cause

a. When analysis is not running, the voltage of test point TP78 (FS_IN) of the data board is high (taking voltage of the analog ground as reference), with its absolute value higher than 1V. (the optical shielding box does not need to be open)

Board error (if any error consequence listed on the left occurs, board failure can be concluded)

b. The voltage of test point TP1 (AVCC) is outside the range 11.4V~12.6V (taking voltage of the analog ground as reference), but the voltage of interface J1.1 is within the range (taking voltage of the analog ground as reference).

1

c. The voltage of test point TP2 (AVSS) is outside the range -12.6V~-11.4V (taking voltage of the analog ground as reference), but the voltage of interface J1.2 is within the range (taking voltage of the analog ground as reference).

2


a. When the error occurs, power off the analyzer, disassemble the FS preamplification boards and then restart the analyzer, the error is removed.


Table 7-25 Troubleshooting Errors of the SS Board No.-

1

Error Consequence SS channel of the scattergram is abnormal or without signal

Troubleshooting

Cause

a. When analysis is not running, the voltage of test point TP93(SS_IN) of the data board is at least 1V higher than that of the analog ground. (the optical shielding box does not need to be open)

Board error (if any error consequence listed on the left occurs, board failure can be concluded)

b. The voltage of test point TP2 (AVCC) is outside the range 11.4V~12.6V (taking voltage of the analog ground as reference), but the voltage of interface J1.1 is within the range (taking voltage of the analog ground as reference). c. The voltage of test point TP1 (AVSS) is outside the range -12.6V~-11.4V (taking voltage of the analog ground as reference), but the voltage of interface J1.2 is within the range (taking voltage of the analog ground as reference). d. The voltage of test point TP3 is outside the range 7-48

5.4V~ 6.4V (taking voltage of the analog ground as reference). d. The voltage of test point TP5 is outside the range -7.1V~ -5V (taking voltage of the analog ground as reference).

2


a. When the error occurs, power off the analyzer, disassemble the SS preamplification boards and then restart the analyzer, the error is removed.


7.10 Fluorescence Pre-amplification Board 7.10.1 Overview The WBC and RET measuring principle of BC-6800 Auto Hematology Analyzer is: differentiating WBC and measuring RET by analyzing cell size, internal graininess, and absorbance of fluorescent dye. ¾The forward scatter signal (FS) of a cell represents the cell size; ¾The side scatter signal (SS) of a cell represents the intracellular density; ¾The side fluorescence signal (SF) of a cell represents the absorbance degree of fluorescent dye of the cell. The fluorescence signals must be transferred into current signals to be processed by the circuit. The current signals are then be transferred to voltage and amplified, and then collected by ADC to be sent to the back-end for logical processing and analysis. The photoelectric conversion is conducted by photomultiplier tube, current-voltage conversion, signal amplification and sorting are done by the analog circuit. The analog circuit consists of two parts: the front part is fluorescence preamplification board, which forms optical sensor (in the optical module of the analyzer) together with other optical components and fluidics, its functions include photoelectric conversion, I/V conversion and amplification of signals; the back part is analog circuit (placing on the data and COME carrier board), its functions include signal sorting and collection of signals by the ADC. The fluorescence preamplification board is connected to the data and COME carrier board through the motherboard. See Figure 7-24 for the connection status. The preamplification board is connected to the mother board through shielding wire. The board obtains power supply from the motherboard, and also transfers its output signals to the data and COME carrier board through the mother board.

7.10.2 Functions The fluorescence preamplification board conducts photoelectric conversion, I/V conversion 7-49

and preamplification of fluorescent signals. See Figure 2 for its function diagram.

Figure 7-28 Overall Diagram of Fluorescence Preamplification Board

7.10.3 Structure See the following figure for the PCBA structure of the fluorescence preamplification board. The photomultiplier tube (PMT) the component with black quadrate metal cover on the back of the board.

Figure 3 PCBA Structure Diagram of SF Preamplification Board

7.10.4 Indicators and Test Points Table 7-26 Test Point Definition of SF Preamplification Board Functions

Voltage

Test point

Tested signal

TP1

AVCC (+12V)

+12V analog voltage from the motherboard

11.4~12.6V

TP2

AVSS (-12V)

-12V analog voltage from

-12.6~-11.4V

7-50

the motherboard TP3

PMTVREF

Reference voltage outputted by the PMT

Around 1V The voltage of each channel is different; during analysis process,

TP7

PMT_HV

PMT high voltage control voltage

CBC channel: lower than 0.1V; CBC+DIFF channel: 0.35~0.45V; CBC+NRBC channel: 0.28~0.38V; CBC+RET channel: 0.48~0.58V.

TP8

VDD (3.3V)

3.3V digital power from the motherboard

3.135~3.465V

TP10

PMT_PWR

PMT power (+12V)

11.4~12.6V

Test points related to the data board Table 7-27 Test points Related to the Data Board Tested signal of SF preamplification board SF

Test point J1.4

Corresponding signal of data board SF_IN

Corresponding test point in data board TP89

Analog ground

J1.3/J1.5

SFAGND

Digital ground

J3.4

AVCC

Connection status

Two test connected

points

are

directly

TP58

Two test connected

points

are

directly

Digital ground

TP19

Two test connected

points

are

directly

TP1

AVCC

TP112

Two test connected

points

are

directly

AVSS

TP2

AVSS

TP32

Two test connected

points

are

directly

PMT_HV

TP7

PMT (monitoring voltage of PMT high voltage control voltage)

TP68

The two test points are not directly connected, the monitoring voltage of TP68 in the data board is two times higher than that of the PMT_HV in the SF preamplification board.

(PMT high voltage control voltage)

7.10.5 Troubleshooting The following table lists the frequent errors and troubleshooting methods of the fluorescence preamplification board. When error occurs, follow the table to see if the problem lies with the board. The table only lists hardware errors, the same error consequences caused by fluidic, optical, reagent or software problems are not included (go to other related chapters in this 7-51

manual to find the troubleshooting methods). Before troubleshooting the fluorescence preamplification board, be sure to check: 1. If the error is related to power or voltage, check if the power board output is normal first, and then check the power input of the boards. 2. Check if the wires connected to motherboard get loose; if the wire No. and socket No. on the motherboard matches; if the connection is reliable; and if the wires are damaged. After shutting down the analyzer, test if the test points in the optical board are connected to the corresponding test points in the data board (including output signal of preamplification boards, analog ground and digital ground) with a multimeter (of buzzer status), then you can tell if the connections of wires or sockets are OK. 3. Restart the analyzer to see if the error is removed. After problems of the connection and input power are all excluded, and restarting the analyzer also fails to solve the error, go on to analyze it as per Table 7-28-. The ±12V power error listed in the tables refers to power error caused by the fluorescence preamplification boards.

NOTE The correct order of electric testing operation of the fluorescence preamplification boards is: z

Before test: set PMT gain as 1 -- power off -- wear antistatic gloves -disassemble optical shielding box -- disassemble shielding cover of fluorescence preamplification board -- power on and test

z

After test: power off -- wear antistatic gloves -- install shielding cover of fluorescence preamplification board -- install optical shielding box

z


z

The fluorescence module cannot be exposed to intensive light, or else the PMT may be damaged. (the intensity of indoor illumination is allowed)

z


z

Exercise caution when testing the fluorescence preamplification board; be sure to avoid occurrence of short circuit between the PMT high voltage control voltage PMT_HV and other parts of the circuit, which may damage the PMT.

z

Do not increase the PMT gain unless it is necessary, as increasing PMT gain may cause irrecoverable damage to the PMT.

Table 7-28 Troubleshooting Errors of the SF Preamplification Board No.-

Error Consequence

Troubleshooting

Cause

1

SF channel of the

a. When analysis is not running, the voltage of test point TP89(SF output) of the data board is high (taking

Board error (if any error

7-52

scattergram is abnormal or without signal

voltage of the analog ground as reference), with its absolute value higher than 1V. (the optical shielding box does not need to be open) b. When analysis is running, the PMT high voltage control voltage tested from test point TP68 in the data board goes beyond normal range. Normally, the voltages of TP68 of all counting channels are: CBC channel: lower than 0.3V; CBC+DIFF channel: 1.05~1.35V; CBC+NRBC channel: 0.84~1.14V; CBC+RET channel: 1.44~1.74V (the optical shielding box does not need to be open).

consequence listed on the left occurs, board failure can be concluded)

c. The voltage of test point TP10 (PMT_PWR) is outside the range 11.4V~12.6V (taking voltage of the analog ground as reference), but the voltage of test point TP1 (AVCC) is within the range (taking voltage of the analog ground as reference). d. The voltage of test point TP1 (AVCC) is outside the range 11.4V~12.6V (taking voltage of the analog ground as reference), but the voltage of interface J1.1 is within the range (taking voltage of the analog ground as reference). e. The voltage of test point TP2 (AVSS) is outside the range -12.6V~-11.4V (taking voltage of the analog ground as reference), but the voltage of interface J1.2 is within the range (taking voltage of the analog ground as reference). f. The voltage of test point TP8(VDD) is outside the range 3.135 ~3.465V (taking voltage of the digital ground J3.4 as reference), but the voltage of interface J3.2 is within the range (taking voltage of the digital ground J3.4 as reference). g. The voltage of test point TP3(PMTVREF) (taking voltage of the analog ground as reference) deviates largely from 1V. 2


a. When the error occurs, power off the analyzer, disassemble the SF preamplification boards and then restart the analyzer, the error is removed.

Board error, short circuit of ±12V power

3

Change PMT gain, the scattergram location does

a. When analysis is running, change the counting channel (BASO, DIFF, NRBC or RET), the PMT high voltage control voltage tested from TP68 in the data board does not change. (the optical shielding box

Board error

7-53

not change accordingly.

does not need to be open)

7.11 Pneumatic Pressure Detection Board 7.11.1 Overview Pneumatic pressure detection board detects pressure of 6 gas circuits. The pneumatic pressure detection board obtains power supply through the drive control board, its output signals are transferred to the drive control board through the motherboard.

Figure 7-3 Connection Diagram of Pneumatic Pressure Detection Board In the figure above, ① is power supply signal of the board; ② is pressure output signal transferred from the 6 circuits of pressure; ③ is input channel of the 6 circuits of pressure, connected to pressure sensor through tubes.

7.11.2 Structure

Figure 7-4 Layout of Pneumatic Pressure Detection Board 7-54

There are 6 pressure sensors on the pneumatic pressure detection board, which are U1~U6. The measuring range of U1 is 0~1000KPa; U2 ~U4 are of the same model, their measuring range is 0~200KPa; U5 ~ U6 are of the same model, their measuring range is 0~-100KPa.

7.11.3 Indicators and Test Points Table 7-29 Test Point Definition of Pneumatic Pressure Detection Board Test point

Description

TP1

Sensor output of pressure detection channel 1

TP2


TP3


TP4


TP5


TP6


TP11

Analog 5V voltage input

TP12

Analog ground

TP13

Digital 3.3V voltage input

TP14

Digital ground

Table 7-30 Indicator Definitions of Pneumatic Pressure Detection Board Indicator

D1

D2

Definition


Indicator of analog 5V power supply

Generally this LED is on. If it is off, that means the analog 5V power supply of the pneumatic pressure detection board is abnormal, you should check if the connection wire between the pneumatic pressure detection board and the motherboard is firmly plugged, or check if the analog 5V voltage of the drive control board is normal.

Indicator of digital 3.3V power supply

Generally this LED is on. If it is off, that means the digital 3.3V power supply of the pneumatic pressure detection board is abnormal, you should check if the connection wire between the pneumatic pressure detection board and the motherboard is firmly plugged, or check if the digital 3.3V voltage of the drive control board is normal.

7.11.4 Troubleshooting When error occurs to the pneumatic pressure detection board, the pressure of the analyzer will be abnormal and alarm will be triggered. When abnormal pressure is reported, troubleshoot the error per the following procedure. 7-55

Figure 7-29 Servicing Procedure of Pressure Error

The major cause of pneumatic pressure detection board errors is pressure sensor failure, which is caused by impurities and fluid inside the sensor. The error cannot be removed by wiping away the impurities or fluid, you need to replace the sensor. Please note that when replacing the sensor, temperature of the iron used cannot exceed 350℃, or else performance of the sensor will be compromised.

7.12 Heating Control Board 7.12.1 Overview Heating control board drives heaters of 5 channels, which are the reaction bath, sheath fluid bath, preheating bath, optical system and flow cell. The heating control board obtains AC 24V heating power from the transformer, and 5 channels of control signals from the drive control board.

7-56

Figure 7-30 Connection Diagram of Heating Control Board

In the figure above, ① is the AC 24V power supplied to the heating control board by the transformer; ② is the 5 channels of heating control signal outputted by the drive control board; ③ is the 5 heating modules connected to the heating control board.

7.12.2 Structure

Figure 7-31 Layout of Heating Control Board

There are 5 relays on the heating control board, among which U1~U3 and U5 are of the 7-57

same model.

7.12.3 Indicators and Test Points The 5 indicators in the heating control board indicate the heating status of a particular channel, their definitions are listed in the following table: Table 7-31 Indicator Definitions of Heating Control Board Indicator

Definition

Function Description When the reaction bath module is under heating status, the indicator is on or flickering; otherwise, the indicator is off.

D11

Heating indicator reaction bath

of

D12

Heating indicator sheath fluid bath

of

D13

Heating indicator preheating bath

of

D14

Heating indicator of flow cell

When the flow cell module is under heating status, the indicator is on or flickering; otherwise, the indicator is off.

D15

Heating indicator of the optical system

When the optical system module is under heating status, the indicator is on or flickering; otherwise, the indicator is off.

When the sheath fluid bath module is under heating status, the indicator is on or flickering; otherwise, the indicator is off. When the preheating bath module is under heating status, the indicator is on or flickering; otherwise, the indicator is off.

The heating control board has 5 heating channels, each heating channel loop has two protective tubes as listed in the following table. Table 7-32 Description of Heating Channel Protective Tubes Heating channel

Description of protective tubes

Reaction bath

F1, F7

Sheath fluid bath

F2, F8

Preheating bath

F3, F9

Flow cell

F4, F10

Optical system

F5, F11

7.12.4 Troubleshooting Error of the heating control board will result in heating failure of modules in the analyzer. When temperatures of the modules get lower than the alarming range, alarms will triggered. Follow the procedure below to troubleshoot error of the heating control board.

7-58

Figure 7-32 Servicing Procedure of Heating Failure There are several causes of failure of the heating control board, you can service the analyzer per the following measures. 1 Protective tube burnt out. Protective tube is installed in each heating channel of the heating control board, burnt-out of protective tube is a major failure mode of the board. You can test the two ends of the protective tube to see if short circuit occurred (normally, the two ends of the protective tube form a short circuit). If the protective tube is open-circuited, replace the tube. 2 Control circuit damage (including component damage, falling, dry joint, etc.) Replacing the control circuit can solve the problem. Table7-33 Servicing the Control Circuit of Heating Control Board No.

Heating channel

Control circuit servicing measures

1

Reaction bath

Replace R1, Q1 and R11

2

Sheath fluid bath


3

Preheating bath


4

Flow cell


5

Optical system


3 Relay damage. If cause 1 and 2 are excluded, then the failure must be cause by relay damage, you should replace relay of the corresponding channel. 7-59

7.13 Diluent Heating Board 7.13.1 Overview Diluent temperature control module heats the diluent of low temperature (5~15℃) in the diluent container to the required working temperature (15~30℃) before the diluent is sent to the reaction sites, including RBC bath, HGB bath, SRV and all tubing. The temperature sensor in this module detects the actual diluent temperature, and the heating rod heats diluent to the target temperature.

7.13.2 Functions The diluent temperature control module consists of the drive and detection circuit of heat engineering components and the standby circuit of communication interfaces. See Figure 7-33. The module diagram shows the major functions of the module and its connection with other components.

Figure 7-33 Diagram of the Diluent Temperature Control Module There is a MCU controller in the diluent heating board. The controller controls the temperature detection of the temperature sensor and the heating drive of the heating rod, and it reports diluent temperature when necessary. The details are: Temperature detection: the temperature sensor in the diluent preheating bath; Heating drive: the heating rod in the diluent preheating bath; 1 temperature protection switch: the temperature protection switch in the diluent preheating bath; 1 communication serial port: reporting the temperature of the diluent preheating bath, and assigning the temperature calibrating value of the diluent preheating assembly.

7.13.3 Structure The PCBA layout of the diluent preheating board:

7-60

Figure 7-34 PCBA layout of the diluent heating board

Figure 7-35 Location of interfaces

7.13.4 Test point There are 2 high-precision resistors in the temperature detection circuit; so the MCU will calibrate the temperature automatically after being powered on, no adjustment is needed. Table 7-34 Function description of the test points Test point TP1 TP9 TP2 TP3 TP4 TP5 TP6 TP7 TP8 TP10 TP11

Tested signal M_RXD1 M_TXD1 M_4581_SEL_C

Function Receiving UART1 for the MCU Sending UART1 for the MCU Channel selecting signal C of the analog selector Channel selecting signal B of the analog selector Channel selecting signal A of the analog selector GND GND Reset output point of the reset chip Indicator of heating channel 1 Indicator of heating channel 2 Indicator of heating channel 3

M_4581_SEL_B M_4581_SEL_A GND1 GND3 RST HT1_LED HT2_LED HT3_LED 7-61

TP12 TP13 TP14 TP15 TP16 TP17 TP18 TP19 TP20 TP21 TP34 TP22 TP25 TP26 TP27 TP28 TP29 TP30 TP31 TP32 TP33 TP35 TP36 TP37 TP38

VREF

2.5V reference output point of the reference voltage chip GND COM point of the temperature detection circuit Meter amplifier output GND P24V PGND VCC VDD Receiving UART0 for the MCU Sending UART1 for the MCU GND 11.05920M transistor end 1 11.05920M transistor end 2 GND Output heating signal 1 of the MCU Output heating signal 2 of the MCU Output heating signal 3 of the MCU GND DAC output 0 DAC output 1 ISP download signal ISP enable signal ISP download signal reset ISP download signal UART0 sending ISP download signal UART0 receiving

GND5 COM TEMP_AD GND0 P24V PGND VCC VDD M_RXD0 M_TXD0 GND XTAL1 XTAL2 GND4 HT1 HT2 HT3 GND6 DAOUT0 DAOUT1 ISPEN_PC_TO_DIL RESET_PC_TO_DIL UART0_DIL_TO_PC UART1_PC_TO_DIL

7.13.5 Troubleshooting Power supply The on/off status of the indicator indicates the power supply status. D5 is the power indicator of P24V D6 is the power indicator of D5V D4 is the power indicator of D3.3V The red frame indicates the power circuit, and the same frame is printed on the board.

7-62

Figure 7-36 Power supply

MCU D10 is the running indicator of MCU, it flickers when the MCU is working normally. If you suspect that the MCU is not working properly, check as per the following instruction: 1.check if the running indicator is normal(the blue circle in the figure below); 2.check if the input power is normal; 3.check if the reset chip is normal (the purple circle in the figure below); 4.check if the transistor is normal (the red circle in the figure below). 5.If no problem is found, re-program the MCU.

Figure 7-37 MCU Temperature detection Check the circuit in the blue square in the following figure if temperature detection error occurs.

7-63

Figure 7-38 Temperature detection Heating drive Check the circuits in the blue square in the following figure if heating drive error occurs.

Figure 7-39 Heating drive

7.14 Valve Drive Board 7.14.1 Overview Valve drive board controls valves in the analyzer. The 12V power that drives the board is supplied by the mother board, and the control signal is supplied by the drive control board. There are two valve control boards in the analyzer, one is under the motherboard (valve drive board A), the other one is under the pneumatic pressure detection board by the left door of the analyzer (valve drive board B). The two valve drive boards are the same (only different in location), so they are interchangeable during servicing process.

7-64

Figure 7-40 Connection Diagram of Valve Drive Board

In the figure above, ① and ② are the control signals outputted by the drive control board; ③ is the 12V power supply of the valve drive board; ④ is the valves connected to the valve drive board.

7.14.2 Structure

Table 7-41 Layout of Valve Drive Board The squares in the figure above are indicators of the valve drive board.

7.14.3 Indicators and Test Points There are 68 indicators on the valve drive board, some of which are reserved. Table 7-35 Indicator Definition of Valve Drive Board (A) Indicator

Definition


D50


Normally this LED is on; if it is off, you need to check 7-65

if the valve control wire is firmly connected, and if the 5V power output is normal.

D51

Power supply indicator of 12V power

Normally this LED is on; if it is off, you need to check if the valve control wire is firmly connected, and if the 5V power output is normal.

D52

Indicator of connection status

valve

This LED is green, it is on when wires are correctly connected.

D53


valve

This LED is red, it is on when wires are incorrectly connected.

D54


valve


D55


valve


D101

Valve 74 working indicator

This LED is on when the valve is not electrified, and it is off when the valve is electrified.

D102



D103



D104



D105



D106



D107



D108

Reserved

This LED is always off.

D109



D110



D111



D112



D113



D114


This LED is on when the valve is not electrified, and it 7-66

is off when the valve is electrified. D115



D116



D117



D118



D119



D120



D121



D122



D123



D124



D125



D126



D127



D128



D129



D130



D131



D132



D133


This LED is on when the valve is not electrified, and it is off when the valve is electrified. 7-67

D134



D135



D136



D137



D138



D139



D140



D141

Reserved


D142

Reserved


D143

Reserved


D144



D145



D146



D147



D148



D149



D150



D151



D152



D153



D154


This LED is on when the valve is not electrified, and it 7-68

is off when the valve is electrified. D155



D156



D157



D158



D159



D160



D161

Reserved


Table 7-36 Indicator Definition of Valve Drive Board (B) Indicator

Definition


D50



D51

Power supply indicator of 12V power


D52


valve


D53


valve


D54


valve


D55


valve


D101

Reserved


D102

Reserved


D103

Reserved


D104

Reserved


D105

Reserved


D106

Reserved

This LED is always off. 7-69

D107

Reserved


D108

Reserved


D109

Reserved


D110

Reserved


D111

Reserved


D112

Reserved


D113

Reserved


D114

Reserved


D115

Reserved


D116

Reserved


D117

Reserved


D118

Reserved


D119



D120



D121



D122



D123



D124



D125



D126



D127



D128



D129



D130

Reserved


D131

Reserved

This LED is always off. 7-70

D132

Reserved


D133



D134



D135



D136



D137



D138



D139



D140



D141



D142



D143



D144



D145



D146



D147



D148



D149



D150



D151

Reserved


7-71

D152

Reserved


D153

Reserved


D154

Reserved


D155



D156



D157



D158



D159



D160



D161



7.14.4 Troubleshooting When error occurs to the valve drive board, the valves of the analyzer cannot open and close as expected. Valve drive board error can be caused by multiple reasons, such as valve drive circuit damage, valve damage, connection wire breakage or unstable connection, etc. When the valve fails to operate, do as per the following procedure.

7-72

Nonoperatio n of valves

Do all valves fail to operate?

N

Y 1 Test the voltage of 12V power with a multimeter to see if it is normal; 2 Check if the drive control board works normally; 3 Check if the 12V power supply wire and the control wire of the drive control board are loose; 4 If all the causes above can be excluded, replace the valve drive board.

Do all valves connected to a valve drive board fail to operate? Y 1 Check of the 12V power supply wire and the control wire of the valve drive board are loose; 2 If cause 1 can be excluded, replace the valve drive board.

N 1 Check if the valve connection wire is firmly connected, and if any pin of a interface falls off; 2 Check if error occurs to the valve drive circuit through the analyzer screen; 3 If the valve drive circuit is damaged, replace the board; or else replace the valve.

Record error information and servicing log, and return the damaged component. End

Figure 7-42 Servicing Procedure of Valve Failure

During the servicing process, you should note: 1. When checking connection status of the valve, be sure to check if the pins if interface J1~J3 are bent, especially the pins by the sides of the interfaces (this is generally overlooked). 2. There are two red indicators on the valve drive board, when the wires of the same board are incorrectly connected, the red indicator will turn on. When you find the red LEDs are on, check if the connection wires are correctly connected. 3. You can check if there are errors in the valve drive circuit from the analyzer screen. Click the system menuÆ"Maintenance"Æ"Debug"Æ"Valve Confirmation", then click on the valve No. (shut down the pneumatic unit first from the analyzer screen) and check the status of the corresponding indicator on the valve drive board. Generally, then clicking on a valve No., the corresponding indicator will turn off for 1s and then turn on. If the indicator is always off, that means the valve drive circuit is damaged or the connection wires are not correctly connected; if the indicator is always on, that means the valve drive circuit is damaged.

7-73

7.15 Indicator Board 7.15.1 Overview The indicator board shows the working status of the analyzer and controls the starting up of the analyzer by the soft power switch.

7.15.2 Functions

Showing working status of the analyzer

The indicator board shows the working status of the analyzer with a two-tone indicator (yellow/green) and a buzzer. The indicator is yellow when the analyzer is in standby status, and it is green when the analyzer works normally; when error occurs to the analyzer, the indicator flickers in green with a frequency of 1Hz. The analyzer works normally, the buzzer does not make any sound; when error occurs to the analyzer, the buzzer beeps.

Startup function of the soft power switch

Startup: when the power cord of the analyzer is connected, and the power switch is on, the system is in standby status (the indicator is yellow). Press the soft power switch on the indicator board, the power system turns on, and the analyzer starts to work with the indicator turns green.

7.15.3 Structure See the following figure for the indicator board mounting diagram.

Figure 7-43 Mounting diagram of indicator board

7.15.4 Troubleshooting Error: when the analyzer is in standby status or working, the indicator is off. Possible cause: the connection line and socket of the indicator board are not well connected; the indicator is damaged. Troubleshooting procedure: Check if the connection line and socket of the indicator board are not well connected, if not, reconnect the line. Power on the analyzer and see if the indicator is on, if not, replace the indicator board. 7-74

7.16 Touchscreen Control Board 7.16.1 Overview The touchscreen control board receives touch information and transmits the signals to the main control board through serial ports.

7.16.2 Functions The touchscreen control board is connected with the touchscreen through J4, it provides voltage to the electrodes of the touchscreen and receives touch information; the board is also connected with the main control board through J5, and it sends touch information to the main control board through the serial port RS232.

7.16.3 Structure See Figure 7-44 for the mounting diagram of the touchscreen control board

Figure 7-44 Mounting diagram of the touchscreen control board

7-75

7.16.4 Indicators and Test Points Table 7-37 Debug and test points of the touchscreen control board Test point TP1

Tested signal

Functions

GND

Digital ground

TOUCH_DIN

TP2

Sample aspiration input data of touchscreen controller

TP3

TOUCH_NPENIRQ

Touch detection interrupt signal

TP4

LR

X+ electrode

WIPER

TP5

Contact touchscreen

voltage

of

5-line

7.16.5 Troubleshooting Table 7-38 Troubleshooting the touchscreen control board Error Consequence

Possible Cause

Solution

The touchscreen does not respond to touch

Touchscreen control failure/ touchscreen loose connection

board failure/

Reconnect the connecting lines/ replace the touchscreen control board or the touchscreen

When pressing the touchscreen, the cursor can only move horizontally or vertically

The connecting lines of the touchscreen control board and the touchscreen get loose/ the touchscreen is broken

Reconnect the lines/ check is there are cracks on the touchscreen; if yes, replace it

The cursor fails to move to the desired location

The touchscreen is not calibrated/ the touchscreen is broken

Re-calibrate the touchscreen/ check is there are cracks on the touchscreen; if yes, replace it

7.17 Prefix List of Board Interfaces Table 7-39 Prefix List of Board Sockets Board name

Quantity

Data and COME Carrier Board

1

Drive Control Board

1

7-76

Socket prefix

Marking mode

B

B-J1……

C

C-J1……

Motherboard

1

Heating Control Board

1

Laser Drive Board

1

FS Scatter Preamplification Board

1

SS Scatter Preamplification Board

1

Fluorescence Board

1

Preamplification

D

D-J1……

E

E-J1……

F

F-J1……

G

G-J1……

H

H-J1……

I

Valve Drive Board

2

Fluid Level Detection Board

1

Power Board

1

Indicator Board

1

Touchscreen Control Board

1

Pneumatic board

1

pressure

detection

JA\JB

JA\JB-J1……

K

K-J1……

L

L-J1……

M

M-J1…….

N

N-J1…….

P

Inverter

1

Input Voltage Patching Board

1

Diluent Temperature Control Board

1

Network Interface Board

1

I-J1……

P-J1…….

Q

Q-J1…….

S

S-J1…….

T

T-J1…….

/

/

7.18 Motors, Photocouplers and Micro-switches Table 7-40 Connection of Lines of the Autoloader Line Marker

Connected to

M2-UNLOAD

Unload motor

M3-FEED

Latitudinal feeding motor

M4-LOAD

Longitudinal feeding motor

SE2-XR_S

Unload module start position photocoupler

SE3-Y_S

Latitudinal feeding module start position photocoupler

SE4-Y_E

Latitudinal feeding module stop position photocoupler

SE5-XL_S

Longitudinal feeding module start position photocoupler

SE6-XL_E

Longitudinal feeding module stop position photocoupler

SE7-YCOUNT_S

Latitudinal feeding counter start position photocoupler

SE8-YCOUNT_E

Latitudinal feeding counter stop position photocoupler

SE-29-XR_E

Unloading Tray Full Detection photocoupler 7-77

SW0-LOAD_E

Tube rack longitudinal loading detection micro-switch

Table 7-41 Connection of Lines of the Mix&Pierce Module Line Marker

Connected to

M5-ASR

Mix motor

M6-SCAN

Rotary scanning motor

SE11-PUNCT

Piercing position detection photocoupler

SE12-SMUX_S

Pincher extension start position photocoupler

SE13-SMUX_E

Pincher extension stop position photocoupler

SE14-SMUZ-D

Pincher extension start position photocoupler

SE15-SMUZ-U

Pincher elevation start position photocoupler

SE16-ASR_S

Pincher rotation start position photocoupler

SE17-ASR_E

Pincher rotation stop position photocoupler

SE17-SCAN_S

Rotary scanning module detection photocoupler

SE28-TUBE

Tube detection photocoupler

Table7-42Connection of Lines of Other Motors and Photocouplers Line Marker

Connected to

M0-CLEAN

Probe wipe motor

M1-MIX

Stirring motor

M7-WBC

WBC syringe motor

M8-SWB

Whole blood intaking motor

M9-RBC

RBC syringe motor

SE0-CLEAN

Probe wipe assembly photocoupler

SE1-MIX

Stirring assembly photocoupler

SE20-WBC

WBC syringe assembly photocoupler

SE21-SWB

Whole blood intaking assembly photocoupler

SE22-RBC

RBC syringe assembly photocoupler

SE23-DOOR

Front cover open detection photocoupler

Table 7-43 Connection of Lines of Temperature Sensor and Aspirate Key Line Marker ASP_SW

Connected to Open vial aspirate key switch 7-78

T1-ACT

Bath assembly temperature sensor

T2-FCM

Sheath fluid bath assembly temperature sensor

T4-PRE

Preheating bath assembly temperature sensor

T5-CELL

Flow cell assembly temperature sensor

T6-ENVI

Ambient temperature sensor

Table 7-44 Connections of the heating connecting lines Line Marker

Connected to

TS1-ACT

Bath assembly temperature switch

HT1-ACT

Heating membrane of reaction bath assembly

TS2-FCM

Sheath fluid bath assembly temperature switch

HT2-FCM

Heating membrane of sheath fluid bath assembly

TS3-PRE

Preheating bath assembly temperature switch

HT3-PRE

Heating membrane of preheating bath assembly

HT4-CELL

Heating membrane of flow cell assembly

OPTI-Heat

Heating membrane of the optical system

OPTI-T-SW

Optical system temperature switch

CELL-T-SW

Flow cell temperature switch

Table 7-45 Connections of the float connecting lines Line Marker

Connected to

F1-WC1

WC1 waste cistern float switch

F2-DIL

DIL cistern float switch

F3-FCM

FCM cistern float switch

F4-WC2

WC2 waste cistern float switch

F5-SCI

SCI cistern float switch

F6-WASTE

Waste container float switch (connected to the BNC extension line if the back panel)

7-79

8 Mechanical System 8.1 Analyzer Structure The instrument consists of the analyzer (with autoloader), pneumatic unit and the PC, and is connected with 2 types of Diluents, 4 types of Lyses and 3 types of Dyes.

8.2 Appearance The front of the analyzer is shown Figure 8-1 as follows.

Figure 8-1 Front of the Analyzer No.1 2 3 4

Name Touch screen Indicator Sample probe Aspirate key

No.5 6 7 8

8-1

Name Tube Tube rack Autoloader Reagent compartment cover

The touchscreen and power indicator are on the front of the analyzer. The sample probe and aspirate key are on the right of the front. The reagent compartment cover is on the left of the front, you can open the cover and change the reagents. The autoloader is in front of the analyzer. The back of the analyzer is shown Figure 8-2 as follows.

Figure 8-2 Back of the Analyzer No.1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Name AC input Pneumatic unit control interface Network interface Waste sensor connector Waste outlet RET diluent inlet BASO lyse inlet

No.8 9 10 11 12 13

Name Diluent inlet Pressure interface Vacuum interface HGB lyse inlet DIFF lyse inlet NRBC lyse inlet

The back of the analyzer mainly consists of the AC input, network interface, pneumatic unit control interface, lyse inlets, waste outlet and waste sensor connector, pressure interface and vacuum interface. Power switch and pressure/vacuum regulators are on the left of the analyzer; there are 4 USB interfaces on the right. 8-2

8.3 Layout Introduction Components of the front cover are shown as Figure 8-3.

Figure 8-3 Front of the analyzer (front cover open) No.

Name

No.

Name

1

Cover and touchscreen module

6

Mix&pierce module

2

Cover stop bar

7

Fluorescent reagent package

3

Reaction bath and pinch valve module

8

Fluorescent diaphragm pump module

4

Manual sampling module

9

RBC module

5

HGB module

8-3

The manual sampling module and HGB module are on the right front of the analyzer. The Mix&pierce module and reaction bath module are in the middle while the RBC module and fluorescent diaphragm pump module are on the left.

Components on the right side of the analyzer (right door open)is shown Figure 8-4 as follows.

Figure 8-4 Right side of the analyzer (right door open)

No.-

Name

No.-

Name

1

Optical system

5

USB interfaces

2

Sheath fluid valve module

6

Reagent preheating module

3

Right rotary bearer module

7

Sheath fluid preheating module

4

Fluidic valve module

The fluidic and optical system are on the right side of the analyzer, which include the valve module, heating module, cisterns, waste cistern and so on. Components on the left side of the analyzer is shown Figure 8-5 as follows.

8-4

Figure 8-5 Left side of the analyzer (left door open, air valves presented) No.-

Name

No.-

Name

1

Boards integrating module

6

Power module

2

Left rotary bearer module

7

Power switch

3

Drying and filter module

The left side of the analyzer mainly consists of the electronic components, which includes the pressure/vacuum modules, power module, boards and so on.

8-5

9 Replacing the FRU 9.1 Overview This chapter introduces how to replace the FRU unit and the related FRU codes. The general requirements of servicing include: ¾Be sure to power off the analyzer before servicing it, and take proper antistatic measures. ¾When servicing the fluidics system, pay attention to the liquid in the tubing; the pneumatic unit must be turned off when servicing tubes with pressure; and tissues must be used as protection. ¾After finishing servicing, restart the analyzer to perform startup initialization. Make sure the analyzer is in normal status and run several fresh blood samples to verify the analyzer status. ¾For major servicing actions involving the performance or parameters of the analyzer, be sure to perform gain calibration or re-calibration after servicing. For example, after servicing the optical system, the optical gain must be re-calibrated. Re-calibration shall be performed too after servicing data board and the aperture.

9.2 Removal and Installation of the Board 9.2.1 Open the Left Door

Purpose Open the left door of the analyzer, check or perform troubleshooting of the pressure/vacuum modules and electrical system of the analyzer.

Tools 107 cross-head screwdriver

Procedure

z

Remove the 3 M4X8 screws at the back of the left door (as Figure 9-1 shows).

z

Pull back the left door a little, after the slot of the left door is disconnected with the front board and the bottom plate completely, remove the left door.

9-1

Figure 9-1 Removal of the left door No.

Name

No.

Name

1

Bottom plate

3

M4X8 screws

2

Left door

4

Back panel

9.2.2 Open the Gas Valve Assembly

Purpose Open the gas valve assembly, and then check or perform troubleshooting of the inner part of the analyzer.


Procedure

1) Open the left door of the analyzer, see Section 8.2.1 for details. 2) Remove the 2 M4X8 screws that fixing the gas valve assembly with the front cover with cross-head screwdriver. 9-2

3) Lift the whole gas valve assembly up 1-2mm to disconnect it from the buckle (as Figure Figure 9-2 shows), and then revolve outward around the hinge and open the valve assembly (as Figure Figure 9-3 shows).

Figure 9-2 Position of the buckle

Figure 9-3

the opened gas valve assembly

No.

Name

No.

Name

1

M4X8 screws

3

Power supply assembly

2

Gas valve assembly

9.2.3 Open the Right Door Open the right door with the same procedures as opening the left door. 9-3

9.2.4 Open the Bath Integrating Assembly

Purpose Open the bath integrating assembly, and then check the fluidics status or perform troubleshooting.


Procedure

1) Open the right door of the analyzer, see Section 8.2.3 for details. 2) Remove the 2 M4X8 screws that fixing the bath integrating assembly and the front cover with cross-head screwdriver. 3) Lift the whole bath integrating assembly up 1-2mm to disconnect it from the buckle, and then revolve outward around the hinge and open the bath integrating assembly (as Figure 9-4 shows).

Figure 9-4 The opened bath integrating assembly No.

Name

No.

Name

1

Bath integrating assembly

2

M4X8 screws

9-4

9.2.5 Open the Front Cover

Purpose Open the front cover, check the assembly on the front cover of the analyzer or perform troubleshooting; meanwhile the touch screen can be left aside individually to perform troubleshooting.

Tools /

Procedure

1) Uplift the assembly on the front cover, revolve the stop bar that support the assembly on the front cover, the head of the stop bar shall fit into corresponding slot of the front cover.(as Figure 9-5 shows). 2) If you need to watch the screen after the front cover is lifted, just loosen the 2 screws that fix the touch screen assembly without removal, then convolve and lay the touch screen assembly back on the front cover (as Figure 9-6 shows).

Figure 9-5 open the front cover 9-5

No.

Name

No.

Name

1

Front cover

3

Stop bar

2

Touch screen assembly

4

Figure 9-6 the opened touch screen

9.2.6 Open the Top Cover

Purpose Open the top cover, check the status or perform troubleshooting of the circuit board, optical system and connectors of the analyzer.

Tools

107 cross-head screwdriver

Procedure

1） Open the front cover assembly, and then fix the cover firmly with the stop bar. 9-6

2） Remove the 3 M4X8 screws that respectively fix the top cover with the front board and the back board, pull back the top cover a little and then remove the top cover (as Figure 9-7 shows).

Figure 9-7 Removal of the top cover No.

Name

No.

Name

1

Top cover

4

Front cover

2

M4X8 screws

5

Front board

3

Back panel

9.2.7 Open the Left Lower Cover

Purpose Open the left lower part of the cover, check the status and perform troubleshooting of the RBC fluidic valve assembly and RBC syringe assembly.

Tools 9-7


Procedure

1)

Open the front cover assembly, and then fix the cover firmly with the stop bar.

2)

Remove the 2 M4X8 screws that fix the protective cover with the left and right lower cover with cross-head screwdriver, and then remove the protective cover (as Figure 9-8 shows).

3)

Open the left door of the analyzer.

4)

Loosen the 2 M4X12 stainless-steel sunk screws that fix the left lower cover and the left of the front cover, uplift the left lower cover a little, when the bottom of the cover is disconnected with the slot of the bottom plate, pull the left lower cover leftward (as Figure 9-9 shows).

Figure 9-8 Removal of the protective cover No.

Name

No.

Name

1

Right lower cover

4

Cover of the autoloader

2

M4X8 screws

5

Left lower cover

3

Protective cover

9-8

Figure 9-9 Removal of the left lower cover No.

Name

No.

Name

1

Bottom plate

3

Left lower cover

2

M4X12 stainless-steel sunk screws

4

M4X8 screws

9.2.8 Open the Right Lower Cover

Purpose Open right lower cover; perform troubleshooting of the Start switch or SRV.

Tools


Procedure

1)

Open the front cover assembly; and then fix the cover firmly with the stop bar.

2)

Loosen the M4X8 screws that fix the protective cover with the left lower and right lower of the cover, and then remove the protective cover.

3)

Take out the waste collecting tray and put it aside.

4)

Loosen the 3 M4X8 screws that fix the bottom of the autoloader with the stop bar, and then pull the autoloader outward a little. (Note: Do not damage the cables and lines on the left of the autoloader.)

5)

Remove the right door and remove the 2 stainless-steel sunk screws that fix the right lower cover and the right side of the front cover, and also remove the M3X8 screw that 9-9

fixes the top left of the right lower cover and the front cover (as Figure 9-10 shows). 6)

Move the right lower cover ahead a little to disconnect it with the aspirate key, and then remove the cover rightward (as Figure 9-11 shows).

Figure 9-10 Removal of the autoloader No.

Name

No.

Name

1

Right lower cover

3

Autoloader

2

Waste collecting tray

4

M4X8 screws

Figure 9-11 Removal of the right lower cover 9-10

No.

Name

No.

Name

1

M4X12 stainless-steel sunk screws

3

Open vial aspirate key

2

Right lower cover

4

M3X8 screws

9.3 Sheath Fluid Impedance Bath

Tools Cross-head screwdriver, socket screwdriver, nipper pliers, and tweezers.

Procedure

1)

Take off the fluorescent reagent detecting assembly and the reagent pack first, and then take off the outer shielding cover of the sheath fluid impedance bath. Be careful of the fluorescent reagent.

2)

Take off the inner shielding cover of the bath.

3)

Remove the tubes connected to the bath. Be sure to discharge fluid in the ISU cistern before removing the tubes.

4)

Loose the screws fixing the impedance bath to the shielding box with the cross-head screwdriver, take off the bath. shows. (before replace the bath, you must take off the connection line of the bath and the data board)

5)

Install a new sheath fluid impedance bath.

6)

If you need to replace the ISU cistern, remove the screws fixing the bath and then take off the tubes.

②

④

③

① ⑤

Figure 9-12 Replacing the sheath fluid impedance bath 9-11

No.

Name

FRU code

No.

Name

FRU code

1

Sheath fluid impedance bath

801-3201-00029-00

4

Aperture

045-000023-00

2

ISU cistern

801-3201-00027-00

5

Steel tube with copper seat

801-3201-00026-00

3

ISW cistern

801-3201-00027-00

No.

Name

FRU code

Remarks

1

Sheath fluid impedance bath (without aperture)

801-3201-00028-00

without aperture

2

Sheath fluid impedance shielding box assembly

801-3201-00025-00

includes the bottom plate, bath and the shielding box

3

Shielding box cover

042-001676-00

Inner shielding box cover

4

Outer shielding box cover

042-001677-00

Outer shielding box cover

Confirmation

1)

Prime the ISU cistern and RBC bath to make sure all tubes connected to the sheath fluid impedance bath are filled with diluent and the fluidics system is in normal status.

2)

Perform background aging for 5 or more times, and the analyzer reports no error.

3)

Then you can re-install the shielding cover of the sheath fluid impedance bath.

9.4 Aperture

Tools Cross-head screwdriver, socket screwdriver, nipper pliers, and tweezers.

Procedure

1)

Remove the impedance bath assembly.

2)

Loose the screws that fix the bath with a socket screwdriver, take off the protective pad of the aperture, then remove the aperture as below.

3)

Be sure to install the aperture in the right direction, the concave of the aperture must be facing the sample probe. There is one protective pad by the two sides of the aperture, as below.

9-12

Figure 9-13 Replacing the aperture No.

Name

FRU code

1

Aperture

045-000023-00

2

Fluoro rubber pad

801-3110-00077-00

No. 3

Name Protective pad of the front bath

FRU code 801-3110-00076-00

Figure 9-14 Installing direction of the aperture

Confirmation

1)

The aperture must be installed in the right direction.

2)

Prime the ISU cistern and RBC bath to make sure all tubes connected to the sheath fluid impedance bath are filled with diluent and the fluidics system is in normal status.

3)

Perform background aging for 5 or more times, and the analyzer reports no error.

4)

Then you can re-install the shielding cover of the sheath fluid impedance bath.

5)

After replacing the aperture, you must re-calibrate the MCV gain, and then re-adjust 9-13

the MCV calibration factor. The gain calibration procedure is as follows:

MCV gain calibration procedure 1.

Select OV-WB-CBC mode.

2.

Mix the calibrator and present it the sample probe for analysis.

3.

After the analysis finishes, calculate the deviation of the MCV result and the target. The deviation must be smaller than 1%, if not, re-adjust the MCV gain.

4.

Tap "Setup" - "Gain Setup" to enter the screen and record the current MCV gain.

5.

Before the step above, you must log in the system with service password and enter the "Calibration" - "Manual Calibration" screen, modify the calibration factor of MCV and the manufacturer's calibration factor to 100, see Figure 9-15. Note: this step must be done at first, and after recalibrating the gain, MCV calibration factor must be re-adjusted.

Figure 9-16 Manual calibration screen 6.

Tap "Calibration" - "CBC Gain Calibration" to enter the screen shown in Figure 9-17.

9-14

Figure 9-17 CBC gain calibration 7.

Enter the MCV target into the MCV reference value cell at the CBC gain calibration screen, see Figure 9-18. MCV target

Figure 9-18 Enter MCV target 8.

Run analysis of well mixed calibrator for 3 or more consecutive times until the results are OK.

9.

Tap "OK" at the pop-up dialog box to save the gain when exiting the screen.

10. Go back to the "Setup" - "Gain Setup" screen to confirm is the gain is refreshed. See Figure 9-19.

Figure 9-19 MCV gain 11. Go to the analysis screen, run calibrator once under OV mode, check if the MCV result is close to the target. The deviation must be smaller than 1%, if so, the gain calibration is done. Then you must verify the calibration factor of MCV again. 9-15

9.5 HGB Bath Assembly


Procedure

Note: Make sure no liquid is spilled to the light-emitting diode, dash receiver or socket to avoid damage. 1)

Open the top cover of the analyzer.

2)

Remove the sealing box of the HGB bath assembly at the upper right part of the front cover with a cross-head screwdriver.

3)

Drain the HGB bath.

4)

Take off the lines and tubes connected to the HGB bath.

5)

Loose the screws that fix the HGB bath to the front cover and replace the entire HGB bath assembly.

6)

Then connect the lines (to the data board) and tubes.

① ②

Figure 9-20 Replacing the HGB bath assembly No.

Name

FRU code

No.

1

HGB Bath Assembly

801-3201-00030-00

2

Name Sealing box

FRU code 042-001508-00

Confirmation

1)

Install the sealing box of the HGB bath.

2)

Prime the HGB bath.

3)

Perform background aging count 3-5 times.

4)

Re-adjust the HGB background voltage to 4.5V (with service access level).

9-16

9.6 RBC Bath Assembly


Procedure

1)


2)

Loose the screws that fix the RBC bath with the cross-head screwdriver.

3)

Disconnect the tubes connected to the RBC bath.

4)

Replace the RBC bath assembly and re-connect the tubes.

①

Figure 9-21 Replacing the RBC bath No.

Name

FRU code

1

RBC Bath Assembly

801-3201-00033-00

No.

Name

FRU code

Confirmation

1)

Perform RBC bath priming after starting up the analyzer.

2)

Run analysis several times to make sure the RBC channel works properly.

9.7 SRV Assembly

Tools M1.3-5mm inner hexagon spanner, cross-head screwdriver

Procedure

1)

Power off the analyzer, open the front cover assembly and fix it.

2)

Put some tissue under the SRV, as when replacing the SRV, a bit of diluent may flow out.

3)

Remove the two blood sensor photocouplers by the left of the SRV with the 2.5mm 9-17

inner hexagon spanner; make sure no liquid is spilled to the sensor to avoid damage, as Figure 9-22 shows. 4)

Cut off the plastic cable ties that fix the SRV tubes with cutting pliers, take out the waste tray and remove the tubes connected to the SRV.

Figure 9-22 Removing the blood sensor No. 1

Name

FRU code

Photocoupler

011-000041-00

No.

Name

2

Inner screws

FRU code hexagon

/

5)

Loose the 4 M3x12 inner hexagon screws that fix the bearer of the probe wipe with the2.5mm inner hexagon spanner, take off the tightening block, bearer of the probe wipe and the probe wipe itself, and then remove all tubes connected to the SRV assembly.

6)

Loose the 4 M3x8 inner hexagon screws that fix the SRV assembly with the 2.5mm inner hexagon spanner, and take them off, then remove the SRV assembly, as Figure 9-23 shows.

7)

Replace the SRV assembly. Make sure the guide rod is in the middle of the locating stopper. Make sure to align the SRV holes and the probe wipe height gauge.

9-18

⑦

⑧

Figure 9-23 Removing the SRV assembly No.-

Name

FRU code

No.-

Name

FRU code

1

Open vial aspiration assembly

/

5

M3x8 inner hexagon screw

/

2

Tightening block

/

6

Open vial aspiration probe wipe

/

3


/

7

SRV assembly

801-3201-00048-00

4

Bearer of the probe wipe

/

8

Sample probe

801-3201-00073-00

9-19

Figure 9-24 Structure the SRV assembly No.-

Name

No.-

Name

1

Tightening screw assembly

3

Middle plate assembly

2

Outer plate assembly

4

Inner plate assembly

Confirmation

1)

After installing the SRV assembly, make sure the SRV holes are aligned. Enter the probe wipe and SRV screen of the maintenance module and tap the up and down positions of the SRV to make sure if the fixture can go through the outer, middle and inner plates. If the holes are not aligned, re-align them.

2)

Loose the retaining nuts of the upper and lower locating blocks with the inner hexagon screwdriver. You may only loose one of the two nuts.

3)

Tap SRV up position on the debug screen (see Figure9-27), rotate the guide rod manually so that it is close to the lower locating block, and make sure the SRV fixture can go through the outer, middle and inner plates. Push the lower locating block to the guide rod and fix the tightening screws. Likewise, when the SRV is at down position and the fixture goes through the SRV assembly, push the upper locating block to the guide rod and fix the tightening screws, as Figure 9-26 shows.

4)

And then check if the fixture can go through the SRV assembly completely.

9-20

Figure 9-25 SRV adjusting fixture

Figure 9-26 Adjusting SRV position No.-

Name

No.-

Name

1

Lower locating block

4

SRV cylinder block adjusting fixture

2

Guide rod

5

Outer plate

3

Upper locating block

6

Cylinder piston rod

9-21

5)

Fix the bearer of the probe wipe without fastening it.

6)

Tap the "Initialize" button of the Probe Wipe Position Set, and then tap "Start setup", insert the probe wipe height gauge into the probe wipe from its bottom, when the fixture contacts the sample probe, fasten the screws of the bearer, as Figure 9-28 shows.

7)

Tap "Initialize-Start setup-End setup" to make the probe wipe reciprocate. Make sure the probe wipe does not get away from the sample probe and the sample probe tip is aligned with the tube above the probe wipe, and no harsh sound is produced when the probe wipe is moving.

8)

Tap "End setup" to exit from the screen.

Figure9-27 "Debug" screen

9-22

Figure 9-28 Adjusting position of the probe wipe bearer No.-

Name

No.-

Name

1

Light screen

5

Bearer of the probe wipe

2

M3X12 inner hexagon screws

6

Sample probe

3

Tightening block

7

Open vial aspiration probe wipe

4

Photocoupler

8

Height gauge

9.8 Sample Probe

Tools Inner hexagon spanner

Procedure

1)

Remove the outer plate of the SRV.

2)

Loose the 2 M2.5X4 inner hexagon screws that fix the sample probe with the 1.3mm inner hexagon spanner, and take the screws off, then take off the pad. Screw off the joint 9-23

sleeve, and then pull off the sample probe and sealing tube. 3)

Replace the sample probe and install the outer plate back.

Figure 9-29 Replacing the sample probe No.-

Name

FRU code

No.-

Name

FRU code

1

Sample Probe

801-3201-00073-00

4

Joint sleeve

/

2

M2.5X4 inner hexagon screw

/

5

Sealing tube (TEFLON)

/

3

Pad

/

6

Outer plate

/

Confirmation

1)

Check if the probe wipe position is proper, if not, reset the position of the probe wipe.

2)

Perform aging count several times to restore the status of the SRV tubing.

9.9 Pneumatic Unit

Tools 107 cross-head screwdriver, tweezers and monkey spanner

Procedure 9-24

Note: The pneumatic assembly can be different for different power specification, pay attention to the power specification when you are applying for servicing spare parts. 1)

The pneumatic assembly can be replaced separately.

2)

Remove the left and right doors and the top cover of the pneumatic unit with a cross-headed screwdriver.

3)

After removing the shielding cover of the pneumatic control board, the board can be replaced separately.

4)

Remove and replace the filter with the monkey spanner.

5)

After removing the pneumatic unit relief valve and unplug the gas pipe, the relief valve can be replaced.

6)

The fuss of the pneumatic unit is in its receptacle. You may open the receptacle with tweezers and replace the fuss.

The pneumatic unit has 3 types of FRU for its various specifications. No.1

2

Name

FRU code

Pneumatic assembly (220V)

801-3201-00051-00

Pneumatic unit (110V)

801-3201-00068-00

No.-

Name

FRU code

3

Pneumatic unit (220V, outlet)

801-3201-00069-00

① ②

③ ④

Figure 9-30 Replacing air pump

9-25

⑤

Figure 9-31 Replacing fuss of the pneumatic unit No.1

2

Name

FRU code

Pneumatic unit control board

051-000760-00

Relief valve of the pneumatic unit

No.4

5 801-3100-00027-00

3

6 Filter

801-3110-00217-00

Name THOMAS pump (220V)

FRU code air

801-3100-00238-00

Fuss of pneumatic (110V)

the unit

M07-00067F---

Fuss of pneumatic (220V)

the unit

M07-00046F---

Confirmation

1)

The pneumatic unit works properly after startup, and its output pressure is normal.

9.10 Barcode Scanner Assembly


Procedure

1)

Remove the lower right cover of the analyzer.

2)

Remove the autoloader assembly.

3)

Disconnect the lines connected to the barcode scanner assembly.

4)

Remove the screws that fix the barcode scanner assembly and replace the assembly.

9-26

① ②

③ ④

Figure 9-32 Replacing the barcode scanner assembly No.-

Name

FRU code

1

Barcode scanner assembly

801-3201-00052-00

2

M4 panhead screws

/

No.3 4

Name

FRU code

Stationary barcode scanner

023-000032-00

Rotary head

043-001082-00

Confirmation

1)You need to confirm if the rotating scanning function is working properly after starting up the analyzer. 2)The rotary head must be straight aligned with the tube, if not, be sure to adjust the position when you are fixing the barcode scanner assembly.

9.11 Radiator Fan

Tools


Procedure

1)

Screw off the screws that fix the radiator fan assembly to the back panel with the cross-headed screwdriver.

2)

Disconnect the lines connected to the fan, and replace the fan assembly.

3)

The dust screen can be taken out from the back panel directly for maintenance or replacement.

9-27

① ②

③ Figure 9-33 Replacing the radiator fan assembly No.-

Name

FRU code

1

Radiator assembly

fan

2

Bearer of the radiator fan and dust screen

No.-

801-3201-00014-00

3

Name

FRU code

Dust screen with frame

048-001670-00

/

Confirmation

1)

Connect the lines of the fan.

2)

Go to the radiator fan screen of the Debug module; tap the buttons to see if the fan works properly.

9.12 Power Supply Assembly

Tools


Procedure

Note: Power off the analyzer before replacing the power supply assembly and unplug the power cord.

1)

Open the left door of the analyzer and the gas valve assembly; rotate the gas valve assembly to a proper position to facilitate servicing of the power supply assembly.

2)

Disconnect the lines connecting the power supply assembly to the transformer and 9-28

motherboard. 3)

Screw off the 2 screws that fix the binding bearer of the power supply assembly, and separate the bearer from the assembly to avoid damaging the tubes fixed to the bearer when removing the power supply assembly.

4)

Loose the 2 M4 screws that fix the power supply assembly, move the assembly to the direction of the front cover so that the screws can go through the hardy holes, and the clip at the bottom of the assembly gets away from the slot in the bottom plate, then take the assembly out upwards (as Figure 9-34 shows).

5)

Replace the power supply assembly, re-connect all the lines and fix the binding bearer.

④ Figure 9-34 Removal of the power supply assembly No.-

Name

FRU code

1

Binding bearer

\

2

M4X8 screws

\

No.-

Name

FRU code

3

Bottom plate

\

4

Power supply assembly

801-3201-00012-00

Confirmation

1)

After replacing the power supply assembly, check if its connection with other parts, including the transformer and motherboard.

2)

Power on the analyzer, check if the startup and initialization process goes right.

3)

Enter the "Status" - "Voltage&Current" screen to check if the 24V, 12V and 5V voltages are in normal range; if yes, the power supply of the analyzer is OK.

4)

Or check the power indicators by the side of the power board, if the indicators of P24V, VCC and VDD are all on, the power supply of the analyzer is OK.

9-29

9.13 Diaphragm pump


Procedure

Note: There are 12 diaphragm pumps on the analyzer, DP9, DP10 and DP11 are fluorescent reagent diaphragm pumps, and they form an assembly with the valves. The other 9 pumps are separate pumps. 4 of these 9 diaphragm pumps (DP1,DP2, DP3, DP8) are fixed on the fluidic valve assembly on the right side of the analyzer, while the other 4 (DP4, DP5, DP6, DP7) are fixed on the valve assembly on the right of the back panel, DP12 is fixed on the bath integrating assembly (as Figure 9-35 shows).

1)

Open the right door.

2)

Remove the 2 M4X8 screws that fix the bath integrating assembly and the front cover, revolve and open the bath integrating assembly.

3)

Loosen the 2 panhead screws that fix the diaphragm pump without removal (as Figure 9-36 shows).

4)

Take out the diaphragm pump, use the diagonal pliers or scissors to take out the cables and lines of the diaphragm pump (as Figure 9-37 shows).

5)

Replace it with new diaphragm pump and install it, note that if the head of the tubing is distorted, the tubing needs to be changed.

9-30

Figure 9-35 Distribution of diaphragm pumps No.-

Name

FRU code

No.-

Name

FRU code

1

DP12

801-3201-00018-00

6

DP6

801-3100-00059-00

2

DP8

801-3100-00059-00

7

DP3

801-3201-00009-00

3

DP5

801-3100-00059-00

8

DP2

801-3100-00059-00

4

DP4

801-3100-00059-00

9

DP1

801-3100-00057-00

5

DP7

801-3100-00059-00

10

Figure 9-36 Removal of the diaphragm pump

Figure 9-37 Removal of tubes of diaphragm pump

1)The fluorescent reagent diaphragm pumps are in the front plate. Remove the diaphragm pump assembly with the cross-headed screwdriver. 2)Replace the diaphragm pump assembly and re-connect the Teflon tubes and tighten the joints.

9-31

①

② ③

Figure 9-38 Replacing the fluorescent reagent diaphragm pump

No.-

Name

FRU code

1

DP9

801-3201-00001-00

2

DP10

801-3201-00001-00

No.3

Name DP11

FRU code 801-3201-00001-00

Note: The 3 pumps form one assembly with the valves.

Confirmation

1)

After replacing the diaphragm pump, start up the analyzer and perform fluidics initialization.

2)

Observe whether the fluidic tubing is filled with fluid, if not, perform relevant operations. Perform relevant reagent replacing procedure for the DP4, DP5, DP6 and DP7, priming the FCM bath for DP12, and perform the aging procedure for the DP1, DP2, DP3 and DP8 for several times. Note: Check if there is air leakage after the replacement. Table 9-1 List of diaphragm pumps

No.-

ID

Specifi cation

Material of diaphragm

Color of diaphragm

Functions

1

DP1

0.52ml

EPDM

Black

LH lyse dispensing

2

DP2

1.0ml

EPDM

Black

HGB sample dispensing

and

diluent

3

DP3

1.5ml

EPDM

Black

RBC sample dispensing

and

diluent

4

DP4

1ml

EPDM

Black

LN lyse dispensing

9-32

5

DP5

1ml

EPDM

Black

LB lyse dispensing

6

DP6

1ml

EPDM

Black

LR lyse dispensing

7

DP7

1ml

EPDM

Black

LD lyse dispensing

8

DP8

1ml

EPDM

Black

Sample dosing for sample preparation

9

DP9

20uL

EPDM

Black

FD fluorescent dye dispensing

10

DP10

20uL

EPDM

Black

FR fluorescent dye dispensing

11

DP11

20uL

EPDM

Black

FN fluorescent dye dispensing

12

DP12

8ml

EPDM

Black

FCM bath filling

flow

cell

9.14 WBC Mixing Assembly

Tools 107 cross-headed screwdriver

Procedure

Note: there is grease lubricant on the stirring bar of the mixing assembly. Remove the whole assembly during replacing rather than disassembling the stirring bar from the assembly, and prevent the lubricant from dropping into the bath.

1)

Open the front cover and secure it with the stop bar.

2)

Unplug all connecting wires to the motor and sensor of the mixing assembly.

3)

Remove the 4 M3X8 screws fixing the mixing assembly to the WBC bath with the cross-headed screwdriver, and then remove the mixing assembly (see Figure 9-39).

4)

Install the new mixing assembly, and then fix it with the screws. The connecting wire to the motor is marked with M1-MIX, and that of the sensor is marked with SE1-MIX.

9-33

Figure 9-39 Removing the WBC mixing assembly No.

Name

FRU Code

No.

Name

FRU Code

1

WBC assembly

bath

801-3201-00032-00

4

Cross-recessed panhead screw M3X8

/

2

WBC bath mixing assembly

801-3201-00031-00

5

Sensor

/

3

Stirring motor

/

Confirmation

1) Start up the analyzer. Tap "Service" > "Debug", and then tap "Motor Debug" (as shown in Figure 9-40). 2) Set the "Speed_T" to 13, and "Time_T" to 8, select "No" for "Hold Moment", and then tap "Action" to get the "Speed of Rotation" which is supposed to be within 1400±200. Set the "Speed_T" to 5, and then tap "Action" to get the "Speed of Rotation" which is supposed to be within 600±200. Set the "Speed_T" to 15, and then tap "Action" to get the "Speed of Rotation" which is supposed to be within 1600±200.

9-34

Figure 9-40 Stirring Motor Debug Screen

9.15 WBC Bath Assembly

Tools 107 cross-headed screwdriver, diagonal pliers, tweezers

Procedure

Note: make sure you drain the reaction bath before removal. 1) Open the front cover and secure it with the stop bar; or open and bring the front cover to the top and make it lie on the top of the analyzer securely; 2) Unplug all connecting wires and tubes (wires connecting the heating membrane, temperature sensor and protection switch, and pinched tubes, tubes used in fluorescent channels, as well as waste discharging tubes, etc.); remove or loosen the 4 M4 screws fixing the assembly, and then remove it (Figure 9-41). 3) Install the new bath, and then connect all wires and tubes.

Figure 9-41 Removing the WBC bath assembly 9-35

No. 1

Name

FRU Code

Composite screw M4x8

\

No. 2

Name WBC assembly

FRU Code bath

801-3201-00032-00

Confirmation

1) Start up the analyzer and check if the initialization completes. 2) Drain and prime the reaction baths and check if they are normal. 3) Run several blank counts and check if the fluidic system is in normal status.

9.16 Reagent Pre-Heating Bath Assembly

Tools 107 cross-headed screwdriver, diagonal pliers, tweezers, tissues

Procedure

Note: as there may be reagent residues in the reagent pre-heating bath, put some tissues under the bath while replacing the bath. 1)


2)

Remove the 2 M4X8 screws fixing the bath assembly to the front plate, and then unscrew the bath assembly.

3)

Remove the right bottom cover.

4)

Remove the tubes connecting to the reagent pre-heating bath with the diagonal pliers or tweezers, and remove the valve on the bracket of the pre-heating bath, and then unplug the wires from the bath.

5)

Remove the 4 M4X8 composite screws fixing the pre-heating bath to the front plate.

6)

Remove the reagent pre-heating bath assembly and install the new one. Install SV13-16 back, and then connect all tubes and wires according to the fluidic diagram.

9-36

Figure 9-42 Removing the reagent pre-heating bath assembly No.

Name

FRU Code

1

Front plate

/

2

Composite screw M4X8 (stainless steel)

/

No. 3

Name Reagent pre-heating bath assembly

FRU Code 801-3201-00045-00

Figure 9-43 Reagent pre-heating bath

Confirmation

1) Start up the analyzer and complete the fluidics initialization. 2) Run the reagent priming procedure for LB lyse, LN lyse, LD lyse, DR diluent and DS diluent, check if the outlet tubing on top of the reagent pre-heating bath is filled with reagent. 3) Check if the temperature of the reagent pre-heating bath is in normal state. 9-37

9.17 Sheath Fluid Pre-heating Bath Assembly

Tools 107 cross-headed screwdriver, diagonal pliers, tweezers, tissues

Procedure

Note: Put some tissues under the sheath fluid pre-heating bath assembly to collect residue drops before replacing.

1)


2)

Remove the 2 M4X8 screws fixing the bath assembly to the front plate, and then unscrew the bath assembly.

3)

Unplug all tubes and wires connecting to the sheath fluid pre-heating bath assembly.

4)

Loosen the composite screws fixing the sheath fluid pre-heating bath assembly and the optical system bracket (do not remove the screws).

5)

Move the sheath fluid pre-heating bath assembly horizontally backwards to the rear panel. Remove the bath assembly when the screws get to the larger end of the hole in the upper plate of the assembly. (Figure 9-43).

6)

Install the new sheath fluid pre-heating bath assembly and connect all tubes and wires properly.

Figure 9-44 Removing the sheath fluid pre-heating bath assembly 9-38

No.

Name

1

Optical bracket

2

Composite M4x8

FRU Code system

/

screw

/

No. 3

Name

FRU Code

Sheath fluid pre-heating bath assembly

801-3201-00046-00

Confirmation

1) Start up the analyzer and complete the fluidics initialization. 2) Run several aging counts, and then check if the exit tube of the sheath fluid pre-heating bath is filled with fluid.

9.18 Diluent Heating Bath Assembly

Tools 107cross-headed screwdriver, inner hexagon spanner

Procedure

1) Open the right door with cisterns and baths; 2) Remove the screw fixing the diluent heating bath with a M2.5 inner hexagon spanner; 3) Unplug all wires and tubes from the bath;

①

②

Figure 9-45 Removing the diluent heating bath 9-39

No.

Name

1

Sheath filter

FRU Code fluid

No.

Name

2 Diluent preheating assembly

801-3201-00065-00

FRU Code 801-3201-00066-00

Confirmation

1) Run the diluent prime program; 2) Check if the diluent heating bath is filled with diluent and there is no bubble in it; 3) Check if the temperature of the diluent is normal which means the temperature control system works properly.

9.19 Sheath Fluid Filter


Procedure

1) Open the right door, and the panel of chambers; 2) Loosen the screw(s) fixing the sheath fluid filter with the screwdriver, as shown in Figure 9-45; 3) Disconnect the tubes to the sheath fluid filter; 4) Remove the old filter and install a new one.

Confirmation

1) Check if the connecting tubes to the sheath fluid filter are fully filled with diluent without bubble; 2) Run several aging counts, and then check if the blank count results are normal.

9.20 Waste Filter


Procedure

1) Open the left door; 2) Remove all connecting tubes to the waste filter; 9-40

3) Remove the filter assembly with the screwdriver and install a new one.

①

Figure 9-46 Waste Filter No. 1

Name

FRU Code

Filter assembly (for liquid waste in 3201 pneumatic parts)

801-3201-00064-00

No.

Name

FRU Code

Confirmation

1) Check if the connection to the waste filter is correct without leakage.

9.21 START Switch Assembly

Tools 107 cross-headed screwdriver and #2.5 inner hexagon spanner

Procedure

1)


2)

Remove the 2 M4X8 screws that fix the bath integrating assembly and the front cover, revolve and open the bath integrating assembly.

3)

Open the front cover assembly; fix the cover firmly with the stop bar.

4)

Remove the right lower cover.

5)

Remove the connector of the switch cables, remove the 3 M4 screws that fix the assembly and the front board with cross-head screwdriver, and then take off the Start switch assembly and the aspirate key. 9-41

6)

Remove the 2 M3 inner hexagon screws that fix the aspirate key with #2.5 inner hexagon spanner, the key can be replaced individually.

Figure 9-47 Removal of the START switch assembly No.

Name

FRU code

1


/

2

START assembly

switch

801-3201-00049-00

3

Open vial aspirate key

801-3100-00194-00

No.-

Name

FRU code

4

M4X8 screws

/

5

Front board

/

Confirmation

1) Check whether the aspirate key is elastic, the key works normally after pressing.

9.22 Pressure Regulator


Procedure

1)

Note: There are 3 pressure regulators on the analyzer and they are fixed on the valve assemblies on the left of the analyzer.

2)

Open the left door of the analyzer. 9-42

3)

Remove the 2 M4X8 screws that fix the valve assemblies and the front cover, revolve and open the valve assemblies to a proper position.

4)

Remove the pressure lines that connecting to the pressure regulator to be removed, screw the pressing rings anticlockwise and remove the pressing rings, take off the main body of the pressure regulator from the back.

5)

Install a new pressure regulator assembly and screw the pressing rings tightly, connect the pressure lines.

Figure 9-48 Removal of the pressure regulator No.1

Name

FRU code

Pressing rings of the pressure regulator

/

No.2

Name

FRU code

Pressure Regulator

801-3201-00007-00

Confirmation

1)

After the replacement, start up the analyzer and go to the "Temp & Pres" screen.

2)

Pull out the blue head of the pressure regulator manually; adjust the positive and negative pressure until the pressure is within normal range.

3)

Press the blue head heavily.

9.23 Vacuum Overflow Valve

Tools 9-43

107 cross-headed screwdriver

Procedure

Note: The pneumatic unit shall be turned off. 1)

The vacuum overflow valve is fixed under the valve assembly on the left of the analyzer.

2)


3)

Remove the 2 M4X8 screws that fix the valve assemblies and the front cover, revolve and open the valve assemblies to a proper position.

4)

Remove the lines that connecting the vacuum regulator, loosen the pressing rings on the vacuum overflow valve anticlockwise and take off the rings, move horizontally downwards to take off the main body of the vacuum overflow valve.

5)

Install a new vacuum overflow valve and screw the pressing rings tightly, connect the lines again.

Figure 9-49 Removal of the vacuum overflow valve No.-

Name

FRU code

No.-

1

Vacuum overflow valve

801-3201-00008-00

2

Regulator bracket

/

9-44

Name

FRU code

3

Directional pin

/

4

Pressing rings of the vacuum

/

overflow valve

Confirmation

1)

After the replacement, start up the analyzer and go to the "Temp & Pres" screen.

2)

Loosen the retaining nut of the vacuum overflow valve, revolve the regulating bar, and screw the nut until the pressure is within the required range.

9.24 Screen Assembly


Removal

1)

Open the right door; remove all the cable connectors of the screen assembly.

2)

Open the front cover assembly; use the stop bar to support the cover assembly.

3)

Remove the 4 M4 screws that fix the screen assembly with NO.107 cross-head screwdriver, then loosen the other 2 M4 screws with hands without removing them, and then take off the screen assembly.

Figure 9-50 Removal of the screen assembly 1 No.-

Name

FRU code

1

Front cover

/

4

2

Screw

/

5

loosened

No.-

9-45

Name M4X8 screws Stop bar

FRU code / /

with hands 3

Screen assembly

801-3201-00050-00

③

① ②

④

Figure 9-51 Removal of the screen assembly 2 No.-

Name

FRU code

No.-

1

LCD display

801-3110-00180-00

2

Inverter

801-1805-00027-00

Name

FRU code

3

Touch screen

801-3100-00229-00

4

Touchscreen frame

/

Confirmation

1)

Start up the analyzer and check whether the screen status is normal.

2)

Check if the touchscreen responds to pressing rapidly and stably.

9.25 Tube Clamp for Mixing

Tools M2.5 inner hexagon spanner

Procedure

1)

Open the front cover assembly; fix the cover firmly with the stop bar.

2)

Remove the protective cover of the autoloader.

3)

Use the short side of the inner hexagon spanner to loosen the M3 screws on the left of the mixing tube clamp, pull the tube clamp forward and take the tube clamp off.

4)

Replace and install a new tube clamp.

9-46

Figure 9-52 Removal of the mixing tube clamp No.1

Name

FRU code

Tube clamp for mixing

801-3201-00042-00

No.2

Name

FRU code


/

Confirmation

1)

Replace the tube clamp for mixing and then perform autoloading to check if the clamp works properly.

9.26 Autoloading Assembly


Removal

1)

Open the front cover assembly, and fix the cover firmly with the stop bar; or lift the front cover with the angle of 180°, and then place the cover on the top cover stably.

2)

Remove the protective cover of the autoloader;

3)

Remove the autoloader;

4)

Take off the tray and remove the left lower cover and the right lower cover;

5)

Remove the 4 M4 screws that fixing the assembly, move the assembly horizontally 9-47

forward a little, remove all the tubes and cables that connecting the assembly, and then take off the assembly.

Figure 9-53 Removal of the autoloading assembly No.-

Name

1

M4X8 screws (top)

2

Autoloading Assembly

No.3

Name M4X8 screws (bottom)

9.27 Piercing Unit

Tools M2.5 inner hexagon spanner, NO.107 cross-headed screwdriver

Procedure

1)

Open the front cover assembly, and fix the cover firmly with the stop bar; Or lift the front cover with the angle of 180°, and then place the cover on the top cover stably.

2)

Loosen the screws that fix the protective cover of the autoloading piercing unit, and 9-48

then remove the protective cover from the analyzer.

Figure 9-54 Removal of the piercing unit-1 No.1

Name Protective cover of the piercing unit

3)

No.2

Name M4 screws loosened with hands

Remove all the tubes connected to the piercing unit, and remove the 2 M3 screws that fix the piercing probe wipe and piercing unit with the #2.5 inner hexagon spanner, then remove the 2 M4 screws at the bottom of the piercing probe to take off the entire piercing unit.

9-49

⑤ ④

Figure 9-55 Removal of the piercing unit-2 No.-

Name

FRU code

1

Protective cover of the piercing unit

/

2


/

3

M4X10 cross-headed panhead screw

/

No.-

Name

FRU code

4

Piercing Unit

801-3201-00043-00

5

Piercing wipe

/

probe

Confirmation

1)

After replacing the piercing probe, take an empty tube and stick with adhesive tape and perform autoloading counting;

2)

Check if the piercing action is normal; after the piercing, check if the pin hole on the tube cap is in the middle.

3)

Check the piercing depth of the probe into the tube, and fine tune the adjusting screw of the cylinder to ensure proper piercing depth for effective sample aspiration.

9.28 Autoloader

Tools NO.107 cross-headed screwdriver 9-50

Procedure

1)

Open the front cover assembly, and fix the cover firmly with the stop bar; Or lift the front cover with the angle of 180°, and then place the cover on the top cover stably.

2)

Remove the protective cover.

3)

Remove the screws that fix the autoloader at the front and pull the autoloader out a little, remove the cable connectors and lines on the left of the autoloader that connected to the analyzer, and then pull the autoloader forward a little horizontally to take it off.

⑤

Figure 9-56 Removal of the autoloader No.-

Name

FRU code

1

M4X8 screws

2

Cover of autoloader

3

Bridging beam of the autoloader

the

No.-

Name

/

4

Connecting part between the autoloader and the analyzer

043-000661-00

5

Autoloader assembly

FRU code /

801-3201-00035-00

/

Confirmation

1)

There is pin hole at the left bottom of the analyzer, note that when installing the autoloader, the relevant pins on the autoloader shall align to the hole, ensure that the position is right.

2)

The cables and pipes shall be connected properly, there are 2 pipes, including those of the back supporting board and the pusher dog.

3)

Start up the analyzer, go to "Maintenance" -"Debug" screen, select "Autoloader" , 9-51

perform initialization and one-step operation, check if the autoloader works normally.

Figure 9-57 Cables and pipes installation of the autoloader

9.29 Tube Sensor Assembly


Procedure

1)

Open the front cover assembly, and fix the cover firmly with the stop bar.

2)

Open the right door, and pull out the autoloader a little and then take off the lower right cover.

3)

Disconnect the lines connected to the tube sensor assembly, and remove the 2 M3 screws that fix the assembly with the NO.107 cross-headed screwdriver to take the assembly off.

Figure 9-58 Removal of the tube sensor assembly 9-52

No.-

Name

FRU code

1

Correlation photocoupler installation board

/

2

M3X8 screws

/

No.3

Name

FRU code

Tube sensor assembly

801-3201-00036-00

Confirmation

1)

After replacing the tube sensor assembly, start up the analyzer, then put some tube racks with occasional empty tubes into the loading tray.

2)

Go to "Maintenance" -"Debug" screen, and select the autoloading and tube sensor screen; tap "Start", the analyzer will run autoloading and detect tube status.

3)

Check if the detection results displayed on the screen match with the actual situation. The software displays green color for valid tube position.

Figure 9-59 Tube sensor screen

9.30 Cistern and Waste Bath


Procedure 9-53

Note: The cistern and waste baths are fixed on the bath integrating assembly on the right of the analyzer, such as DIL cistern, FCM cistern, SCI cistern, WC1 cistern and WC2 cistern, identify the cistern with the printing; the removal procedure of the 5 cisterns is the same. Before replacing the cisterns, perform the draining procedure with the software; replace the cisterns after the fluid in each cistern is drained. Note: Do not take off the fluid pipes when the pneumatic unit is on or the fluid has not been drained to avoid fluid blowout, and human injury or equipment damage occurred thereupon.

1)


2)

Open the bath integrating assembly.

3)

Remove all the tube and line connectors connecting the cistern, loosen the M4 screws that fix the cistern with NO.107 cross-head screwdriver, and then take off the cistern.

①

② ④ ③ ⑤

⑥

Figure 9-60 Removal of the cistern/waste bath

No.-

Name

FRU code

No.9-54

Name

FRU code

1

M4X8 panhead screw with pad

/

4

WC2 cistern

115-015168-00

2

DIL cistern

801-3110-00105-00

5

WC2 cistern

801-3201-00016-00

3

FCM cistern

801-3110-00105-00

6

SCI cistern

801-3201-00017-00

Confirmation

1)

Perform the priming procedure on the relevant cisterns after replacing the cistern, ensure that the DIL cistern, FCM cistern and the SCI cistern are filled with fluids;

2)

After replacing the waste cistern, perform counting to ensure the fluid dispensing is normal.

Notes： Before replace, must choose the right type of Cistern Bath, the wire of new floater is white, the wire of old floater is black. Configuration of floater: setup-advanced -select floater

图 9-61 floater configuration Notice： 1）Drain the cistern, and the turn off pneumatic unit, and then select right floater, replace the cistern. After this, prime the cistern. 2）When replace CF card, must select the right floater configuration,or will make diluent flow backwards. 3）The wire of new floater is white, the wire of old floater is black.

9-55

图 9-62 old and new floater

9.31 Syringe Assembly

Tools

NO.107 cross-headed screwdriver, inner hexagon spanner, and slotted head screwdriver

Procedure

Note: There are 3 types of syringe: 250ul syringe (pump syringe), 2.5 ml syringe (sheath syringe) and 100ul syringe (RBC syringe). The 250ul syringe and 2.5 ml syringe are fixed on the valve assembly while the 100ul syringe is fixed on the right side of the front board.

The removal procedure of the 250ul syringe and 2.5 ml syringe that fixed on the valve assembly is as follows: 1)


2)

Remove the 2 M4 screws that fixed the bath integrating assembly with NO.107 cross-headed screwdriver, revolve and open the bath integrating assembly rightward.

3)

Disconnect all tubes connected to the syringe, remove the earthing screws (M3) and pinching screws of the syringe with NO.107 cross-head screwdriver, pull the syringe outward a little and disconnect the photocoupler motor lines at the back of the syringe, and the syringe can be removed from the analyzer.

9-56

Figure 9-63 Removal of the syringe assembly-1 No.-

Name

No.-

Name

1

2.5ml syringe assembly

3


2

250ul syringe assembly

4

Stainless-steel carrier ring (big)

The removal procedure for the 100ul syringe that fixed on the front board is as follows: 1)

Open the left door.

2)

Remove the left lower cover.

3)

Disconnect all tubes connected to the syringe, remove the earthing screws (M3) and pinching screws (M3) of the syringe with NO.107 cross-head screwdriver, pull the syringe outward a little and disconnect the photocoupler motor lines at the back of the syringe, then the syringe can be removed from the analyzer.

9-57

Figure 9-64 Removal of the syringe assembly-2 No.-

Name

No.-

Name

1

100ul syringe assembly

3


2

Stainless-steel carrier ring (big)

4

Front board

⑤

①

②

⑥

③ ④

Figure 9-65 Breakdown drawing of the syringe assembly 9-58

No.-

Name

No.-

Name

1

Syringe (100uL\250UL\2.5mL)

4

Syringe drive assembly

2

Syringe motor

5

Syringe fixing plate

3

Motor position sensor

6

Tailor-made screw 2

Procedure 1)

Disconnect all tubes connected to the syringe (unscrew the connectors that connected to the 100ul/250ul Mindray syringe);

2)

It is not necessary to remove the whole syringe assembly, remove the 10ml syringe fixing plate and 2 tailor-made screws, remove the Mindray syringe unit with 107 cross-head screwdriver, slot-headed screwdriver, as shown in Figure 9-65:

3)

Components of the syringe drive assembly can be replaced separately, including the motor and sensor.

FRU of 2.5mL syringe No.-

Name

FRU code

No.-

Name

FRU code

1

2.5mL syringe

801-3900-00007-00

3

Motor sensor

position

801-2800-00020-00

2

Syringe motor

801-2002-00001-00

4

Single syringe drive assembly (FRU)

801-3102-00004-00

No.-

Name

FRU code

FRU of 250ul syringe No.-

Name

FRU code

1

250ul syringe

801-3201-00010-00

3

Motor sensor

position

801-2800-00020-00

2

Syringe motor

801-3100-00108-00

4

Syringe drive assembly (43F4K)

801-3110-00197-00

FRU of 100ul syringe No.-

Name

FRU code

No.-

Name

1

100ul syringe

2

Syringe motor

FRU code

801-3201-00047-00

3

Motor sensor

position

801-2800-00020-00

801-3100-00108-00

4

Syringe drive assembly (43F4K)

801-3110-00197-00

Confirmation

1)

After replacing the syringe, connect the cables and lines properly.

2)

Start up the analyzer, go to "Maintenance"-"Debug" screen, select "Syringe Debug" 9-59

in the "Fluidics", perform self-test of the syringes and see whether the syringes work properly.

Figure 9-66 Self-test screen of the syringe

9.32 Filter and Drying Assembly

Tools 107 cross-headed screwdriver and #3 inner hexagon spanner

Procedure

1)

Open the left door.

2)

Unscrew the valve assemblies

3)

Disconnect the tubes connected the filter and drying assembly, take off the assembly after removing the screws.

4)

The filter or dryer can be replaced separately if necessary.

9-60

③ Figure 9-67 Removal of filter and drying assembly No.-

Name

FRU code

1

M4X8 screws

/

2

Dryer assembly

801-3201-00023-00

No.3

Name

FRU code

Filter assembly

801-3201-00024-00

Confirmation

1)

Connect the tubes after the installation;

2)

Start up the analyzer and check whether the pressure of the pressure system is within the required range, make sure there is no air leakage of the filter and drying assembly.

9.33 Replacing the Backwater Bath Assembly


Procedure

1)

Take off the left door.

2)

Disconnect all tubes connected the backwater bath assembly, use the NO.107 cross-head screwdriver to remove or unscrew the 2 M4 screws that fix the backwater bath assembly, then the backwater bath assembly can be removed. 9-61

Figure 9-68 Removal of backwater bath assembly No.-

Name

1

M4X8 screws

FRU code

No.-

/

2

Name Waterback assembly

Confirmation

1)

Check if the pressure of the pressure system is normal.

FRU code bath

801-3201-00005-00

9.34 USB Assembly


Procedure

1)


2)


3)

Disconnect the USB connectors, and remove the 2 M4 screws that fix the USB assembly with the NO.107 cross-headed screwdriver to take off the USB assembly.

9-62

Figure 9-69 Removal of the USB assembly No.1

Name

FRU code

M4X8 screws

/

No.2

Name

FRU code

USB assembly

801-3201-00022-00

Confirmation

1)

After starting up the analyzer, connect the mouse to the USB port to see if it works properly.

9.35 Mindray Valve

Tools NO.107 cross-head screwdriver

Procedure

Note: There are 3 types of Mindray valve on the analyzer, namely 2-way Mindray valve, 3-way Mindray valve and pressure proof 2-way Mindray valve. The distribution of the valves is broad. They are fixed on the valve assembly on the left of the analyzer, bath integrating assembly on the right, fluid valve assembly, reagent preheating assembly, valve assembly on the back panel, sheath valve assembly in the optical system and RBC fluid valve assembly at the front board. The removal of the valve is quite simple, remove the 2 screws that fixed the valve and pull it outward a little, disconnect the cables at the back and then remove the valve. For magnetic valve on the valve assembly, open the left door and start removing; For magnetic valve on the 9-63

RBC fluidic valve assembly, open the front cover——>open the left door——>remove the left lower cover——>take off the fluorescent reagent package——>remove the RBC module cover——>remove the valve; For valve fix on the right of the analyzer, open the right door——>unscrew the bath integrating assembly——>remove the valve. The removal difficulty is the various tubes connected the connectors, the tubes shall be disconnected strictly based on the removal procedure, or the connectors may be damaged, or the deteriorated sealing performance after reconnecting the tubes may cause higher risks of leakage.

1)

Disconnect the lines connected the valve with diagonal pliers or tweezers with even force. The tubes at the mouth of the valve can be cut by the blade.

2)

Remove the 2 screws fixed the valve with cross-head screwdriver and pull the valve out slowly.

3)

After the valve is pulled out a little, remove the connector of the valve tube and the valve can be removed.

4)

Replace a new valve and connect the tube connector and fix the valve onto the bracket, since the tubing connecting the valve is distorted, replace new tubes to ensure there is no leakage of air and fluid.

Figure 9-70 Removal of the tubes

Figure 9-71 Removal of the Mindray valve No.-

Name

FRU code

No.-

9-64

Name

FRU code

1

2-way Mindray valve

801-3201-00002-00

2

3-way Mindray valve.

801-3201-00003-00

3

Pressure-resistant 2-way Mindray valve.

801-3201-00004-00

Confirmation

1)

Install the new valve and connect the valve lines, connect the tubes after the valve is fixed;

2)

Start up the analyzer, go to "Maintenance"-"Debug" screen, and go to "Valves Test" in the "Fluidics".

3)

Turn off the pneumatic unit (with button) based on the tips;

4)

Select the "Multi-Tests" item;

5)

Select the position of the valve, tap the valve number to be replaced, perceive whether there is action of the valve carrier rod, check if there is sound of "tuck" and if the valves work normally.

Figure 9-72 Valve debug screen

9-65

9.36 Burkert Valve

Tools 107 cross-headed screwdriver and #2.5 inner hexagon spanner

Procedure

1)


2)


3)

Remove all the tube and line connectors that are connected to the Burkert valve, and remove the 2 M3 screws that fix the Burkert valve with #2.5 inner hexagon spanner, then the Burkert valve can be removed.

① ② ③ ④

Figure 9-73 Removal of the Burkert valve No.-

Name

FRU code

1

3-way Burkert valve

801-3201-00020-00

2

2-way Burkert valve

801-3201-00019-00

No.-

Name

FRU code

3

Bracket of Burkert valve

\

4


\

Confirmation

1)

After replacing the Burkert valve, connect the cables and tubes.

2)

The confirmation action of the Burkert valve is the same as that of the Mindray valve, 9-66

which is detecting the status and observing the sound of the blue protrusion.

9.37 Waste Valve


Procedure

1)


2)

Disconnect the tubes connected to the waste valve, remove the 2 M3 screws that fixed the waste valve bracket with NO.107 cross-headed screwdriver, and pull the waste valve with the bracket out a little, and then disconnect the cable connector at the end of the waste valve to remove the waste valve and the bracket.

3)

Remove the 2 screws that fix the waste valve to the bracket with NO.107 cross-headed screwdriver, and then the waste valve can be removed.

Figure 974 Removal of the waste valve No.-

Name

FRU code

1

Waste valve

801-3201-00011-00

3

M3X8 screws (fixing the waste valve)

2

Bracket

/

4

M3X8 screws (fixing the bracket)

of

the

No.-

9-67

Name

waste valve

Confirmation

1) The confirmation action of the waste valve is the same as that of the Mindray valve. After starting up the analyzer, tap the No. of the waste valve in the valve debug screen to check if the valve works properly.

9.38 Gas Valve

Tools M1.5 cross-headed screwdriver, 107 cross-headed screwdriver

Procedure

Note: The valves on the analyzer include the Mindray valve, 3 way pressure normally closed gas valve, 3 way pressure normally open (-11) gas valve, and two-position 5-way gas valve. They are mainly located on the left of the gas valve assembly. 1)

Use the cross-headed screwdriver to unscrew the screws that fix the gas valves.

2)

Disconnect the cables and lines on the valves.

3)

Remove the 2 screws that fix the 2-way valve with 107 cross-headed screwdriver, disconnect the cables and lines and the valves can be removed.

4)

Pay attention of the model of the valves, one is GA0101E1 while the other is GA010E1-11, which cannot be mistaken. The sealing rubber washer can not be dropped, or it may cause air leakage on the confluence board.

Figure 9-75 Gas valve and two-position 5-way gas valve

Figure 9-76 Sealing rubber washer at the bottom of the gas valve 9-68

No.1

Name

FRU code

Gas valve GA010E1

M6Q-020002---

2

No.3 4

Name

FRU code

Gas valve GA010E1-11

801-3100-00010-00

Gas valve 0104E1-21 (two-position 5-way)

801-3201-00071-00

Confirmation

1)

Start up the analyzer.

2)

The confirmation action is the same as that of the Mindray valve debug. Go to the "Valve Test" screen in the software, and tap relevant valve No., if the indicator is on, the power of the valve is normal.

9.39 SMC 2-way Fluidic Valves

Tools Cross-head screwdriver and tweezers

Procedure

Note: There SMC 2-way fluidic valves are only used in 2 valves, which are SV08 and SV09. 1)

Power off the analyzer.

2)

Open the front cover assembly add take off the left lower cover.

3)


4)

Disconnect the tubes and lines connected to SV8 and SV9 with tweezers.

5)

Remove the SMC fluidic valve with the cross-headed screwdriver and disconnect the lines.

6)

Replace the fluidic valve and connect the lines.

① Figure 9-77 Removal of SMC valve 9-69

No.1

Name

FRU code

No.-

SMC 2-way Fluidic valve assembly

801-3201-00063-00

Name

FRU code

Confirmation

1)

After starting up the analyzer, complete fluidics initialization and overall priming of the analyzer.

2)

Run several fresh blood samples to make sure RBC measurement works normally.

9.40 Probe Wipe of the Open-Vial Module

Tools Tweezers

Procedure

1)

Pull the probe wipe assembly of the open-vial module down to the lowest position, and then remove it from the sample probe.

2)

Separate the probe wipe from the probe wipe assembly along the shedding direction, pull it out from the bracket along the direction of the arrow.

3)

Disconnect the tubing from the probe wipe with tweezers.

4)

Replace the probe wipe; connect the tubing of the waste and the diluent, put in onto the bracket.

Figure 9-78 Removal of the probe wipe of the open-vial module No.1

Name

FRU code

No.-

Probe wipe of the open-vial module

041-005497-00

Confirmation 9-70

2

Name Bearer of probe wipe

FRU code the

/

1)

After starting up the analyzer, run open-vial sample analysis, and check if the probe wipe moves normally along the sample probe.

2)

Check and make sure there is no liquid leakage around the probe wipe of open-vial module during the washing process of the probe wipe and exterior wall of sample probe.

9.41 Optical System Tools NO.107 cross-headed screwdriver

Procedure Note: After replacing the optical system, you need to re-calibrate the optical gain and check if the scattergrams of fresh blood sample analysis are normal. No.

Name

FRU Code

No.

1

Optical system

801-3201-00034-00

Name

FRU Code

1)

Check and make sure the analyzer is shut down and the power cord is unplugged;

2)

Wear a pair of clean rubber gloves (disposable) and take proper electrostatic prevention measures;

3)

Remove the top cover and right door of the analyzer, as shown in Figure 9-79;

Figure 9-79 Removing the top cover and right door 4)

Remove the screw fixing the panel of chamber assemblies to open the panel and get 9-71

to the right side of the optical system, as shown in Figure 9-80.

Figure 9-80 Open the panel of chamber assemblies 5)

Remove the 2 M3x8 cross-recessed panhead composite screws (with washer) fixing the flow cell tray with a cross-headed screwdriver, and then remove the tray, as shown in Figure 9-81;

Flo Sample preparation tubing of WBC bath

SV18, SV19 SV26 Flow

SV20

SV45

Figure 9-81 Fluidic structure of the optical system 6)

Disconnect the tubes shown in Figure 9-81. If the reagent comes out, wipe it up with tissues or wet cloth to prevent from corrosion.

7)

Remove the 4 M4x8 cross-recessed panhead composite screws (with washer) shown in Figure 9-82 with the cross-headed screwdriver, and then remove the heating wire of the detection assembly (HEAT-Flux / red) and the temperature control connector (T4-Flux / white), as shown in Figure 9-82 and Figure 9-83; 9-72

Figure 9-82 Optical system fixing screws

T4-Flu HEAT-F

Figure 9-83 Temperature control connector of the detection assembly 8)

Unplug D-J2, D-J17 and E-J4 from the mother board of the analyzer one by one, and then remove the heating control board, as shown in Figure 9-84.

9-73

Figure 9-84 Optical system fixing screws 9)

Remove the 4 M4x8 cross-recessed panhead composite screws (with washer) shown in Figure 9-84 with the cross-headed screwdriver;

10) Hold the optical system with both hands and move it upwards vertically; 11) Install the new optical system in the reverse order of the steps above.

Confirmation 1)After replacing the optical system, you need to prime the fluidic system, confirm the proper functioning of the optical system and re-calibrate the optical gain. 2)Follow the steps below to check the optical system and re-calibrate the optical gain:

This chapter describes how to test the optical system by using standard particles to verify the status of the optical system. 7um standard particles are used for the check and calibration. There are two standard particle test modes, which are Latex(CAL) mode and Latex(Debug) mode. The CAL (calibration) mode use the same sequence as normal whole blood analysis, while the Debug mode use a dedicated sequence for the optical system. Test must be done in the two modes. Note: the standard particle mixture ratios of the two modes are different, please pay attention to the ratios.

1.Confirmation in Latex(Debug) mode Prepare standard particle 9-74

7um standard particle: 5ml purified water + +1 drops of standard particle

Tap "Calibration" - "Optical Gain" in the system menu. Select "Latex(Debug)" in the "Mode" area. Present the prepared 7um standard particles to the open vial sample probe, press the aspirate key to start analysis. When the analysis finished, check if the standard particle results are in required range. Record the data of which the "Total" is more than 2000. The scattergrams are supposed to be with well congregated particles, and without tiering or tailing. The requirements for the 7um standard particle are as follows: Table 9-27um standard particle index of debug mode Module

Standard

Position of FS gravity center

34.00~46.00

FS CV

≤2.3%

Position of SS gravity center

51.00~71.00

SS CV

≤17.2%


2000~6000

Measured value

Result (Pass/Fail)

Figure 9-85 Optical gain calibration (standard particle debug) screen

2.Standard particle (calibration) mode confirmation 9-75

Prepare standard particle 7um standard particle: 1ml purified water + +4 drops of standard particle

Select "Latex (CAL)" in the "Mode" area of the optical gain calibration screen. Present the prepared 7um standard particles to the open vial sample probe, press the aspirate key to start analysis. When the analysis finished, check if the standard particle results are in required range. Record the data in the total number of particles cell.

Table 9-37um standard particle index of calibration mode Module

Standard

FS CV

≤3.9%


2000~6000

Figure 9-4

Measured value

Result (Pass/Fail)

Optical gain calibration (standard particle calibration) screen

If the standard particles tested in the Latex(CAL) mode and Latex(Debug) mode both meet requirements, the optical system is working properly. Note: if the CV of the particle is out of expected range, there may be contamination in the optical system. You can perform probe cleanser soaking or wash the flow cell manually to clean.

Note: After the confirmation procedures above are completed, you need to re-calibrate the optical gain. 9-76

Preparations: z

The analyzer is working properly, and its background, optical gain, performance stability and carryover all meet the requirements.

z

The refrigerated RD calibrator must be warmed up in room temperature for at least 15 minutes and then mixed for about 3 minutes (the bottom of the tube is clear and without buildup). Remember to put the calibrator back into refrigerator after it is in room temperature for 1 hour.

1)

Log in the system with R&D password, click "Calibration" - "Optical Gain Calibration" in the system menu. Note: select working material on the mode screen. If calibrators are tested under the standard particle mode, the flow cell may be clogged or get dirty, see the following figure. Under such case, run probe cleanser under open vial mode for 1-2 times and exit the screen, then run blank counting at the analysis screen and the background results meet requirement.

Figure 9-86 Testing calibrator under standard particle mode 2)

Select mode as working material, test the mixed calibrator under open vial mode for 3 consecutive times (the analysis can go on normally only when the screen is not grayed out).

3)

Select the DIFF, BASO, RET and NRBC channel respectively to perform the verification.

4)

The mean of the 3 analysis results will be calculated automatically, including FS, SS and FL.

5)

Enter the calibrator targets of FS, SS and FL channels into the CG Target cell, the relative deviations of the 3 means and the targets will be calculated automatically. The deviations must be smaller than 2%.

Note: Run analysis for 3 times with different channels selected, the optical data of each channel will be displayed. If recommended that you test calibrators first and then enter the targets to avoid making mistake.

9-77

6)

If the deviations of the calibrator means and the targets of all channels are smaller than 2%, the optical channel of the analyzer meets requirements, recalibration is not needed.

7)

If the deviations exceed 2%, click " ", a new gain will be calculated automatically (displayed in the Gain cell). When the FS, SS and FL gains of a channel (e.g. DIFF channel) are calculated, click "Save", the current gains will replaced by the preset gains. When the calibration of DIFF channel finishes, select BASO, RET and NRBC channels to perform the gain calibration operations above. There is no FL direction for the BASO channel. Remember to click "Save" at the screen of each channel. Note: you can only set up the preset gain once. Do not go back the previous screen to set up the gain again after the switching.

8)

When the gain calibration operations are done, switch mode to "Standard Particle", the software will prompt you to clear data, click "OK" and select mode as "Working Material", then run calibrators for 3 times to see if the deviations of the means of DIFF, BASO, RET and NRBC channels and the target are smaller than 2%, if not, perform calibration again until the requirement can be met.

Figure 9-87 Analysis results of calibrator Note: when the calibration requirement is met, take a picture for the verification screen of DIFF, BASO, RET and NRBC channel, or tapping F11 on the USB keyboard to capture the screens, and then save the pictures to a USB.

9-78

9.42 Units in the Autoloader 9.42.1 Loading Unit Tools 107 cross-headed screwdriver

Procedure 1)

Shut down the analyzer, and then remove the autoloader;

2)

Remove the autoloader shell;

3)

Remove the deck plate of the autoloader;

4)

Remove the 4 M3X8 small panhead composite screws with the 107 cross-headed screwdriver as shown in the figure below, disconnect the connecting wire for auto-sampler&PHC2, and then remove the assembly.

Figure 9-88 Removing the loading unit No. 1

Name

FRU Code

Small panhead composite screw M3X8

/

No. 2

Name

FRU Code

Loading unit

801-3201-00038-00

Confirmation 1)

Check if all parts are properly installed and secured;

2)

Check if all communication wires are properly connected;

3)

Start up the analyzer, and check if the autoloader works properly.

9-79

9.42.2 Feeding Unit Tools 107 cross-headed screwdriver

Procedure 1)

Shut down the analyzer, and then remove the autoloader ;

2)


3)


4)

Remove the 6 M3X8 small panhead composite screws with the 107 cross-headed screwdriver as shown in the figure below, and then disconnect the connecting wire for auto-sampler&PHC2, as well as the gas tubes. Then remove the assembly.

Figure 9-89 Removing the feeding unit No. 1

Name

FRU Code


/

No. 2

Name

FRU Code

Feeding unit

801-3201-00039-00

Confirmation 1)


2)

Check if all communication wires are properly connected;

3)


9.42.3 Air Cylinder Claw Unit Tools 107 cross-headed screwdriver 9-80

Procedure 1)


2)


3)


4)

Remove the feeding unit;

5)

Remove the 2 small panhead composite screws with the 107 cross-headed screwdriver as shown in the figure below, and then remove the shielding cover;

6)

Loosen the M3X8 small panhead composite screw on the pressing block of the synchronous belt, and then the air cylinder claw is apart from the synchronous belt;

7)

Loosen the 2 screws fixing the towline of the feeding PHC barrier, and then the air cylinder claw is apart from the towline;

8)

Loosen the 4 M3X5 inner hexagon screws with an inner hexagon spanner, and remove them from the slider;

9)

Pull out the gas tube from the towline, and then remove the air cylinder claw unit.

Figure 9-90 Removing the air cylinder claw unit No.

Name

FRU Code

1

Autoloader Cover

\

2

Small composite M3X8

\

3

Cylinder pusher unit

panhead screw

No.

801-3201-00040-00 9-81

Name

FRU Code

4

Pressing block of the synchronous belt 1

\

5

M3X5 inner hexagon screw

\

Confirmation 1)


2)

Check if all communication wires and gas tube are properly connected;

3)


9.42.4 Unloading Unit Tools 107 cross-headed screwdriver

Procedure 1)


2)


3)


4)

Remove the 5 M3X8 small panhead composite screws with the 107 cross-headed screwdriver as shown in the figure below, disconnect the connecting wire for auto-sampler&PHC2, and then remove the assembly.

Figure 9-91 Removing the unloading unit No. 1

Name Small composite M3X8

FRU Code panhead screw

/

No.

Name

FRU Code

Unloading unit

801-3201-00041-00

2

Confirmation 9-82

1)Check if all parts are properly installed and secured; 2)Check if all communication wires are properly connected; 3)Start up the analyzer, and check if the autoloader works properly.

9.42.5 Tube Rack Side Pressing Unit Tools 107 cross-headed screwdriver

Procedure No. 1

Name

FRU Code

No.

Tube rack lateral compressing unit

801-3201-00037-00

Name

FRU Code

1)Shut down the analyzer, and then remove the autoloader; 2)Remove the autoloader shell; 3)Remove the tube rack side pressing unit 4)Remove the circlip with circlip pliers as shown in the figure below, and then remove the tube rack side pressing board; 5)Remove the M5X10 inner hexagon screw and 4 M6X12 inner hexagon screws with the inner hexagon spanner, pull out the gas tube, and then remove the cylinder.

Figure 9-92 Removing the tube rack side pressing unit 9-83

No. 1 2 3 4

Name

No. 8

Inner hexagon bolt, stainless steel, M5X10, passivated

9

Cylinder, thin, single-action, pressed back by spring

10

Small panhead composite screw M3X8, stainless steel

11

Inner hexagon bolt, stainless steel, M6X12, passivated

Cylinder holder Lifting decelerating tube Connector, Ф4X2.5mm rubber tube, M5 Joint block

Name

5

Pressing board shaft

12

Rubber tube. PU, 4mmX2.5mm, transparent

6

Tube rack pressing board

13

Connector, straight coupling, Φ40D,Φ40D

7

Elastic collar for the shaft

Confirmation 1)Check if all parts are properly installed and secured; 2)Check if all communication wires and gas tube are properly connected; 3)Start up the analyzer, and check if the autoloader works properly.

9.42.6 Tube Counter Unit Tools Cross-headed screwdriver

Procedure 1)Shut down the analyzer, and then remove the autoloader; 2)Remove the autoloader shell; 3)Remove the screws fixing the counter unit (next to the back plate of the autoloader) with a cross-recessed screwdriver; 4)Unplug all connecting wires of the counter PHC; 5)Install a new counter unit.

9-84

Figure 9-93 Removing the counter unit No.

Name

FRU Code

No.

7

Guide plate

/

8

Tube counter unit

801-3201-00087-00

9

Name Small composite M4X8

FRU Code panhead screw

/

Confirmation 1)Check if the counter unit is installed correctly. 2)Start up the analyzer, and check if the autoloader works properly.

9.43 Power Board and Power Conversion Board Tools 107 cross-headed screwdriver

Procedure Note: 1. Make sure the analyzer is powered off before replacing for safety reasons; 2. Take proper electrostatic prevention measures.

1) Remove the power supply assembly from the analyzer (see the section of replacing the power supply assembly). 2) Remove the 6 screws fixing the outer shielding cover of the power supply manually, and then remove the outer shielding cover. 3) Remove the 4 screws fixing the inner shielding cover, and then pull out the inner 9-85

shielding cover (do not remove it by pulling the wire). 4) Unplug all wires, remove the M3 screws fixing the power board/power conversion board manually, and then remove the board. 5) Install a new board, and fix it properly. Make sure all wires and components are properly connected, and then install the inner and outer shielding cover. Note: there are 2 protective tubes on the main power board and power conversion board respectively.

Outer shielding

Inner shielding

⑥

④

③

②

①

⑤

Figure 9-94 Components of the power supply board

Figure 9-95 Power supply specification

9-86

No.

Name

FRU Code

1

Main power board

051-000616-00

2

Power conversion board

3

Protective tube

No.

Name

FRU Code

4

Mains filter

006-000155-00

051-000406-00

5

Power switch

801-BA40-00254-00

010-000006-00

6

Power fan and connecting wire

801-3101-00022-00

Confirmation 1)Check the power specification indicated on the side of the power supply assembly while installing, and make sure it meets the requirement; 2)After installation, start up the analyzer, and then check the power related data in the corresponding screens are correct. 3)Run autoloading and open-vial cycles. Check if the analyzer works properly without error report.

9.44 Pressure Detection Board Tools Cross-headed screwdriver

Procedure Note: 1. Power off the analyzer while replacing; 2. The Pressure detection board is above the pressure regulator of the gas valve assembly on the left of the analyzer. 1)Open the left door of the analyzer; 2)Remove the 2 M4X8 screws fixing the gas valve assembly to the front plate, and then open the panel of the gas valve assembly to the right position. 3)Unplug the 6 tubes connecting to the sensor under the pressure detection board using tweezers or diagonal pliers. 4)Remove the 6 M3 screws fixing the pressure detection board and the protection plate to the metal sheet with the cross-headed screwdriver, and then remove the pressure detection board. 5)Install a new pressure detection board, and then connect the tubes to the pressure sensors.

9-87

Figure 9-96 Removing the pressure detection board No.

Name

FRU Code

1

Panhead screw with washer, M3X6

/

4

Gap in the valve bracket

2

Protection plate of the detection board

047-003995-00

5

Gas valve bracket

3

Pressure detection board

801-3201-00080-00

No.

Name

FRU Code gas

/

/

Confirmation 1)Start up the analyzer, and check the pressure data in the status screen, making sure there is no error report; 2)Run autoloading and open-vial counts, and check if the analyzer works properly without error report.

9.45 Indicator Board

Tools 107 cross-headed screwdriver 9-88

Procedure

Note: the indicator board is on the back of the front cover. 1)Open the front cover and secure it with the stop bar. 2)Unplug the connecting wires of the indicator board, remove the 2 M3 screws fixing the shielding cover of the indicator board with the cross-headed screwdriver, and then remove the shielding cover. 3)Remove the 2 M3 screws fixing the indicator board with the cross-headed screwdriver, and then remove the indicator board. 4)Install a new indicator board, and then plug all connecting wires to it.

Figure 9-97 Removing the indicator board No.

Name

FRU Code

No.

1

Front cover

/

2

Indicator Board

801-3101-00031-00

3


/

9.46 Valve Control Board

Tools Cross-headed screwdriver

Procedure 9-89

Name

FRU Code

4

Shielding cover of the indicator

/

5


/

There are 2 valve control board in the analyzer, one on the back of the gas valve assembly, and one on the middle plate. 1)Open the left door; 2)Open the panel of the gas valve assembly; 3)Unplug all wires connecting to the valve control board; remove the 4 M3 screws fixing the valve control board with the NO. 107 cross-headed screwdriver, and then remove the control board.

Figure 9-98 Removing the valve control board No.

Name

FRU Code

1

Gas valve bracket

/

2

Valve control board (on the gas valve assembly)

051-000329-00

No.

Name

FRU Code

3


/

4

Valve control board (on the middle plate)

051-000329-00

Confirmation

1) Startup the analyzer, and check if all valves work properly.

9-90

9.47 Heating Control Board


Procedure 1)Open the front cover; 2)Unplug all wires connecting to the heating control board; remove the 6 M3 screws fixing the heating control board with the NO.107 cross-headed screwdriver, and then remove the heating control board.

Figure 9-99 Removing the heating control board No.

Name

FRU Code

1


/

2

Heating control board

051-000328-00

No. 3

Name

FRU Code

Heating control board bracket

/

Confirmation

1) Start up the analyzer and check if the heating of all baths are proper.

9-91

9.48 Data Board and Power Drive Board


Procedure

Note: the integrated PCBA includes the data PCBA and driver board PCBA, the removing procedure of which are the same. 1) Open the left door and the front cover; 2) Unplug all wires needed for removing the board (for data board PCBA, you need to the top cover of the shielding box before unplugging the wires inside the shielded area); remove the 2 M4 screws fixing the assembly with the NO. 107 cross-headed screwdrivers, pull the 2 PCBA holders outwards and make the PCBA apart from the mother board to remove it.

Figure 9-100 Removing the integrated PCBA No.

Name

1

Drive PCBA

2 3

FRU Code board

No.

Name

FRU Code

051-000326-00

5

Top cover of shielding box


\

6


\

PCBA holder

\

7

Mother board PCBA

\

9-92

the

042-001893-00

4

Data PCBA

board

051-000596-00

① ② ③ ④

Figure 9-101 Service parts on the data board No.

Name

FRU Code

1

COME module

023-000230-00

2

Button cell

M05-100R29-02

No.

Name

FRU Code

3

CF card

801-3201-00072-00

4

Data board bottom shielding cover

042-001894-00

Confirmation 1) Start up the analyzer and check if it can run samples properly without error.

9.49 Mother Board


Procedure 1)Open the left door and the top cover; 2)Remove the data board assembly and drive board assembly; 3)Remove the M4 screws fixing the tray holders with the cross-headed screwdriver, and remove the tray holders (2 pieces).

9-93

Figure 9-102 Removing the mother board -1 No.

Name

No.

Name

1

Tray holder -1

3

Tray holder -2

2

Circuit bracket

4


4)Open the front cover; remove the 4 M4 screws (2 fixing the bracket to the back plate, 2 fix it to the front plate) fixing the circuit board bracket with the NO.107 screwdriver, and then remove the circuit board bracket.

Figure 9-103 Removing the mother board -2 9-94

No.

Name

No.

Name

1

Front plate

3


2

Circuit bracket

4

Back plate

5)Open the panel of the gas valve assembly; 6)Unplug all wires connecting to the mother board; remove the 15 M3 screws fixing the mother board using the NO.107 cross-headed screwdriver, and then remove the mother board.

Figure 9-104 Removing the mother board -3 No. 1

Name

FRU Code

Mother Board

051-000327-00

No. 2

Name

FRU Code


/

9.50 Liquid Level Detection Board


Procedure

The liquid level detection board is on the right back of the analyzer. Remove it following the steps below: 1) Open the right door; 2) Open the panel of chamber assemblies; 9-95

3) Unplug all tubes and wires connecting to the liquid level detection board, raise the protective shield of the board, remove the 4 M3 fixing screws with the NO.107 cross-headed screwdriver, and then remove the liquid level detection board.

④ Figure 9-105 Removing the liquid level detection board No.

Name

FRU Code

1

Liquid level detection board

051-000565-00

2


\

No.

Name

FRU Code

3

Protective shield of liquid level detection board

047-003942-00

4

Reagent detecting tube

043-000829-00

Confirmation 1)Start up the analyzer and check the reagent detection function works properly.

9.51 Network Port Patching Board


Procedure

1)

Open the Left Door

2)

Rotate and open the gas valve assembly to make room for removing the network port 9-96

patching board. 3)

Take off the filter and drying assembly.

4)

Disconnect all lines connected to the network port patching board, and remove the 4 M3 screws that fix the board with the NO. 107 cross-headed screwdriver to take it off.

Figure 9-106 Removal of the network port patching board No.1

Name

FRU code

Small network board

051-000595-00

No.2

Name

FRU code

M3x6 cross-headed screw with pad

\

Confirmation

1) After starting up the analyzer, check if the network connection of the analyzer and the PC is normal.

9.52 Diluent Heating Control Board

Tools

Cross-headed screwdriver

Procedure

1)

Open the left door of the analyzer and open the valve integrating assembly.

2)

The diluent heating board is in the partition. Disconnect the lines connected to the board and remove the screws that fix the board with the cross-headed screwdriver. 9-97

3)

Replace the diluent heating board.

①

Figure 9-107 Replacing the diluent heating board No.1

Name

FRU code

Diluent heating control board

051-000919-00

No.-

Name

FRU code

Confirmation

1)

After starting up the analyzer, check if the heating function of the diluent heating control board is normal.

9.53 Touchscreen Control Board


Procedure

1)

Open the front cover of the analyzer and fix it with the stop bar. 9-98

2)

Take off the shielding cover of the touchscreen control board (on the back of the touchscreen assembly) with the cross-headed screwdriver.

3)

Remove off the screws that fix the touchscreen control board and replace the board.

① Figure 9-108 Replacing the touchscreen control board No.1

Name Touchscreen control board

FRU code

No.-

Name

FRU code

801-3100-00230-00

Confirmation

1)

After starting up the analyzer, check if the touchscreen works properly.

9.54 Pneumatic Unit Control Board


Procedure

1)

Shut down the analyzer and disconnect the power cord of the pneumatic unit.

2)

Open the left and right doors of the pneumatic unit with the cross-headed screwdriver.

3)

Open the top cover of the pneumatic unit with a cross-headed screwdriver. 9-99

4)

Remove the protection shielding cover of the pneumatic control board.

5)

Remove the pneumatic control board and replace with a new one.

6)

Install the top cover and side doors of the pneumatic unit.

①

Figure 9-109 Replacing the pneumatic control board No.-

Name

1

Pneumatic unit control board

FRU code

No.-

Name

FRU code

051-000760-00

Confirmation

1) After starting up the analyzer, check if the pneumatic unit works properly.

9.55 Boards inside the Optical System

Tools Cross-headed screwdriver and inner hexagon spanner

Procedure

Note: Be sure to power off the analyzer with replacing the boards inside the optical system. 1)


2)


3)

Remove the shielding cover of the optical system.

4)

Replace the laser drive board. 9-100

5)

Replace the FS preamplification board.

6)

Replace the SS preamplification board.

7)

Replace the fluorescence signal assembly.

④ ① ③ ②

Figure 9-110 Replacing the boards inside the optical system No.-

Name

FRU code

No.-

1

3 Laser Drive Board

2

PCBA of FS scatter preamplification board

051-000318-00

4 051-000319-00

FRU code

PCBA of SS scatter preamplification board

051-000320-00

Fluorescence signal assembly

801-3201-00079-00

Confirmation

1)

After starting up the analyzer, check if the optical system works properly.

2)

After replacing the board, the optical gain must be re-calibrated; for more details, see Chapter 6 Optical System.

9.56 Cap Assembly

Tools /

1)

Name

Procedure Shut down the analyzer. 9-101

No.-

2)

Wear a pair of gloves and then screw off the reagent cap assembly.

3)

Install a new cap assembly.

Name

FRU code

No.-

1

M-68LN NRBC lyse cap assembly

801-3201-00058-00

2

M-68D diluent assembly

801-3201-00053-00

3

M-68DR RET diluent cap assembly

801-3201-00054-00

4

M-68LB BASO lyse cap assembly

801-3201-00055-00

5

M-68LH LH assembly

801-3201-00056-00

6

M-68LD DIFF lyse cap assembly

lyse

cap

cap

Name

FRU code

7

Fluorescent reagent cap assembly (FN)

801-3201-00084-00

8

Fluorescent reagent cap assembly (FD)

801-3201-00085-00

9

Fluorescent reagent cap assembly (FR)

801-3201-00086-00

10

Waste cap assembly (6800 direct discharge)

801-3201-00060-00

11

Waste cap assembly (waste container)

801-3110-00070-00

801-3201-00057-00

9.57 Transformer


Procedure

1)


2)


3)

The transformer is beside the power supply assembly.

4)

Disconnect the lines that are connected to the transformer.

5)

Screw off the M4 screws that fix the transformer with the cross-headed screwdriver.

6)

Take out the transformer and replace it with a new one.

7)

And then connect all the wires.

9-102

①

Figure 9-111 Removal of the transformer No.1

Name Transformer

FRU code

No.-

Name

FRU code

006-000121-00

Confirmation

1)

After starting up the analyzer, check if the preheating baths are functioning properly, as the transformer provides heating AC power.

9.58 Replacing the Wires

Tools Cross-headed screwdriver, cutting pliers

Procedure

1)

Open the side door or top cover of the analyzer.

2)

Disconnect the damaged wires and replace them with new ones.

Description of the wire markers: The wire marker in Figure 9-112 is D-J19/C00948-0.1, in which D suggests board type (motherboard), J19 suggests port No. in the board, C000948 is the numbers in the middle of the wire code (the FRU code of the wire is 009-000948-00, and you can apply the wire needed using the code); and 0.1 is the version No.. 9-103

Figure 9-112 Wire marker

Confirmation

1)

Make sure the wires are correctly connected.

2)

Make sure the analyzer works properly after being started up.

9.59 Replacing the Connectors

Tools

107 cross-head screwdriver, nipper pliers, cutting pliers and monkey spanner

Procedure

Note: The connectors that need to be replaced include 5-way waste connector, the BNC socket of waste sensor, the helical connector connected to the gas pipe, and the manually screwed Teflon connector. 1)The 5-way waste connector is on the back panel; screw off the 2 cross-headed screws, and then take off the liquid tube to replace the connector. 2)The BNC socket of waste sensor is on the back panel inside the analyzer. Remove the screws that fix the socket with the nipper pliers, and take off the wires connected to it, then replace the socket and re-connect the wires. 3)Remove the screws that fix the helical connector with the monkey spanner, and replace with a new one. 4)The Teflon connect can be taken off by hand. Be sure not to drop the white tapered fastener inside the Teflon connector when replacing it.

9-104

①

② ③

Figure 9-113 Connectors on the back panel

④

⑤

Figure 9-114 Connectors 9-105

No.-

Name

FRU code

No.-

1

HEADER RF BNC socket 50ohm

509B-10-05973

2

Waste connector(5-way) (FRU)

801-3110-00112-00

3

Connector, helical connector, Φ6OD,M14

M6Q-030001---

4 5

Name

FRU code

Connector, CNS, 1/4-28

082-000525-00

Pipe hoop, 0.16"x0.19"

082-000526-00

Note: When installing the CNS connector, be sure to install the white pipe hoop together to ensure the leak tightness.

9.60 Components inside the Assemblies

Tools Cross-head screwdriver, inner hexagon spanner, nipper pliers, and cutting pliers.

Procedure

1)

Take out the assembly from the analyzer.

2)

Replace the components inside the assembly, like motors and belt.

3)

And then connected the wires.

4)

Make sure the analyzer works properly after being started up.

⑥ Figure 9-115 Longitudinal feeding pusher No.1

Name

FRU code

Linear guide rail

032-000134-00

No.4 9-106

Name

FRU code

Synchronous

M6C-010002---

belt wheel 2 3

Stepper motor

0000-10-10985

Synchronous belt wheel

M6C-010001---

5

Synchronous belt

M6C-020006---

6

Photocoupler

011-000021-00

⑦

Figure 9-116 Latitudinal feeding pusher No.-

Name

FRU code

1


M6C-010002--

2

Linear guide rail

032-000134-00

3

Stepper motor

3100-21-49048

4


M6C-010001---

No.-

9-107

Name

FRU code

5

Synchronous belt

M6C-020006---

6

Drag chain

BA33-10-35085

7

Photocoupler

011-000021-00

②

③

④

①

Figure 9-117 Unload unit 1

⑤

⑥

Figure 9-118 Unload unit 2 No.-

Name

FRU code

Stepper motor

0000-10-10985

2


M6C-010001---

3

Synchronous belt

801-3110-00155-00

1

No.-

9-108

Name

FRU code

4


M6C-010002--

5

Photocoupler

011-000021-00

6

Linear guide rail

M6H-010003---

① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥

Figure 9-119 Manual loading assembly

No.-

Name

FRU code

Stepper motor

801-3005-00004-00

2


M6C-010001---

3

Synchronous belt

801-3110-00084-00

1

No.-

9-109

Name

FRU code

4

Linear guide rail

M6H-010001---

5


M6C-010002---

6

Photocoupler

011-000021-00

②

③ ④

①

⑤ ⑥

Figure 9-120 Auto mixing assembly No.-

Name

FRU code

1

Lifting cylinder

M6Q-010002---

2

Linear guide rail

M6H-010004---

3

Oil buffer

082-000620-00

No.-

Name

FRU code

4

Linear guide rail

M6H-010003---

5

Stepper motor

0000-10-10985

6


M6Q-010003---

③ ② ①

Figure 9-121 Piercing unit No.1

Name

FRU code

No.-

Linear guide rail

M6H-010009---

9-110

3

Name

FRU code

Photocoupler

011-000021-00

2

Piercing cylinder

082-000143-00

9.61 Replacing the Photocoupler (PHC/Sensor) 9.61.1 Open-vial Probe Wipe PHC


Procedure

1) Open the front cover and secure it with the stop bar; 2) Pull the wipe carriage to separate the PHC barrier from the wipe PHC, and then unplug the connecting wire. 3) Remove the M4 screw fixing the PHC using the cross-headed screwdriver, and then remove the wipe PHC. 4) Install a new PHC or the old one after it is repaired.

Figure 9-122 Removing the open-vial probe wipe PHC No.

Name

FRU Code

No.

1

Open-vial probe wipe PHC barrier

\

2

Open-vial probe wipe PHC

011-000021-00

3

9-111

Name

FRU Code


\

9.61.2 Front Cover PHC


Procedure

1) Open the front cover and secure it with the stop bar; 2) Unplug all wires to the PHC; 3) Remove the M4 screw fixing the PHC using the cross-headed screwdriver, and then remove the PHC. 4) Install a new PHC or the old one after it is repaired.

Figure 9-123 Removing the front cover PHC No.

Name

FRU Code

1

Front plate

\

2

Front cover PHC

011-000021-00

No. 3

9.61.3 Syringe PHC


9-112

Name

FRU Code

Panhead screw M4X10

\

Procedure

1) Open the left door, and then the panel of gas valve assembly; 2) Then you can see the PHC mounting plate on the back of the 2.5ml syringe and 250ul syringe assembly on the middle plate, and the PHC mounting plate on the back of the 100ul syringe assembly on the front plate. Remove the mounting plates with the screwdriver. 3) Install a new PHC. 4) See the section of syringe replacing for reference.

9.61.4 PHCs in the Autoloader Note: the layout of the PHCs and connected parts in the autoloader are shown in the figure below.

Figure 9-124 PHCs in the autoloader

Type

Name

Interruptible

Unloading pusher home position sensor

photoelectric sensor

Feeding motor position sensor

Function

home

Unloading motor initialization Feeding motor initialization

Last tube rack unloading position sensor

Determine the initial position of unloading for the last tube rack

Loading

Loading motor initialization

motor

home

9-113

ID of connecting wire SE2 SE3 SE4

SE5

position sensor Loading motor position sensor

Micro-switch

end

Determine the end position of the loading motor

SE6

Tube rack home position counter

Detect the position of the tube racks on the right tray

SE7

Tube rack end position counter

Detect the position of the tube racks on the left tray

SE8

Unloading tray detection sensor

state

Detect whether the unloading tray is full

SE29

detection

Detect whether there is any tube rack on the loading tray

S2

Tube Rack micro-switch

Tub Rack Detection Micro-Switch

Tools M1.5 cross-headed screwdriver

Procedure

1） Remove the micro-switch with the cross-headed screwdriver; 2） Unplug the connecting wire of the micro-switch. Install a new micro-switch and plug the connecting wire.

No. 1

Name

FRU Code

Micro-switch

M07-00143S---

No.

Name

FRU Code

PHC of Tube Counter Unit


Procedure

1) Shut down the analyzer, and then remove the autoloader; 2) Remove the autoloader shell; 3) Remove the whole counter unit; 4) Remove the M4X10 cross-recessed panhead screw with the 107 cross-headed screw driver, and then remove the PHC in the counter, and replace with a new one.

9-114

Figure 9-125 Removing the PHC of Tube Counter Unit No.

Name

FRU Code

1

Sensor

011-000022-00

No. 3

Name

FRU Code


\

PHC of Loading Unit See 9.60.

PHC of Feeding Unit See 9.60.

PHC of Unloading Unit See 9.60.

Unloading Tray State Detection PHC (Transmissive)


Procedure

Note: this PHC is the same with the tube detection PHC. 1) Remove the autoloader assembly; 2) Remove the autoloader shell; 9-115

3) Remove the transmissive PHC with the screwdriver, and unplug the wires; 4) Install a new PHC.

Figure 9-126 Removing the unloading tray state detection PHC No.

Name

FRU Code

1

Transmissive PHC

2

Mounting plate of the transmissive PHC

No.

Name

FRU Code

801-3201-00036-00


\

\

Deck plate of the autoloader (A)

\

9.61.5 PHC of the Auto Mixing Assembly


Procedure

1) Open the front cover and the left door of the analyzer; 2) Find the PHC of the mixing assembly, and the remove the fixing screw with the cross-headed screwdriver. Install a new PHC.

9-116

Figure 9-127 Location of the PHC and stepping motor No.

Name

No.

Name

1

Piercing cylinder PHC

5

Pincher rotation home position PHC

2

Pincher lifting end position PHC

6

Pincher rotation stepping motor

3

Pincher lifting home position PHC

7

Pincher telescoping end position PHC

4

Pincher rotation end position PHC

8

Pincher telescoping home position PHC

All PHCs in the mixing assembly shares one material code. Their FRU codes are as follows: No.

Name

FRU Code

1

Sensor

011-000021-00

No.

Name

FRU Code

9.61.6 Blood sensor

Tools A set of inner hexagon spanners

Procedure

1) Open the front cover and secure it with the stop bar; 2) There are 2 blood sensors, both on the left of the SRV. Remove the inner hexagon screws fixing the sensors using the inner hexagon spanner. Unplug the connecting 9-117

wires, and then remove the sensors; 3) Install new sensors.

① ②

Figure 9-128 Removing blood sensors No. 1

Name

FRU Code

Blood sensor

011-000041-00

No. 2

Name

FRU Code

M3 inner hexagon screw

/

9.61.7 Fluorescent Reagent Sensor

Tools A set of inner hexagon spanners

Procedure

1) Open the front cover of the analyzer; remove the inner hexagon screw fixing the sensor with the spanner;

①

②

Figure 9-129 Removing fluorescent sensor 9-118

No. 1

Name

FRU Code

Fluorescent reagent sensor

011-000047-00

No. 2

Name

FRU Code

M3 inner hexagon screw

/

9.61.8 Tube Maintenance

Tools Blade, tweezers, cross-headed screwdriver

Note: ¾

Since Tube 9 is a hard gas tube, use tweezers or diagonal pliers while plugging and unplugging. Do not use violence in service which may damage the parts that the tube is connected to (e.g. valve port);

¾

The tube connecting the piercing probe and the SRV is of fixed capacity. When this tube is damaged, make a FRU application for a new one to replace.

¾

In SRV maintenance, after the TEFLON tube is unplugged, it shall be replaced by a new one, since loose connection may cause the formation of too may crystals, and the performance of the analyzer may compromise.

¾

Double tube can not be replugged since the TEFLON tube inside may get damaged and lead to liquid leakage. Therefore, replace any double tube if it is unplugged in maintenance.

Note: the tube from the piercing probe to the SRV is a independent unit in FRU, and is calibrated separately. If you want to replace this tube, unscrew the connector to the bottom of the piercing probe, remove the blood sensor, and then remove the tube and install a new one.

①

Figure 9-130 Autoloading sampling tube 9-119

No. 1

Name

FRU Code

No.

Autoloading sampling tube

801-3201-00044-00

Name

FRU Code

9.61.9 Other Parts

Tools /

Procedure

1) Put on gloves and replace manually.

①

② Figure 9-131 Service parts 1

④

③ Figure 9-132 Service parts 2 No. 1

2

Name Waste collecting tray (SRV) Waste collecting tray (autoloading)

FRU Code

No. 3

801-3100-00205-00 4 801-3110-00156-00

9-120

Name

FRU Code

Waste collecting tray (open-vial)

043-000672-00

Tube rack (rotating scanning supported)

801-3201-00062-00

No. 1

2

Name

FRU Code

No.

Hand-held barcode scanner, with USB connector

3 023-000056-00

Supporting board of diluent container (FRU)

801-3110-00167-00

9-121

Name

FRU Code

Tube rack (syringe tube)

801-3110-00194-00

10 Error Code 10.1 Overview There are 2 areas for error information in count screen. One is “message area” which is on the right side and the other one is at the bottom which is called “error area”. Please refer to Figure10-1 for details. The reason why we divide it into 2 parts is to separate errors of analyzer itself from errors which come from samples.

Message Area

Error Area M-68DR expired Figure 10-1 Error Information Areas

In message area, there are mainly 3 kinds of messages, insufficient aspiration, clogging and HGB analysis abnormal. Normally, insufficient aspiration is displayed in WBC Message area, while clog and HGB channel abnormal are displayed in RBC Message area. Information of Message Area is resulted by 2 possibilities. 1: If algorithm detects abnormal result, it will display message in message area. This kind of message does not have error code and we don’t need to pay too much attention to it. 2: Abnormal is detected from signals. For example, blood sensor detects aspiration abnormal. It also may be caused by clumped blood, so it is not recognized as analyzer error thus it is displayed in Message Area. Normally, if there is information in Message Area, user doesn’t need to do other operation but to re-test or re-collect blood sample. 10-1

Information in Error Area mainly indicates errors of analyzer itself, such as pressure or temperature abnormal, reagent insufficient, etc. When this kind of error happens, it needs user to do some certain operation to remove the error, or it needs engineer to solve the problem. For errors in Error Area, you can find the error code and description when you click it, very easy and clear to understand. As long as we know the possible causes, we can repair it accordingly. Figure 10-2 shows the screen after clicking the Error Area.

Figure 10-2 Error Code and Description in Error Area

In DMU log, Error of Message Area is classified as Error Event, while Error of Error Area is in both Error Event and Report Error, referring to Figure10-3. So to find Error Area errors we only need to check Report Error item. For errors in Message Area, we can only separate them by error codes. Error code is like this: 0X3201XXXX-XXXX-XXXX, in which the first 8 bits are error codes while the rest 2 segments respectively indicate the current software and the sequence which analyzer is running when error happens. Error code of Message Area starts with 0X3201, while Error Area error code starts with 0X0000.

Figure 10-3 Error Code in Log

10-2

10.2 Message Area Error 10.2.1 Insufficient Aspiration

Principle In autoloader mode, analyzer detects if aspiration is sufficient by analyzing signals from blood sensors. As shown in Figure 10-4, there are 2 sensors, the first one is before SRV and the second is after SRV. The first sensor detects sample before it goes into SRV while the second sensor detects sample after it goes out of SRV. Analyzer judges aspiration status according to the signals of these two sensors and notifies user if it is abnormal.

Figure 10-4 Principle of Blood Aspiration

Error Code Table 10-1 Error Code for Insufficient Aspiration

Error ID

Error Name

Principle

Possible Reasons

0x32010001

Insufficient aspiration

Blood sensor 1 detects tiny bubbles inside sample.

Can only be seen in error Log. It will not affect test result and no need for troubleshooting.

0x32010002


Blood sensor 1 does not detect sample during the second time aspiration.

Sample not enough;

0x32010003


Blood sensor 1 detects bubbles in the 20ul sample area during the second time aspiration.

1）Sample not enough;

0x32010004


Blood sensor 1 does not detect blood signal after the isolation air.

1）Analyzer does not

10-3

2）Blood is viscous;

aspirate sample;

2）Sample tube is empty;

The tube from piecing needle to SRV is not standardized;

0x32010005


Blood sensor 1 detects sample but blood sensor 2 does not

0x32010014


Blood sensor 1 detects bubbles in the end of 4ul sample area during the second time aspiration.

1）Sample not enough;

0x32010015


Blood sensor 1 does not detect isolation air signal.

Blood clots block piercing needle;

0x32010016


Blood sensor 1 detects signal which seems like diluent after isolation air.

High light transmittance sample, such as diluents, WBC linear QC and PLT QC;

0x00000006


Blood sensor 1 detects many bubbles in the diluent before aspiration.

There are many bubbles in the tube;

0x00000007


Blood sensor 2 detects many bubbles in the diluent before aspiration.

There are many bubbles in the tube;

2）Blood is viscous;

Possible cause

If “Insufficient Aspiration” error happens very frequently, it may be caused by the following reasons: 1.Anticoagulation is not good which causes blood clotting; 2.Special sample, such as too viscous blood sample(low possibility to happen continuously) or high light transmittance sample; 3.Note: If hospital usually tests this kind of blood sample, it is recommended to disable blood sensor or use open vial model. 4.Piercing needle is blocked; 5.The tube from piercing needle to SRV is not standardized; 6.Tube abnormal, with many bubbles.

10.2.2 Clog

Principle

Software analyzes aperture voltage and pulse signal systematically to decide if there is clog error. If there is clog error, result will not be displayed and system will give error message. 10-4

Error Code Table 10-2 Clog Error Code

Error ID

0x32018002

Error Name

Clogging

Principle Aperture voltage exceeds expected range. Expected range is determined by the following formula, in which T is diluent temperature: 16 * (1 + (29 - T) *1.8%) − 2.0 < Vhole < 16 * (1 + (29 - T) *1.8%) + 2.0

0x32018003

Clogging

In the period from the 5 to 11.8s after constant current starts up analyzer will detect aperture voltage every 0.1s. If there are 3 continuous dots whose total variance exceeds 5AD, analyzer will report clogging error

0x32018004

Clogging

Impedance signal is interfered. In this case, algorithm will analyze statistic information of pulse signal’s morphologic status to determine if it is abnormal

Clogging

Caused by aspiration problem. Blood sensor1 detects bubbles in the 4ul sample area of the tube. 4ul area is mainly used for HGB and RBC channel. If lots of tiny bubbles are detected, error will be given out

0x32010013

NOTE: Principle of error code 0013 is different from others. This error is given out by checking aspiration status. In order to prevent RBC and HGB parameter from fluctuating, analyzer will give clog error if blood sensor1 detects lots of tiny bubbles in the sample area which is used for RBC and HGB channel. Normally user only needs to retest if this error happens and problem will be removed.

Possible Reasons:

Normally clog error does not happen continuously and frequently. If it happens just by chance, we just need to click Remove Error to remove it. If it happens continuously, it might be caused by the following reasons: 1.Sample probe blocked; 2.Aperture blocked; 3.Signal interfered; 4.Bubbles exist in the end of aspirated sample.

10-5

10.2.3 HGB Analysis Abnormal

Principle

Software detects HGB channel signal and result. If there is anything abnormal, it will give error.

Error Code Table 10-3 HGB Channel Error Code

Error ID

Error Name

0x00008028

HGB analysis abn

Principle 1）Sensor detects that sample for HGB channel is abnormal, such as bubbles; 2）There are no bubbles for mixing in HGB channel.

NOTE: It is different from HGB background abnormal.

Possible Reasons:

If it happens continuously, it might be caused by the following reasons: 1.No bubble is generated for mixing. Please check if tube T206 and T208 are blocked or if there is liquid left in these tubes, which may result no bubbles for mixing; 2.SV 71 problem, broken or dirty;

10.3 Error Area Error 10.3.1 For Reagents

Principle

Detection principle is the same for lyses and diluent. When there is reagent, signal from the sensor will be different from that when there is no reagent. When reagents go through the detection tube, analyzer will detect the signal from sensor and give out error message if abnormal. Please refer to Figure10-5. Sensors for fluorescence reagents are the same to blood sensor, so is the principle.

10-6

Sensor

Detection tube

Reagent container

Figure 10-5 Reagent Detection Principle Errors for reagents consist of no reagent error, reagent insufficient error, reagents need to be replaced or primed after being reloaded, reagents expired and reagent sensor error.

Error Code

1）No Reagent Error Error is given out when detection sensor detects that there is no reagent or there are bubbles in the detection tube. It may be caused by broken connector, tubing leaking or empty reagent container. The difference between no reagent error and reagent insufficient is that: When there is no reagent error, registered reagent volume has not run out and normally user can remove it by clicking Remove Error. If there is really no reagent, user needs to reload new reagent barcode and replace reagent. Table 10-4 No Reagent Error Code Error ID

Error Name

Principle

0x00001001

No M-68DS DILUENT

Reagent detection board detects bubbles or no reagent in DS diluent detection tube.

0x00001002

No M-68LH LYSE

Reagent detection board detects bubbles or no reagent in LH lyse detection tube

0x00001003

No M-68LD LYSE

Reagent detection board detects bubbles or no reagent in LD lyse detection tube

0x00001004

No M-68LB LYSE

Reagent detection board detects bubbles or no reagent in LB lyse detection tube

0x00001005

No M-68DR DILUENT

Reagent detection board detects bubbles or no reagent in DR diluent detection tube

0x00001006

No M-68LN LYSE

Reagent detection board detects bubbles or no reagent in LN lyse detection tube

10-7

0x00001053

0x00001054

No M-68FD DYE

No M-68FR DYE

Fluorescent reagent detection sensor detects bubbles or no fluorescent reagent for Diff channel Fluorescent reagent detection sensor detects bubbles or no fluorescent reagent for RET channel

0x00001055

No M-68FN DYE

Fluorescent reagent detection sensor detects bubbles or no fluorescent reagent for NRBC channel

0x00001080

No M-68 NRBC Kit

Analyzer detects bubbles or no reagent in either LN channel or FN channel

0x00001081

No M-68 RET Kit

Analyzer detects bubbles or no reagent in either DR channel or FR channel

2）Reagent Insufficient Error is given out when registered reagent volume runs out. In this case, you need to reload new reagent barcode and replace reagent. Table 10-5 Reagent Insufficient Error Code Error ID

Error Name

Principle

0x00001041

Insufficient M-68DS diluent

Registered volume of M-68DS diluent runs out

0x00001042

Insufficient M-68DR diluent

Registered volume of M-68DR diluent runs out

0x00001043

Insufficient M-68LD LYSE

Registered volume of M-68LD lyse runs out

0x00001044

Insufficient M-68LN LYSE

Registered volume of M-68LN lyse runs out

0x00001045

Insufficient M-68LB LYSE

Registered volume of M-68LB lyse runs out

0x00001046

Insufficient M-68LH LYSE

Registered volume of M-68LH lyse runs out

0x00001047

Insufficient M-68FN DYE

Registered volume of M-68FN runs out

0x00001048

Insufficient M-68FR DYE

Registered volume of M-68FR runs out

0x00001049

Insufficient M-68FD DYE

Registered volume of M-68FD runs out

0x00001082

Insufficient M-68 NRBC Kit

Registered volume of M-68 NRBC kit runs out

0x00001083

Insufficient M-68 RET Kit

Registered volume of M-68 RET kit runs out

10-8

3）After reloading analyzer will prime or replace reagent. After loading new barcode, software will give error. Please click Remove Error and analyzer will replace or prime reagent automatically. If the former reagent is expired, analyzer will execute priming after loading new barcode. If it is not expired, analyzer will execute replacing. Table 10-6 Error Code for Priming or Replacing Reagent after Loading Error ID

Error Name

Principle

Prime after loading M-68DS diluent

If M-68DS is expired, after loading new barcode, software will request customer to prime reagent.

Prime after loading M-68DR diluent

If M-68DR is expired, after loading new barcode, software will request customer to prime reagent

0x00001063

Prime after loading M-68LD LYSE

If M-68LD is expired, after loading new barcode, software will request customer to prime reagent

0x00001064

Prime after loading M-68LN LYSE

If M-68LN is expired, after loading new barcode, software will request customer to prime reagent

0x00001065

Prime after loading M-68LB LYSE

If M-68LB is expired, after loading new barcode, software will request customer to prime reagent

0x00001066

Prime after loading M-68LH LYSE

If M-68LH is expired, after loading new barcode, software will request customer to prime reagent

0x00001067

Prime after loading M-68FN DYE

If M-68FN is expired, after loading new barcode, software will request customer to prime reagent

0x00001068

Prime after loading M-68FR DYE

If M-68FR is expired, after loading new barcode, software will request customer to prime reagent

0x00001069

Prime after loading M-68FD DYE

If M-68FD is expired, after loading new barcode, software will request customer to prime reagent

0x00001071

Replace after loading M-68DS diluent

If M-68DS is used up, after loading new barcode, software will request customer to execute replacing reagent;

0x00001072

Replace after loading M-68DR diluent

If M-68DR is used up, after loading new barcode, software will request customer to execute replacing

0x00001061

0x00001062

10-9

reagent;

Replace after loading M-68LD LYSE

If M-68LD is used up, after loading new barcode, software will request customer to execute replacing reagent;

Replace after loading M-68LN LYSE

If M-68LN is used up, after loading new barcode, software will request customer to execute replacing reagent;

Replace after loading M-68LB LYSE

If M-68LB is used up, after loading new barcode, software will request customer to execute replacing reagent;

Replace after loading M-68LH LYSE

If M-68LH is used up, after loading new barcode, software will request customer to execute replacing reagent;

Replace after loading M-68FN DYE

If M-68FN is used up, after loading new barcode, software will request customer to execute replacing reagent;

Replace after loading M-68FR DYE

If M-68FR is used up, after loading new barcode, software will request customer to execute replacing reagent;

Replace after loading M-68FD DYE

If M-68FD is used up, after loading new barcode, software will request customer to execute replacing reagent;

0x00001084

Prime after loading M-68 NRBC Kit

If M-68 NRBC kit is expired, after loading new barcode, software will request customer to prime reagent;

0x00001085

Prime after loading M-68 RET Kit

If M-68 RET kit is expired, after loading new barcode, software will request customer to prime reagent;

Replace after loading M-68 NRBC Kit

If M-68 NRBC kit is used up, after loading new barcode, software will request customer to execute replacing reagent;

Replace after loading M-68 RET Kit

If M-68 RET kit is used up, after loading new barcode, software will request customer to execute replacing reagent;

0x00001073

0x00001074

0x00001075

0x00001076

0x00001077

0x00001078

0x00001079

0x00001086

0x00001087

10-10

4）Reagent Expired Reagent exceeds expiration period. Please load new barcode and execute priming. Table 10-7 Reagent Expired Error Code Error ID

Error Name

Principle

0x00001011

M-68DS DILUENT expiredM-68DS DILUENT exceeds expiration period

0x00001012

M-68LH LYSE expired

M-68LH LYSE exceeds expiration period

0x00001013

M-68LB LYSE expired

M-68LB LYSE exceeds expiration period

0x00001014

M-68LD LYSE expired

M-68LD LYSE exceeds expiration period

0x00001015

M-68DR DILUENT expiredM-68DR DILUENT exceeds expiration period

0x00001016

M-68LN LYSE expired

M-68LN LYSE exceeds expiration period

0x00001017

M-68FD DYE expired

M-68FD DYE exceeds expiration period

0x00001018

M-68FR DYE expired

M-68FR DYE exceeds expiration period

0x00001019

M-68FN DYE expired

M-68FN DYE exceeds expiration period

5）Reagent Sensor Error It includes waste floater and fluorescent reagent sensor error. Table 10-8 Error Code for Reagent Sensor Error ID

Error Name

Principle

0x00001056

DIFF fluorochrome sensor error

Self-test voltage of diff channel fluorescent reagent sensor exceeds normal range

0x00001057

RET fluorochrome sensor error

Self-test voltage of RET channel fluorescent reagent sensor exceeds normal range

NRBC fluorochrome sensor error

Self-test voltage of NRBC channel fluorescent reagent sensor exceeds normal range

Waste container full

Waste floater flows up. When analyzer detects open circuit signal it will report error (When floater does not flow up, the circuit is closed).

0x00001058

0x00001010

10.3.2 Temperature Error

Principle 10-11

Temperature controlling system includes pre-heating bath, reaction bath and analyzer temperature. Analyzer uses a sensor to detect temperature inside the analyzer. For pre-heating bath and reaction bath, heating system consists of 3 parts, heater, temperature sensor and overheat protector. Heater is used for heating, temperature sensor for detecting while protector is used for protecting. Temperature error is divided into two kinds, working temperature error and running temperature error. Running temperature error means analyzer detects that temperature is abnormal while testing sample or executing some sequence and gives error. Working temperature error means analyzer detects that temperature is abnormal when it is not running sample test. Temperature error also can be divided into 4 kinds: low, high, extremely low and extremely high. Extremely low or extremely high means temperature exceeds the required working temperature, and test is not allowed. Low or high means temperature exceeds running temperature and user can also run test but result may become inaccurate.

Error Code

1）Startup Temperature Error Table 10-9 Temperature Error Code for during Startup Error ID

Error Name

Principle

0x00002011

Reaction bath temperature initialization process abnormal

During startup, after long time’s waiting, temperature in reaction bath is still low than 39ºC

0x00002012

Flow cell temperature initialization process abnormal

During startup, after long time’s waiting, temperature in flow cell is still lower than 29ºC

0x00002013

Sheath fluid bath temperature initialization process abnormal

During startup, after long time’s waiting, temperature in sheath fluid bath is still 3ºC lower than target

0x00002014

Optical system temperature initialization process abnormal

During startup, after long time’s waiting, temperature of optical system is still lower than 30ºC

0x00002015

Preheating bath temperature initialization process abnormal

During startup, after long time’s waiting, temperature in pre-heating bath is still 3ºC lower than target

0x00002016

Diluent temperature initialization process abnormal

During startup, after long time’s waiting, temperature of diluent is still lower than12ºC

2）Analyzer Temperature Error Table 10-10 Error Code for Analyzer Temperature 10-12

Error ID

Error Name

Principle

0x00002101

Analyzer temperature high

Analyzer working temperature is in the range of(36ºC ~45ºC)

0x00002102

Analyzer temperature low

Analyzer working temperature is in the range of(3ºC ~12ºC)

0x00002103

Analyzer high

temperature

extremely

Analyzer working temperature is higher than 45ºC

0x00002104

Analyzer low

temperature

extremely

Analyzer working temperature is lower than 3ºC

0x00002111

Analyzer temperature high

Analyzer running temperature is in the range of( 36ºC ~45ºC)

0x00002112

Analyzer temperature low

Analyzer running temperature is in the range of( 3ºC ~12ºC)

0x00002113

Analyzer high

temperature

extremely

Analyzer running temperature is higher than 45ºC

0x00002114

Analyzer low

temperature

extremely

Analyzer running temperature is lower than 3ºC

3）Working Temperature of Reaction Bath and Heating Bath Table 10-11 Error Code for Working Temperature of Reaction Bath and Heating Bath Error ID

Error Name

Principle

0x00002021

Reaction bath temperature high

Reaction bath working temperature is in the range of (45 ºC ~ 46 ºC)

0x00002022

Flow cell temperature high

Flow Cell working temperature is in the range of (38ºC ~ 45ºC)

0x00002023

Sheath fluid bath temperature high

Sheath chamber working temperature is 3ºC higher than target but lower than 45ºC

0x00002024

Optical system temperature high

Optical system working temperature is in the range of (38ºC ~ 45ºC)

0x00002025

Preheating bath temperature high

Pre-heating bath working temperature is 3ºC higher than target but lower than 59ºC

0x00002026

Diluent temperature high

Diluent working temperature is in the range of (42ºC ~ 45ºC)

0x00002031

Reaction bath temperature low

Reaction bath working temperature is in the range of (38ºC ~ 39ºC)

10-13

0x00002032

Flow cell temperature low

Flow cell working temperature is in the range of (28ºC ~ 29ºC)

0x00002033

Sheath fluid bath temperature low

Sheath fluid bath working temperature is 3ºC lower than target but higher than 28ºC

0x00002034

Optical system temperature low

Optical system working temperature is in the range of (28ºC ~ 30ºC)

0x00002035

Preheating bath temperature low

Preheating bath working temperature is 3ºC lower than target but higher than 38ºC

0x00002036

Diluent temperature low

Diluent working temperature is in the range of (3ºC ~ 12ºC)

0x00002041

Reaction bath extremely high

temperature

Reaction bath working temperature is higher than 46ºC

0x00002042

Flow cell temperature extremely high

Flow cell working temperature is higher than 45ºC

0x00002043

Sheath fluid bath extremely high

temperature

Sheath chamber working temperature is higher than 45ºC

0x00002044

Optical system extremely high

temperature

Optical system working temperature is higher than 45ºC

0x00002045

Preheating bath extremely high

temperature

Pre-heating bath working temperature is

0x00002046

Diluent temperature extremely high

Diluent working temperature is higher than 45ºC

0x00002081

Reaction bath extremely low

temperature

Reaction bath working temperature is lower than 38ºC

0x00002082

Flow cell temperature extremely low

Flow cell working temperature is lower than 28ºC

0x00002083

Sheath fluid extremely low

temperature

Sheath fluid bath working temperature is lower than 28ºC

0x00002084

Optical system extremely low

temperature

Optical system working temperature is lower than 28ºC

0x00002085

Preheating bath extremely low

temperature

Preheating bath working temperature is lower than 38ºC

0x00002086

Diluent temperature extremely low

bath

higher than 59ºC。

Diluent working temperature is lower than 3ºC

4）Running Temperature Error of Reaction Bath and Heating Bath 10-14

Table 10-12 Error Code for Reaction Bath and Heating Bath Error ID

Error Name

Principle

0x00002051

Reaction bath temperature high

Reaction bath running temperature is in the range of (45ºC ~ 46ºC)

0x00002052

Flow cell temperature high

Flow cell running temperature is in the range of (38ºC ~ 45ºC)

0x00002053

Sheath fluid bath temperature high

Sheath chamber running temperature is 3ºC higher than target but lower than 45ºC

0x00002054

Optical system temperature high

Optical system running temperature is in the range of (38ºC ~ 45ºC)

0x00002055

Preheating bath temperature high

Preheating bath running temperature is 3ºC higher than target but lower than 59ºC

0x00002056

Diluent temperature high

Diluent running temperature is in the range of (42ºC ~ 45ºC

0x00002061

Reaction bath temperature low

Reaction bath running temperature is in the range of (38ºC ~ 39ºC)

0x00002062

Flow cell temperature low

Flow cell running temperature is in the range of (28ºC ~ 29ºC)

0x00002063

Sheath fluid bath temperature low

Sheath fluid bath running temperature is 3ºC lower than target but higher than 28ºC

0x00002064

Optical system temperature low

Optical system running temperature is in the range of (28ºC ~ 30ºC)

0x00002065

Preheating bath temperature low

Preheating bath running temperature is 3ºC lower than target but higher than 38ºC

0x00002066

Diluent temperature low

Diluent running temperature is in the range of (3ºC ~ 12ºC)

0x00002071

Reaction bath extremely high

temperature

Reaction bath running temperature is higher than 46ºC

0x00002072

Flow cell temperature extremely high

Flow cell running temperature is higher than 45ºC

0x00002073

Sheath fluid bath extremely high

temperature

Sheath chamber running temperature is higher than 45ºC

0x00002074

Optical system extremely high

temperature

Optical system running temperature is higher than 45ºC

0x00002075

Preheating

temperature

Preheating bath running temperature is

bath

10-15

extremely high

higher than 59ºC

0x00002076

Diluent temperature extremely high

Diluent running temperature is higher than 45ºC

0x00002091

Reaction bath extremely low

temperature

Reaction bath running temperature is lower than 38ºC

0x00002092

Flow cell temperature extremely low

Flow cell running temperature is lower than 28ºC

0x00002093

Sheath fluid extremely low

temperature

Sheath fluid bath running temperature is lower than 28ºC

0x00002094

Optical system extremely low

temperature

Optical system running temperature is lower than 28ºC

0x00002095

Preheating bath extremely low

temperature

Preheating bath running temperature is lower than 38ºC

0x00002096

Diluent temperature extremely low

bath

Diluent running temperature is lower than 3ºC

Possible Reasons This kind of error is mainly caused by: Power source for heating is broken, such as transformer; Heater damaged; Temperature sensor broken

10.3.3 Pressure Error

Principle

Analyzer has 6 pressure sensors which are PS1—PS6, detecting 250KP, 160KPA, 40KPA, 70KPA, -40KPA and -70KPA respectively. Analyzer will detect pressure regularly. If there is any pressure out of normal range, it will give error. Pressure error is divided into two situations. The first situation is when analyzer is running test which we call running status and the other situation is when analyzer is not running test which we call static status.

Error Code

1）Static Pressure Errors Table 10-13 Error Code for Static Pressure Error ID

Error Name

Principle

0x00003011

250kPa pressure out of range

250KPa static pressure exceeds normal range (210,290)KPA

0x00003012


160KPa static pressure exceeds normal

10-16

range(150,170)KPA 0x00003013


70KPa static pressure exceeds normal range(60,80)KPA

0x00003014


40KPa static pressure exceeds normal range(30,50)KPA

0x00003015

-40kPa vacuum out of range

-40KPa static pressure exceeds normal range(-35,45)KPA

0x00003016


-70KPa static pressure exceeds normal range(-50,-75)KPA


System detects 250KPA pressure all the time. If it exceeds the range(150,300)KPA, analyzer will give error

0x00003031

2）Pressure in Running Status Table 10-14 Error Code for Running Status Pressure Error ID

Error Name

Principle

0x00003021


250KPa running pressure(during counting) exceeds normal range(150,170)KPA

0x00003022


160KPa running pressure(during counting) exceeds normal range

0x00003023



0x00003024



0x00003025


-40KPa running pressure(during counting) exceeds normal

0x00003026


-70KPa running pressure(during counting) exceeds normal range(-50,-75)KPA

range(-35,-45）KPA

Possible Reasons

Pressure error is caused mainly by the following reasons: Pressure sensor damaged; Pneumatic unit damaged; Components of air system damaged, such as filter and air drier; Tubing leaking; Liquid is primed back into air system

10-17

10.3.4 Floater Error

Principle

When floater is at top position output signal of the floater is different from that when it is at lower position. System detects the signal of floater to determine liquid status in the chamber. If abnormal, error will be given out. Chambers which use floater are DIL chamber, FCM chamber, SCI chamber, WC1 chamber and WC2 chamber.

Error Code Table 10-15 Error Code for Floater

Error ID

Error Name

Principle

DIL cistern floater error

After finishing DIL chamber priming, analyzer will check floater status. Normally it should be FULL now. If EMPTY, it will give error

0x00004302

FCM cistern floater error

After finishing FCM chamber priming, analyzer will check floater status. Normally it should be FULL now. If EMPTY, it will give error

0x00004303

SCI cistern floater error

After finishing SCI chamber priming, analyzer will check floater status. Normally it should be FULL now. If EMPTY, it will give error

WC1 floater error

After finishing WC1 chamber draining, analyzer will check floater status. Normally it should be EMPTY now. If FULL, it will give error

WC2 floater error

After finishing WC2 chamber draining, analyzer will check floater status. Normally it should be EMPTY now. If FULL, it will give error

0x00004301

0x00004304

0x00004305

Possible Reasons

Floater error may be caused by broken floater, liquid priming or draining problem.

10.3.5 Analyzer Status Error

Principle

System detects analyzer status by sensors, including front cover and optical system. There are 2 kinds of errors for front cover error. The first one happens when it is running test, whose error removing does not cost long time. The other kind happens when analyzer is running test or executing other liquid sequence. Analyzer will reset the system 10-18

during removing error, so it will cost longer time.

Error Code Table 10-16 Analyzer Status Error Code

Error ID

Error Name

Principle

Front cover open

Analyzer detects that front cover sensor is not blocked when it is running test or executing other sequence

0x00006002

Optical system cover open

There is a micro switch on the cover of optical system. When it is covered, the switch is pressed. If the cover is opened, analyzer will give error

0x00006003

Front cover open

Analyzer detects that front cover sensor is not blocked when it is not running any sequence

0x00006001

10.3.6 Syringe Error

Principle

Analyzer has one RBC syringe(100ul), one WBC syringe(250ul) and one whole blood syringe(2.5ml). Each syringe has one motor and one home sensor. System detects sensor signal to check if syringe is working normally. If abnormal, error will be given out.

Error Code Table 10-17 Error Code for Syringe

Error Code

Error Name

0x00004402

RBC error

syringe

0x00004403

RBC error

syringe

0x00004404

RBC error

syringe

0x00004405

RBC error

syringe

0x00004406

RBC

syringe

Principle Analyzer does not detect correct moving signal of RBC syringe RBC syringe motor position is different from expected(It should be at the home position but actually home position sensor is not blocked ) RBC syringe motor position is different from expected(It should not be at the home position but actually home position sensor is blocked ) RBC syringe motor position is different from expected (It should be at the home position but actually home position sensor is not blocked). It is detected when analyzer gives aspiration or priming command, while 0x00004403 detects at the beginning of movement RBC syringe motor position is different from expected (It should not be at the home position but actually home 10-19

error

position sensor is blocked). It is detected when analyzer gives aspiration or priming command, while 0x00004404 detects at the beginning of movement

0x00004411

WBC error

syringe

0x00004412

WBC error

syringe

0x00004413

WBC error

syringe

0x00004414

WBC error

syringe

WBC syringe motor position is different from expected(It should be at the home position but actually home position sensor is not blocked ) WBC syringe motor position is different from expected(It should not be at the home position but actually home position sensor is blocked ) WBC syringe motor position is different from expected (It should be at the home position but actually home position sensor is not blocked). It is detected when analyzer gives aspiration or priming command, while 0x00004412 detects at the beginning of movement WBC syringe motor position is different from expected (It should not be at the home position but actually home position sensor is blocked). It is detected when analyzer gives aspiration or priming command, while 0x00004413 detects at the beginning of movement

0x00004415

WBC error

0x00004420

Whole blood aspiration syringe error

Analyzer does not detect correct moving signal of Whole blood aspiration syringe

0x00004421


Whole blood aspiration syringe motor position is different from expected(It should be at the home position but actually home position sensor is not blocked )

0x00004422


Whole blood aspiration syringe motor position is different from expected(It should not be at the home position but actually home position sensor is blocked )

0x00004423


Whole blood aspiration syringe motor position is different from expected (It should be at the home position but actually home position sensor is not blocked). It is detected when analyzer gives aspiration or priming command, while 0x00004421 detects at the beginning of movement

0x00004424


WBC syringe motor position is different from expected (It should not be at the home position but actually home position sensor is blocked). It is detected when analyzer gives aspiration or priming command, while 0x00004422 detects at the beginning of movement

syringe

Analyzer does not detect correct moving signal of WBC syringe

Possible Reasons

Syringe error is mainly caused by broken motors, broken sensors or hardware problem. 10-20

10.3.7 Error for Mixing Unit and Autoloader

Principle

Both of Mixing unit and autoloader determine position status by checking sensor signal. If abnormal, analyzer gives error.

Error Code Table 10-18 Error Code for Mixing unit and Autoloader

Error ID

Error Name

Principle

0x00004502

Probe wipe error

In open vial mode, the sensor of sampling unit does not detect correct action of probe wipe

0x00004601

Stirring motor error

Sensor detects that mixing motor is not rotating or rotation speed is not enough

Pincher abnormal

Sensor does not detect correct movement for the cylinder of pincher (horizontal) or the cylinder does not arrive at the expected position in specified time

0x00005007

Pincher abnormal

Sensor does not detect correct movement for the cylinder of pincher (vertical) or the cylinder does not arrive at the expected position in specified time

0x00005013

Mixing module abnormal

Sensor does not detect correct action for mixing module

0x00005020

Piercing module abnormal

It is expected that there is tube at the piercing position but it is detected that sensor is not blocked

0x00005021

Piercing module abnormal

It is expected that there is no tube at the piercing position but it is detected that sensor is blocked

0x00005025

Autoloader not properly initialized

If any component of autoloader, mixing module and scanning unit(optional) failed in self test, analyzer will give error

Feeding module error

Tube rack is moved manually during testing, then counter sensor will detect abnormal signal and give error

0x00005029


When feeding, start position and end position sensor will detect together. If the signal is abnormal, error will be given out

0x00005030

Cannot unload since the unloading end position

Unloading module end position sensor is blocked

0x00005001

0x00005028

10-21

photo coupler is blocked

0x00005031

Feeding module blocked

Tube rack is not unloaded because of abnormal action. When executing autoloader initialization and resetting, tube rack is detected in the feeding area

0x00005032

Unloading module error

Unloading module sensor does not detect correct unloading action

0x00005034

Tube rack not properly accommodated

When autoloader is loading tube rack, micro switch does not detect tube rack

0x00005038


Sensor does not detect normal vertical movement of feeding assisting pin

0x00005041


Feeding module sensor does not detect correct feeding action

0x00005045

Rotary scanning module action unidentified

Rotary scanning module sensor does not detect correct vertical movement for rotation head or it is not in the expected status

0x00005051

Barcode reading error

Barcode length out of limit or barcode reading overtime

0x00005052

Internal barcode scanner error

Internal barcode scanner self test failed. If scanner is damaged or not connected you will get this error

0x00005070

Unloading tray full

Unloading tray end sensor is detected to be blocked

Possible Cause

This kind of error is mainly caused by: 1. Motor broken 2. Sensor broken 3. Position is not adjusted 4. User operation problem

10.3.8 Power Supply Error

Principle Analyzer detects the power output to check if power module is normal or not.

Error Code Table 10-19 Error Code for Power Supply 10-22

Error ID

Error Name

Principle

0x00006013

Power supply error

+12v of drive control board exceeds normal range (10.8,13.2)V

0x00006014

Power supply error

+24v of drive control board exceeds normal range(22.0,29.0)V

0x00006015

Power supply error

A12V exceeds normal range

0x00006016

Power supply error

A-12V exceeds normal range(-12.6,-11.4)V

Possible Reasons

Error can be caused by boards, power input or fuse problem.

10.3.9 System Error

Principle

Analyzer determines if it is abnormal by detecting signal or test result.

Error Code Table 10-20 Error Code for System

Error ID

Error Name

Principle

0x00006021

Background abnormal

Background exceeds specified range

0x00006022

Not initialized startup

Analyzer does not finish the whole startup process

0x00008001

HGB abnormal

HGB blank voltage exceeds the range of (3.2, 4.8)V

0x00008005

Laser emitter needs to be replaced

Before the analyzer is shipped from our factory or when replacing optical system, system will record the initial PD current. If the actual value is 5% higher or lower than this recorded value, analyzer will report Laser PD current abnormal error

0x00008007

Fluorescent abnormal

RBC count in RET channel is more than 5000 and CG position of Fluorescent channel is lower than 320

in

signal

10-23

11 Preventive Maintenance 11.1 Tools and Consumables 11.1.1 Instruction This manual introduces maintenance for BC-6800/6600, including maintenance contents, maintenance frequency and parts that need to be replaced regularly.

11.1.2 Tools Num

Name

Quantity

1

Cross-headed screw driver

1 pc

2

Flat tip screw driver

1 pc

3

M2.5 Allen wrench

1 pc

4

diagonal cutting pliers

1 pc

5

Nippers

1 pc

6

Blade

1 pc

Remark

11.1.3 Consumables Num

Name

Quantity

1

Gloves

2-3 pairs

2

Paper

1 Roll

3

Middle-sized Cable Tie

8 pcs

4

Cotton Swab

1 bag

11-1

Remark

5

Cleaning tissue

3 pcs

6

Probe Cleanser

1 bottle

7

5ml Syringe

1 pc

8

7um Standard Particle

9

Middle level Quality Control

2 bottles

To Check Repeatability

10

High level Quality Control

1 bottle

To Check Carry-over

To Check Optical System Status

11.2 Service Plan 11.2.1 Maintenance Frequency It contains quarterly, half yearly and yearly maintenance.

11.2.2 Maintenance Contents

11.2.2.1

Flow chart

11-2

1） Wear gloves when performing maintenance. After maintenance, clean your hands with cleanser or disinfectant. 2） Probe cleanser is one kind of cleanser with strong causticity. Be careful not to let it spill to your skin or clothes. If it spills to your skin or clothes, clean with plenty of water immediately or it may hurt your skin or damage your clothes.

11-3

11.2.2.2

Maintenance Checking List

Hospital name：

Department:

Person in charge：

Model：

Serial number：

Telephone：

Frequency

Contents

Jan

Feb

Clean open vial sample probe and probe wipe Clean piercing needle and probe wipe Check piercing needle attrite status Quarterly Clean open-vial waste tray (By User) Clean piercing waste tray Probe cleanser maintenance Check device state Half-Yearly (By Engineer)

Clean share valve and waste tray for SRV Clear crystal in syringe(Just in case) Check waste chamber floater Check buffer bath

11-4

Mar

Apr

May

June

July

Aug

Sept

Oct

Nov

Dec

Check air filter Check tube pincher for autoloading mode Check mixer of WBC bath Maintain the tube for pinch valve Check the tube for HGB bubble mixing Check reagent cap assembly Replace piercing needle Replace sheath fluid filter and NRBC pump Yearly (By Engineer)

Clean the nets for whole device heat-dissipating and filtering Clean crystal of solenoid valves(Just in case) Replace rotation pressing head

11-5

11.2.2.3

Steps

Quarterly maintenance

Item Clean open vial sample probe and probe wipe

Maintenance contents y

y

Clear the bloodstain at the bottom of probe wipe Clean exterior surface of sample probe

Steps

Tools and Consumables

（1）

Remove diluent tube and waste tube from the probe wipe;

Nippers

（2）

Take out probe wipe;

Cleaning tissue

（3）

Add some drops of probe cleanser onto the bloodstain which is on the bottom of probe wipe and keep soaking for 3 minutes;

Probe cleanser

（4）

Clean probe wipe with water;

（5）

Clean exterior surface of sample probe by cleaning tissue with probe cleanser. Leave probe cleanser to the sample probe for soaking. Clean it with water after 3 minutes;

（6）

Reassemble the probe wipe and connect relevant tubes;

（7）

Run background test for 3~5 times to make sure there is no water remaining at sample probe and probe wipe;

11-6

Remark

Item Clean piercing needle and probe wipe


y

Check piercing needle attrite status

y

Steps

Clean bloodstain on the top of probe wipe Clean bloodstain the end piercing needle

（1）

（2）

at of

Check piercing needle attrite status


Clean the bloodstain with probe cleanser and leave probe cleanser to the sample probe for soaking. Clean it with water after 3 minutes;

Cleaning tissue

Caution：

Probe cleanser

1)Bloodstain in the piercing hole must be cleared. If you cannot clear it, please drip some drops of probe cleanser into it and soak until the piercing hole becomes clean.

Wipe the bloodstain at the end of piercing needle via cleaning tissue with probe cleanser. Leave probe cleanser to sample probe for soaking. Clean it with water after 3 minutes;；

（3）

Run background test for 3~5 times to make sure there is no water remaining at piercing needle and probe wipe.

（1）

Remove the air tubes for piercing cylinder;

（2）

Push the piercing needle to let it pass through the probe wipe manually. Check the attrite status of piercing needle tip. If it is seriously attrite, please replace it.

11-7

Remark

/

Item

Maintenance contents

Clean open vial waste tray

y

Clean waste tray for piercing

y

Clear the bloodstain

Steps


（1）Take out the waste tray and add some drops of probe

Probe cleanser

cleanser into it；（2）Soak for 3~5 minutes, clean it with water and then put it back;

Clear the bloodstain

（1）

Take out the waste tray and add some drops of probe cleanser into it；

（2）

Soak for 3~5 minutes, clean it with water and then put it back;

11-8

Probe cleanser

Remark

Item Probe cleanser maintenanc e


Maintain the machine with probe cleanser

Steps


1.

Click Menu-Service-Maintenance to enter this screen;

2.

Execute probe cleanser maintenance for flow cell;

3.

Execute probe cleanser maintenance for SRV;

4.

Execute probe cleanser maintenance for BASO channel and NRBC channel;

5.

Execute probe cleanser maintenance for HGB bath and aperture;

6.

Execute probe cleanser maintenance for fluidic(This is for the whole device)s;

11-9

Probe cleanser

Remark Note： 1) Probe cleanser maintenance for fluidics will take 91 minutes, consuming 35ml probe cleanser and 1L diluent; 2) Flow cell, SRV, BASO bath, NRBC bath must be selected when you execute probe cleanser maintenance. Others are optional, according to your actual situation;

Half yearly maintenance

Item


Steps


Clea n SRV and wast e tray

y

Clean SRV

1.

Turn off the analyzer and pneumatic unit. Wait for 3 minutes until the pressure is released, then start to disassemble SRV;

y

Clean waste tray

2.

Open the front cover and support it with the supporting bar;

3.

Take out the waste tray and wash it with water;

Remark

M2.5 Allen wrench Cleaning tissue Probe cleanser Syringe

SRV

Waste tray

4.

Move the probe wipe to the bottom position manually until it leaves the sample probe completely;

Caution: If probe wipe does not leave sample probe completely, sample probe may get bent when taking out the outer plate of SRV; 11-10

Sample Probe

Probe Wipe

5.

Cut the cable tie of SRV, loosen the fixing screw of tighten screw, anticlockwise rotate it and take out the tightening screw;

Tightening screw

6.

Take out SRV assembly slowly, making middle plate leave the fixing rod of cylinder. Rotate and take out outer plate. Note that there is diluent in SRV, so please underlay paper to the SRV. When operating, please be careful not to damage the tubing;

11-11

Outer plate of SRV

7.

8.

After moving middle plate out of guide rod, rotate middle plate to reduce the attraction from inner plate. Slide the middle plate to take it out. Note that there is diluent inside, please underlay paper to the SRV. When servicing, don’t pull out SRV by force in case of any damage of inner plate tubing.

Inner plate

Middle plate Caution：

3 Guide rod

1.

11-12

Don’t pull out SRV by force or add too much force on the tubes of inner plate.

9.

Use distilled water or 1:5 diluted probe cleanser to clean the surface of inner and middle plates. Add the diluted probe cleanser to the surface by syringe. Then use cleaning tissue to clear crystal. After cleaning with probe cleanser, use distilled water to wash it again. The cleaning for all the 3 plates are the same.

2.

Reagent may leak from SRV when taking out it. Please prepare some paper or dry tissue to save or clean it.

3.

When taking out the SRV, be careful not to bend the sample probe.

4.

The three plates of SRV are stuck together tightly, please pull and rotate them slowly to reduce liquid attraction. Then slide relatively to take out the plates.

10. During the cleaning make sure there is not any dirt or dust. Be careful not to scratch the surface. If there is dirt on the surface, it may lead blood leakage and get incorrect result. 11. After cleaning, assemble SRV and waste tray in the reverse order, then insert sample probe to probe wipe and move probe wipe to the top of probe. When assembling middle plate, the flat end should be faced up and please put the metal rod between the two stop pieces of cylinder;

11-13

Caution： Please use probe cleanser to do this cleaning but not other kinds of cleanser. SRV has the function of anticorrosion, but we still need to wash all the cleanser off in case of problems caused by other main parts.

Caution:

Flat end

1.

Make sure that the metal rod of middle plate is placed between the two stop pieces of the cylinder, or it may cause error.

2.

Make sure to move the probe wipe to the top position after inserting the sample probe. If the probe wipe stays at the lower position, the analyzer will give error ”Probe wipe movement error” after startup and test will not be allowed;

3.

After SRV is assembled, connect and fix the tubes around as what it was before.

Stop piece

Metal rod 12. Turn on the analyzer and pneumatic unit, and perform complete initialization to make sure the SRV is filled with diluent. Execute background test and make sure that all the parameters are in the normal range. If initialization fails, please execute whole device priming in order to fill SRV with diluent; 13. Run QC test to check if the analyzer is in control. Make sure background, carryover, repeatability are normal and scatter gram is in normal condition;

11-14

Item Clear crystal on syringe

Maintenance contents Clear crystal syringe

Steps on


1.

Open right door and chamber assembly panel;

2.

Check the end point of plunger for 2.5ml syringe and 250ul syringe. If there is leakage from the inside, please replace the syringe assembly. If there is crystal, please use cleaning tissue to clean it;

3.

Open the front cover and check the 100ul syringe plunger’s end point. If there is crystal, please remove it and clean;

4.

After the cleaning, execute several times of test. Check the syringes, make sure there is no leakage;

11-15

Cleaning tissue

Remark Caution： 1)Cleaning is only for a little crystal. If there is much, you need to replace the syringe;

Item Check floater for waste chamber


y

Check floaters WC1 WC2

Steps 1.

of and

Check the floater of waste tank outside of the machine

2.

3.


Open right side door and chamber assembly panel; Check floaters for WC1 and WC2. If the floater is dirty, remove one tube which is on the top cover of the chamber and use syringe to add probe cleanser (concentration more than 40%) into the chamber. Soak for 10 minutes until it is clean; If the customer uses waste container, please take out the cap assembly and check if there is any dirt stuck to the floater. Soak with probe cleanser for 10 minutes until it is cleaned;

11-16

Remark

Probe cleanser

Caution:

syringe

1)When performing probe cleanser cleaning for WC1 and WC2, liquid surface should be higher than floater; 2)Before cleaning waste container floater, please turn off the analyzer in case analyzer enters sleeping mode and waste inside is poured out;

Item Check buffer bath

Maintenance contents yCheck if there is any crystal or liquid inside

Steps 1.

Open the right door and left door;

2.

Open chamber assembly panel (right side), check buffer bath TC1 which is beside WC1 and SCI chamber. If there is much crystal or liquid inside, check if there is reverse pouring;

3.

Open left panel and check TC3 which is under vacuum release valve. If there is much crystal or liquid inside, please find out if any part has problem, troubleshooting;

11-17

Tools and Consumables Cross-headed screwdriver

Remark

Item


Check air filter

y

Check if the air filter is full of liquid

Item Check pincher

Steps 1.

Open left door and gas valve assembly panel;

2.

Check air filter which is above power supply unit. There should not be much liquid inside. If there is a lot of liquid inside, the air drier or the drain valve for waste may be defective;

Maintenance contents tube

y

Check pincher

tube

Steps 1.

Open the front panel;

2.

Check if the shape is changed or bent or cannot pinch sample tube tightly. If there is any problem, please replace the pincher;

11-18


Remark


Tools and Consumables Cross-headed screwdriver

Remark

Item Check WBC mixer


Check mixer noise yCheck if there is any crystal at the mixer

Steps 1.

Open the front panel;

2.

Check if there is abnormal sound or big noise when the mixer is working. If yes, please add some lubricating grease. Be careful not to drop the grease into WBC reaction bath;

3.

Check if there is any crystal or impurity on the metal panel which is above mixing unit. If yes, clean it with cleaning tissue and probe cleanser;

11-19

Tools and Consumables Cross-headed screwdriver Probe cleanser Cleansing tissue

Remark

Item


Check silica gel tube of pinch valve

Check silica gel tube of pinch valve

Steps


1.

Open the right door and chamber assembly panel;

2.

Turn off the pneumatic unit;

3.

Check the silica tube of PV11~PV13 if there is anything wrong at the pinching position, such as leakage, breakage and so on. If it is OK, please change the pinching position;

11-20


Remark

Item Check tubing for HGB bubble mixing

Maintenance contents y y

Check tubing for HGB bubble mixing; Check the function of HGB bubble mixing and waste draining;

Item


Check tube of reagent cap assembly

Check the tube of reagent cap assembly

Steps 1.

Open the front cover;

2.

Take out shielding cover of HGB bath;

3.

Check the bubble mixing tube below HGB bath. It is connected with a T connector. Make sure the inner Teflon tube is 4mm out of the connector;

4.

Run sample test, make sure HGB bubble mixing is normal and waste can be drained smoothly;

Steps 1.

Check the tube at the back of the analyzer and make sure the tubes for all the lyses, diluents are not sharply bent and no leakage;

2.

Tidy up the tubes to make sure they will not be pressed and bent;

3.

Check tubes for fluorescence reagent to make sure they are well connected;

11-21


Remark


Tools and Consumables /

Remark

Yearly Maintenance

Item


Clean heat dissipation and filtering net for whole device

Clean the heat dissipation(for rear panel fan) and filtering net for whole device

Steps 1.

Take out the heat dissipation net from the back panel of analyzer;

2.

Clean it with water;

3.

Re-assemble it after it is dry;

Item


Check crystal for solenoid valve

Check if there is crystal for solenoid valve

Steps 1.

Open the front cover and chamber assembly panel at the right side;

2.

Check if there is any crystal on the valves. If yes, remove it and clean relevant part;

11-22


Remark

/

Tools and Consumables Cross-headed screwdriver Cleaning tissue

Remark

11.3 Status Check During PM visit, please kindly check working status according to the following table:

NO.

Description

Reference

250KPa

250±20 KPa

□Pass

□Fail

3 months

2

-70KPa

NO Error Message

□Pass

□Fail

3 months

3

160KPa

160±5 KPa

□Pass

□Fail

3 months

4

70KPa

70±1 KPa

□Pass

□Fail

3 months

5

40kPa

40±1 KPa

□Pass

□Fail

3 months

6

-40KPa

-40±0.5 KPa

□Pass

□Fail

3 months

1

Inspection Item Pressure/Vacuum

Result

Remark

7

HGB Blank voltage

HGB Blank Voltage

4.5±0.1 V

□Pass

□Fail

3 months

8

Sensor voltage setting

Blood sensor

2.30～2.40V

□Pass

□Fail

Half yearly

Fluorescence reagent sensor

2.30～2.40V

□Pass

□Fail

Half yearly

Result

Remark

9

NO.

Inspection Item

Description

Reference

10

Background

WBC

≤ 0.1 × 109 / L

□Pass

□Fail

Half yearly

11

Open vial-Whole

DIFF-WBC

≤ 0.2 × 109 / L

□Pass

□Fail

Half yearly

11-23

Value

12

blood

NRBC-WBC

≤ 0.2 × 109 / L

□Pass

□Fail

Half yearly

13

Autoloader-Whole blood

RBC

≤ 0.02× 1012/ L

□Pass

□Fail

Half yearly

RBC-o

≤ 0.02× 1012/ L

□Pass

□Fail

Half yearly

HGB

≤1g/L

□Pass

□Fail

Half yearly

16

PLT

≤ 5 × 109 / L

□Pass

□Fail

Half yearly

17

PLT-o

≤ 5 × 109 / L

□Pass

□Fail

Half yearly

18

Particle Quantity

2000~6000

□Pass

□Fail

Half yearly

FS CG position

34.00~46.00

□Pass

□Fail

Half yearly

FS CV

≤2.3%

□Pass

□Fail

Half yearly

21

SS CG position

51.00~71.00

□Pass

□Fail

Half yearly

22

SS CV

≤17.2%

□Pass

□Fail

Half yearly

14 15

Open vial-Prediluted

19 20

Standard particle （Latex Debug）

23

Standard particle

Particle Quantity

2000~6000

□Pass

□Fail

Half yearly

24

（Latex CAL）

FS CV

≤3.9%

□Pass

□Fail

Half yearly

25

Diff channel

Shape and position normal

/

□Pass

□Fail

3 months

26

Baso channel


/

□Pass

□Fail

3 months

27

NRBC channel


/

□Pass

□Fail

3 months

28

Ret channel

Shape and position

/

□Pass

□Fail

3 months

Fresh blood scatter gram

11-24

normal 29

WBC

≤1.0％

□Pass

□Fail

Half yearly

30

RBC

≤1.0％

□Pass

□Fail

Half yearly

31

Carry over

HGB

≤1.0％

□Pass

□Fail

Half yearly

32

Open vial-Whole blood

HCT

≤1.0％

□Pass

□Fail

Half yearly

PLT

≤1.0％

□Pass

□Fail

Half yearly

RBC-O

≤1.5％

□Pass

□Fail

Half yearly

35

WBC-D

≤1.0％

□Pass

□Fail

Half yearly

36

WBC-N

≤1.5％

□Pass

□Fail

Half yearly

Group CG position

Meet requirement

□Pass

□Fail

Half yearly

WBC

≤2.5%

□Pass

□Fail

Half yearly

RBC

≤1.5%

□Pass

□Fail

Half yearly

HGB

≤1.0%

□Pass

□Fail

Half yearly

MCV

≤1.0%

□Pass

□Fail

Half yearly

HCT

≤1.5%

□Pass

□Fail

Half yearly

PLT

≤4.0%

□Pass

□Fail

Half yearly

33 34

37

（Autoloader-Whole blood）

Scatter gram verification

38 39 40 41 42 43

Repeatability Autoloader-Whole blood （Open vial-Whole blood）

11-25

/

11.4 Regular Replacement 11.4.1 Wearing parts list No.

Description

FRU Code

Position in the analyzer

Life time

Remark

1

Piercing probe assembly

801-3201-00043-00

Beside the piercing cylinder

30000 times

2

Air filter

801-3201-00024-00

On the left side of rear panel

2 years

\

3

Drier assembly

801-3201-00023-00

On the left side of rear panel

4 years

\

4

Vacuum relief valve

801-3201-00008-00

On the left panel

4 years

\

5

Sheath fluid filter LF3

801-3201-00065-00

Beside the diluents heating bath

6 months

\

6

cylinder sleeve(Thomas pump FRU)

801-3110-00215-00

Inside the THOMAS pump

4 years

11800 hours

7

Piston cup(Thomas pump FRU)

801-3110-00216-00

Inside the THOMAS pump

4 years

11800 hours

9

Rotation pressing head(Scanner)

043-001082-00

Inside the assembly

801-3100-00059-00

On the right side of rear panel

801-3201-00081-00

\

10 11

NRBC metering pump (DP4) Wearing Parts Kit

barcode

scanner

20 weeks

1 year

6 months \

\

PS: 1、Check if the plastic rotation head of barcode scanner presses at the correct position of sample tube(Needs to be maintained every 6 months)

2、Lubricate synchronous pulley rotor and straight track of autoloader assembly, piercing assembly and open vial assembly every year. 3、Lubricate the lead screw of syringe motor every year.

11-26

11-27

12 FRU LIST 12.1 Board list No.

FRU Code

Sub-Component Description

1

051-000326-00

driving controlling board PCBA

2

051-000327-00

base board PCBA

3

051-000919-00

Diluent heating board PCBA

4

051-000760-00

Pneumatic Unit Control Board PCBA

5

023-000230-00

COM EXPRESS module

6

801-3201-00079-00

Fluorescent Signal Assembly

7

051-000596-00

3201data&COME carrier board PCBA

8

051-000565-00

Liquid Position Detect Board

9

801-3201-00080-00

Pneumatic Pressure Detection Board

10

051-000319-00

FS dispersion light forward amplifying board PCBA

11

051-000320-00

SS dispersion light forward amplifying board PCBA

12

051-000318-00

laser driving board PCBA

13

801-3201-00072-00

CF Card

14

051-000329-00

Valve Driving Board PCBA

15

051-000595-00

Little Network Board

16

801-3101-00031-00

Indicator Board

17

051-000328-00

heating controlling board PCBA

18

051-000406-00

Power Commutator Board PCBA

19

051-000616-00

3201 powerboard

12-1

1G DDR2

radiator

12.2 Valve list No.

FRU Code


1

801-3100-00010-00

Gas valve.

2

M6Q-020002---

Gas valve.

3

801-3201-00063-00

SMC-LVM valve of two-way(3201)

4

801-3201-00019-00

Two-way burcket valve

5

801-3201-00020-00

Three-way burcket valve with

6

801-3201-00071-00

5-Way Gas Valve

7

801-3201-00002-00

2-way Valve (Mindray)

8

801-3201-00003-00


9

801-3100-00099-00

5mm Pinch Valve Assembly

10

801-3201-00004-00


11

801-3201-00011-00

SMC valve with tie-in

12

801-3100-00100-00

8mm Pinch Valve Assembly

13

BA40-10-62038

Pneulinesupply

duckbill check valve

12.3 Tube and Connector list No.

FRU Code


1

082-000109-00

Tube.FEP,0.5mmX1.5mm

2

M6G-020008---

Tubing.

3

M90-000026---

Tube.PTFE,1/32"X1/16",3000074,100ft/coil

4

082-000422-00

TUBE.FEP 714-016100，0.040＂ID×0.066＂OD

5

0040-10-32301

Tube PTFE 0.040"IDX0.066"OD,250FT

6

M90-100031---

tube.PTFE,1.7mmIDX2.55mmOD

7

082-000108-00

Tube.M-87-D3,2mmX3.5mm,AV31X2103

8

082-000432-00

tube.2mmX3.5mm PVDF(inner) TPU(outer)

9

M6G-020054---

Tube TPU,ID：3/32＂,OD：3/16＂,clear

12-2

10

M6G-020055---

Tube.TPU,1/8"IDX1/4"OD

11

M6G-020002---

Tubing. PU tube 4mmX2.5mm transparent

12

082-000531-00

tube.TPU,1/4＂ID×3/8＂OD

13

M6G-020003---

Tubing. PU tube 6mmX4mm transparent

14

A21-000002---

Tubing,Silicone,1/8"ID,100'

15

M90-000025---

Tygon Tube 1/8"×1/16"(10ft)

16

M90-100071---

TUBING(ID 3/32",OD 5/32") 20FT

17

082-000614-00

tube.PharMed,5/32"ODX1/32"ID

18

082-000055-00

Tube.1/16"X3/16",F-5500-A,Fluran

19

0030-20-13339

Transit tube

20

M6G-020034---

3-way valve tubing(1.6*3.2)

21

082-000416-00

tube.4mmX6mm,PSPTFE-0236-039-328

22

3001-10-07069

TUBING(ID 1/16",OD 1/8") 20FT

23

M6G-020011---

Tubing.PharMed, 1/16"ODX1/8"ID（1feet）

24

801-3201-00044-00

sampling hose

25

043-000750-00

Fittings

26

043-000751-00

Fittings

27

043-000880-00

8.5mm three way connector

28

043-000892-00

straight tube tie-in

29

M6Q-030003---

Connection,Y-type,Φ6 OD,SQY6

30

M90-100009---

FemaleLuer,1/4-28UNF,1/8"ID

31

M90-100025---

Male Luer,1/8"Barb,White Nylon

32

M90-100027---

StraightReduction,1/8"&3/32"ID

33

M90-100028---

Tee,400Barb,3/32"ID,White Nylon

34

M90-100028-03

Y,400Barb,3/32"ID,White Nylon

35

M90-100030---

Y,200Barb,1/8"ID,White Nylon

36

M90-100065---

Tee Reduction,1/8"&3/32"ID,White

37

M90-100100---

Elbow,400Barb,3/32"ID,White

38

082-000525-00

connector. CNS, 1/4-28

12-3

39

M6Q-030001---

Connection,Φ6OD,M14,SQMH-C6-6

40

509B-10-05973

BNC Skt,PM7,8,8E,9E,9v,MEC12v

41

043-000829-00

reagent detection tube

42

801-3110-00112-00

5 way connector for waste

43

801-3201-00026-00

Brass base with steel pipe

44

801-3100-00208-00

Pneumatic Unit connector package

45

801-3110-00114-00

LYSE reagent connector (six color)（FRU）

12.4 Part list No.

FRU Code


1

801-3201-00030-00

HGB module

2

041-005497-00

open-vial wipe

3

801-3201-00073-00

Sample Probe

4

801-3201-00043-00

sampling probe assembly

5

801-3100-00065-00

Waste Chamber 2 Assembly

6

801-3201-00016-00

WC1 Unit

7

801-3201-00017-00

sheath chamber for impedance(SCI)

8

801-3201-00005-00

OverFlow Bath

9

801-3110-00105-00

reagent Chamber assm

10

801-3100-00108-00

Motor for Syringe Assembly(100\250uL syringe)

11

801-2002-00001-00

Syringe Motor(2.5ml syringe)

12

801-3005-00004-00

Motor for Open vial sampling Assembly

13

0000-10-10985

stepping motor SST42D2120 single shaft

14

801-3201-00012-00

power assembly

15

M07-00067F---

FUSE SLOW-BLOW 250V 2.5AGLS D5*20

16

M07-00046F---

FUSE SLOW-BLOW 250V 3AGLS D5X20

17

801-3101-00022-00

Fan of Power Supply Assembly

18

006-000121-00

TRANSFORMER INSULATE 24V 200VA 12-4

19

006-000155-00

Filter power 120/250VAC6A panel mount

20

801-BA40-00254-00

SWITCH Power switch 250VAC 16A (FRU)

21

010-000006-00

Fuse Time-lag 250V 6.3A CER D5X20

22

801-3100-00057-00

0.5ml Metering Pump（DP1)

23

801-3201-00018-00

8ml Diaphragm pump（DP12）

24

801-3100-00059-00

Metering Pump 1ml（DP2\DP4\DP5\DP6\DP7\DP8)

25

801-3201-00009-00

1.5ml Diaphragm Pump（DP3)

26

801-3201-00001-00

20ul Diaphragm pump（DP9\DP10\DP11)

27

801-3201-00033-00

RBC reaction chamber

28

801-3201-00032-00

Temperature Control Unit

29

801-3201-00031-00

Mixing Unit

30

801-3201-00048-00

BLOOD SAMPLINGINJECTING VALVE

31

M07-00143S---

SWITCH

32

801-3201-00049-00

start switch subassembly

33

011-000021-00

Optical Sensor

34

011-000022-00

Optical Sensor

35

801-3201-00036-00

Tube detecting assembly

36

011-000041-00

PHOTOELEC Optical Sensor 940nm 88cm(blood detect)

37

011-000047-00

PHOTOELEC Optical Sensor 940nm 45cm(reagent detect)

38

801-2800-00020-00

Syringe Motor Pos Sensor Assy

39

801-3201-00034-00

Optical System

40

801-3201-00065-00

sheath filter assembly(LF3)

41

082-000156-00

Inline Filter 65um 1/8”I.D.Tubing

42

801-3201-00023-00

air drier

43

801-3201-00024-00

Air

44

801-3201-00064-00

filter(3201)

45

801-3201-00006-00

11-position 'Junction Board

46

801-3201-00070-00

Junction Board 1(R)

47

M6C-020006---

Belt

Filter assembly

12-5

48

BA33-10-35085

Drag chain

49

M6H-010003---

Linear guide MGN9-C1-R75-Z0CM

50

082-000620-00

Hydraulic Buffers.SAC0806C

51

M6H-010004---

Linear guide MGN9-C1-R175-Z0CM

52

M6H-010001---

Linear guide MGN9C1R135ZFCM

53

M6C-010002---

Synchronous pulley,P16MXL6.4

54

M6C-010001---

Synchronous pulley,P16MXL6.4DF,Φ5H7

55

801-3110-00155-00

Transmission belt(TBN160MXL025)

56

801-3110-00084-00

Transmission belt(TBN142MXL025)

57

043-001082-00

pressure plate

58

032-000134-00

slide guide.MGN9-C1-R295-Z0CM

59

801-3201-00045-00

pre-heating pool

60

801-3201-00046-00

Sheath Fluid heating pool

61

801-3201-00066-00

subassembly of HSH

62

042-001893-00

Shielding Upper Cover for Data Board

63

042-001894-00

Shielding Lower Cover for Data Board

64

042-002226-00

Right Side Door(white)

65

042-002227-00

Top Cover(white)

66

043-000661-00

autoloader shell

67

801-3201-00061-00

left door asm

68

042-001508-00

Shielding Box

69

801-3201-00014-00

radiator for mainframe

70

043-000813-00

small door

71

043-000670-00

right panel

72

043-000669-00

left panel

73

043-001294-00

upside panel assembled（BC-6800)

74

042-001676-00

RBC Shielding Cover

75

042-001677-00

RBC Exterior shielding Cover

76

042-002229-00

Regulator Cover(White)

12-6

77

801-3110-00180-00

10.4TFT screen assembly

78

801-1805-00027-00

Inverter(TPI-01-0207-M19)

79

801-3201-00050-00

LCD Module

80

801-3100-00229-00

Touch screen(For new version)

81

801-3100-00230-00

Touch Screen Control Board

82

801-3201-00053-00

M-68D CAP Component for Diluent

83

801-3201-00054-00

M-68DR RET CAP Component for Diluent

84

801-3201-00055-00

M-68LB CAP Component for Lyse

85

801-3201-00056-00

M-68LH CAP Component for Lyse

86

801-3201-00057-00

M-68LD CAP Component for Lyse

87

801-3201-00058-00

M-68LN CAP Component for Lyse

88

801-3201-00060-00

Waste Tube assm (6800 without sensor)

89

801-3201-00084-00

fluorescence reagent assembly(FN)

90

801-3201-00085-00

fluorescence reagent assembly(FD)

91

801-3201-00086-00

fluorescence reagent assembly(FR)

92

M05-100R29-02

Button Battery,PM8

93

082-000526-00

clamp.0.16"x0.19"

94

801-3110-00156-00

Leaking container(pierce)

95

048-001670-00

dustproof net within frame

96

043-000672-00

salver

97

043-001978-00

Flow limited tube

98

047-003942-00

poncho for reagent detecting asm

99

801-3201-00067-00

cylinder for pierece

100

801-3201-00074-00

Lifting Cylinder

101

801-3201-00075-00

Telescoping Cylinder

102

M6Q-010001---

Cylinder for SRV Assembly

103

801-3201-00076-00

Rotary Scanning Cylinder

104

801-3100-00238-00

Compressor with connector(Thomas,220V)

105

801-3201-00051-00

Pneumatic System

12-7

106

801-3201-00068-00

Pneumatic System

107

801-3201-00069-00

Pneumatic System(220v,export)

108

801-3201-00028-00

particle detector and analyzer

109

801-3201-00027-00

air isolation chamber(ISW)

110

045-000023-00

Ruby Red Cell Counter

111

801-3201-00029-00

particle detector and analyzer

112

801-3201-00025-00

cover for the particle detector

113

801-3201-00008-00

Negative relief valve(-40Kpa)

114

801-3201-00007-00

Pressure regulator(160Kap,40Kpa,70Kap)

115

801-3100-00027-00

Pressure Relief Valve AP100-01'SMC'

116

023-000056-00

Barcode Scanner hand held

117

023-000032-00

fixed bar code scanner

118

801-3201-00022-00

USB assembly

119

801-3110-00197-00

2.5ml Syringe transmission unit(43F4K)(without syringe)

120

801-3102-00004-00

100uL\250uL Syringe Drive Assembly( without syringe)

121

801-3201-00010-00

250uL Syringe

122

801-3201-00047-00

250 injector

123

801-3900-00007-00

2.5ml syringe (FRU)

124

801-3201-00035-00

autoloader

125

801-3201-00037-00

tube bracket side pressing unit

126

801-3201-00038-00

lengthwise loader unit

127

801-3201-00039-00

broadwise loader unit

128

801-3201-00040-00

air cylinder thumb unit

129

801-3201-00041-00

Unloading unit

130

801-3201-00062-00

tube container

131

801-3201-00052-00

Code Scanning assembly

132

801-3201-00042-00

clamp

133

801-3110-00070-00

Waste Cap Assembly

134

801-3110-00077-00

Washer

12-8

135

801-3110-00076-00

Front bath washer

136

801-3110-00194-00

Tube rack unit for Sarstedt tube(FRU)

137

801-3201-00087-00

counter unit

138

043-000671-00

shield

139

801-3100-00205-00

waste container for SRV

140

801-3110-00167-00

Support panel for diluent bottle

141

3100-21-49048

Motor for autoloader assembly

12.5 Cable list No.

FRU Code


1

009-001185-00

conneting wire for pneumatic unit

2

009-001182-00

conneting wire for aspirate key

3

009-000731-00

connecting cable for heating cup

4

009-000937-00

connecting cable for valve1

5

009-000939-00

connecting cable for valve3

6

009-000948-00

connecting cable for indication board

7

009-000949-00

connecting cable for air pressure PCB

8

009-001195-00

earthing wire for syringe

9

009-001210-00

connecting wire for liquid level detect

10

009-001211-00

connecting wire for buoy detect

11

009-001213-00

connecting wire for heating CTRL board

12

009-001214-00

connecting wire for pre-heating pool

13

009-001219-00

connecting wire for Temp. detect&absorb

14

009-001221-00

connecting wire for mixer&PHC

15

009-001223-00

connecting wire for auto-sampler&PHC2

16

009-001226-00

connecting wire for WBC injector&PHC

17

009-001227-00

connecting wire for RBC injector&PHC

18

009-001228-00

input wire for valve driver P12V source1 12-9

19

009-001229-00

input wire for valve driver P12V source2

20

009-001230-00

connecting wire for valve CTRL signal 1

21

009-001231-00

connecting wire for valve CTRL signal 2

22

009-001239-00

connecting wire for ANA±12V source2

23

009-001241-00

connecting wire for AC120V source2

24

009-001242-00

connecting wire for AC24V source

25

801-3100-00220-00

temparature sensor with cable

26

009-001421-00

wire for entironment temperature

27

009-000254-00

Temperature Sensor and Wires

28

009-001402-00

extension cable for network

29

009-00122-00

Motor for Autoloader Assembly

12.6 Wearing parts list No.

Description

FRU Code

Life time

1

Piercing probe assembly

801-3201-00043-00

30000 times

2

Air filter

801-3201-00024-00

2 years

3

Drier assembly

801-3201-00023-00

4 years

4

Vacuum relief valve

801-3201-00008-00

4 years

5

Sheath fluid filter LF3

801-3201-00065-00

6 months

6

cylinder sleeve(Thomas pump FRU)

801-3110-00215-00

4 years

7

Piston cup(Thomas pump FRU)

801-3110-00216-00

4 years

9

Rotation pressing head(Scanner)

043-001082-00

1 year

10

NRBC metering pump(DP4)

801-3100-00059-00

6 months

11

Wearing Parts Kit

801-3201-00081-00

/

12-10

Appendix A Fluid Chart

12-11

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

PS6

PS2

PS3

T317

VAC

PS4

PS5

T318

-40KPa

MRSZ/R05N01.291.01（1.0）

PS1

250KPa

C120 T306

C122 T308 T424

C112

T309

T422

T419

C111

T307

T301 C116 T297

GV57

T414

GV58 GV59 GV60 GV61 T417 T420 T425 T423 A-DP05

A-DP04

A-DP03

A-DP02

T409 T407

A-DP01

T292

T290

C121

T295 C108

T406 T404

T298

T403 T401

T398 RGV5

C115 T293

C107

C106

T397 T328

C114 T291

T289 T400

T294

C94

T296

C113

C96

T411

T454 GF2

T274 Open

B

T286

C110 T413

C119 T421

C109

Air Filter GF2

RGV1 GP1

T299

T412

C118 T304

T418

Drier

T376

Air Filter T326 GF1

C117 T302

T300 T415

T327

T322

T273 C75

T325

OPEN

T272

T276

T305

C97

T277 C95

T275

T416

T271

T270

Isolation Chamber1

T303

Back Plate connector

40KPa

Pneumatic Uint connector

160KPa

Isolation Chamber2

T310

70KPa T426

A

C105 GV64

GV65

T405

GV66

T408

C102 T390

T388

T370

T394

T283

C76 A-FCM

T360

C104

T384 C93

T367

T410

J95-T395-J96

T316 C92

C

T402

A-DP11

C82 TC2

GV63

T399

A-DP10

GV62

A-DP07

C85

A-DP06

T431

T320

T314 T278

T396

T321

A-DP09

T288

Vacuum Relief Valve C79

C90

A-HGB

GV71

A-拭子

A-DP08

A-SCI

T429

GV70

T319

RGV2

T428 C80

160KPa Pressure Regulator

Confluent Board2 T387

R

R

D

GV107 T369

C86

T357

GV104

GV103

T355 T354

T356

GV102

GV101

T353

GV100 GV99 T348 T344

T350

TP1

T347 T385 T284

C87

T349

TP3 T359 Rotation Scanning Cylinder

Telescoping Cylinder

Pneumatic Cylinder

T377(T374)

T281

T364

PV14

PV15

T351

PV16

C145

C172 T366 TP6

Pneumatic Back Plate Cylinder

T361

T333 C125

T330

T363 C126

C131 T358 GV108

GV97

T352

TP2

C157

C124

Confluent Board1 T346

R

R P

P GV89

GV88

GV87

GV86

GV85

GV84

GV83

GV82

GV81

GV80

GV79

GV44

GV48

GV56

GV98

T365

T375

T280(T313) T324

GV105

C123

C83

E

GV106

C99

T282

T329

P

T285

RGV6 40KPa Pressure Regulator

T362

P

C101

SRV Motion Cylinder

C81

T383

Lifting Cylinder

T380 70KPa Pressure Regulator

T381

T368

RGV3

Piercing Cylinder

T427

C77

T379

GV68 T389

GV73 T372

C84

T279

T378

C78

T345

T339

T338

T337

T336

T335

T334

PV07

PV06

PV05

PV04

PV03

PV02

PV01

T391 PV11

T392 PV10

A-DIL

C177 T343

T341

PV09

A-WC1

T342

PV12

T386

PV13

T382

A-DP12

T340 T332

TITLE

F 机密：此图及其全部知识产权（含著作权）归深圳迈瑞生物医疗电子股份有限公司所有。未经深圳迈瑞生物医疗电子股份有限公司预先书面许可，严禁出于任何目的，对此图的全部或部分内容（包括但不限于图中信息、数据、运算结果等）使用、拷贝或复制。 CONFIDENTIAL DISCLOSURE: This set of drawing(s) and all it's intellectual property rights (including copyright) subsisting herein are property of Shenzhen Mindray Bio-medical Electronics Co.,Ltd. No use, copies or reproductions should be made of this drawing or any part(s) thereof for whatever purpose nor shall any information, data, calculations, or other contents contained in this drawing be disseminated without prior written permission of Shenzhen Mindray Bio-medical Electronics Co.,Ltd.

DOC NO P.CODE SHEET 2

12-12

3201 Fluid Chart A1-115-004835-00 3201 OF24

REV.

2.0

SIZE

A3

A.1 Rubber Tubing Information No.

Material ID

Material Description

Feature

1

M90-100071--- Rubber tubing. 3/32"X5/32", S-50-HLAAX02004, Tygon Soft tube, wide, 50mm

2

3001-10-07069 Rubber tubing. 1/16"X1/8", S-50-HLAAX02002, Tygon

Soft tube, narrow, 50mm

4

M90-100031--- Rubber tube. PTFE, 0.066"IDX0.098"OD

1.5 TEFLON

5

A21-000002--- Rubber tube. Silicone, 1/8"X1/4"X100ft, 2800546-100

White, widest, silicone

6

M90-000025--- Rubber tube. 1/8"X1/4", R-3603 AAC02007, Tygon

3603 soft tube, wide

10

M6G-020006--- Rubber tube. Silicone, 1/16"X3/16", TYGON 3350

Middle-size, silicone, wide connecting tube

11

0040-10-32301 Rubber tube. PTFE, 0.040"IDX0.066"OD

1.0 TEFLON

13

M6G-020008--- Rubber tube. ChemfluorFEP, 0.062"ODX0.031"ID

FEP tube, inside diameter: 0.78

14

M6G-020011--- Rubber tube. PharMed, 1/16"ODX1/8"ID

Yellow, pinched tube

15

M6G-020002--- Rubber tube. PU, 4mmX2.5mm, transparent

PU gas tube, inside diameter: 2.5mm

16

M6G-020004--- Rubber tube. Soft nylon, 6mmX4mm, white, NB0640

Nylon tube, outside diameter: 6

17

M6G-020003--- Rubber tube. PU, 6mmX4mm, transparent

PU gas tube, inside diameter: 4mm

18

M90-000026--- Rubber tube. PTFE, 1/32"IDX1/16"OD

0.8 TEFLON

20

M6G-020034--- Rubber tube. Silicon, used with PS pinch valve, 1.6X3.2mm

White, pinched tube

21

082-000109-00 Rubber tube. 0.5mmX1.5mm, PSPTFE-0059-020-492

0.5 TEFLON

22

M6G-020055--- Rubber tube. TPU, ID：1/8＂, OD：1/4＂, clear

TPU tube, inside diameter: 3.2mm

23

M6G-020054--- Rubber tube. TPU, ID：3/32＂, OD：3/16＂, clear

TPU tube, inside diameter: 2.4mm

24

082-000055-00 Rubber tube. 1/16"X3/16", F-5500-A, Fluran

Black, connecting tube

25

A21-000010--- Rubber tube. 1/4"X3/8", R-3603AAC02017, Tygon

3603 waste tube, outside of the analyzer

26

082-000422-00 Rubber tube. FEP 714-016100, 0.040＂ID×0.066＂OD

FEP tube, inside diameter: 1.0

28

0030-20-13339 Connecting tube (1.5mm-3mm)(mold: MR13339)

Connecting tube

29

082-000432-00 Rubber tube. 2X3.5mm PVDF(interior) TPU(exterior)

Double tube, internal diameter: 2mm

30

082-000108-00 Rubber tube. M-87-D3, 2mmX3.5mm, AV31X2103

TPU tube, inside diameter: 2mm

32

082-000034-00 Rubber tube. 1/16"X1/8", SE-200 AJD00002, Tygon

Double tube, internal diameter: 1.56mm

33

082-000531-00 Rubber tube. TPU, 1/4"ID×3/8"OD

6.35mm waste tube

34

082-000614-00 Rubber tube. PharMed, 5/32"ODX1/32"ID

Wide Pharmed tube

12-13

35

082-000709-00 Rubber tube. Black double tube, PVC ID2.4mm, OD3.5mm

Black PVC double tube

36

082-000664-00 Narrow, black connecting tube 1.1X4mm

Narrow, black connecting tube

37

082-000710-00 Rubber tube. silicone, 0.031"X0.197"

Narrow 3350 silicone tube

A2. Connector Information No.

Material ID


Feature

Remark

1

M90-100028--- 3/32 PE TEE FITTING-WHITE NYL T420-1

Tee connector (middle)

2

M90-100065--- Connector. Tee Reduction, 400Barb, 1/8"&3/32"ID

T connector, both ends large, middle part moderate

3

043-000880-00 8.5mm tee connector (PEI85)

PEI85

4

M90-100028-03 Connector. Y, 400Barb, 3/32"ID, White Nylon Y connector (middle)

5

M90-100009--- Connector. FemaleLuer, 1/4-28UNF, 1/8"ID

6

M90-100025--- Connector. Male Luer, 1/8"Barb, White Nylon MTL230-1

7

M90-100027--- Connector. Straight Through Reduction, 1/8"&3/32"ID

I connector, large-middle

8

M90-100100--- Connector. lbow, 400Barb, 3/32"ID, White

L connector (middle)

9

M90-100030--- Connector. Y, 200Barb, 1/8"ID, White Nylon

Y connector-large

10

043-000892-00 N420(PVDF)

Connector. Straight through PVDF, N420

11

043-000750-00 M420-PVDF

Male

12

043-000751-00 F420-PVDF

Female

13

M6Q-030002--- Y connector. Φ6OD,Φ4OD

Y connector, large-middle

Gas tube connector

14

M6Q-030003--- Y connector. Φ6OD

Y connector-large

Gas tube connector

15

M6Q-030005--- L connector. Φ6OD, PT1/4(R1/4)

L connector-thread-quick connect

Gas tube connector

16

082-000537-00 Pneumatic quick connect connector, straight I connector, large-middle through, Φ4OD, Φ6OD

Gas tube connector

17

082-000538-00 Pneumatic quick connect connector, tee connector, Φ4OD, Φ6OD

Gas tube connector

18

082-000529-00 Pneumatic quick connect connector, straight I connector-middle through, Φ4OD

12-14

FTLB230-1

Tee connector, large-middle

Gas tube connector

Name in Diagram

Material ID

Feature

Amount

C7, C13, C14, C15, C20, C21, C24, C32, C36, C43, C48, C49, C50, C51, C52, C53, C56, C62, C64, C85, C86, C92, C93, C94, C95, C96, C97, C99, C102, M90-100028--- Tee connector (middle) C104, C105, C109, C113, C114, C115, C116, C117, C118, C119, C120, C126, C131

42

T connector, both ends large, middle C6, C26, C27, C28, C29, C30, C70, C71, M90-100065--part moderate C72, C89

10

C8, C9, C10, C11, C22, C23, C33, C37, C39, C40, C41, C42, C54, C55, C60, M90-100028-03 Y connector (middle) C61, C63, C73, C106, C107, C108, C110, C111, C112

24

C132, C164

M90-100009---

Connector. FemaleLuer, 1/4-28UNF, 1/8"ID

2

C138, C158

M90-100025---

Connector. Male Luer, 1/8"Barb, White Nylon

2

C16, C17, C18, C19, C25, C31, C38, M90-100027--- I connector, large-middle C46, C47, C65, C66, C69, C127

13

C12, C121, C122

M90-100100--- L connector (middle)

3

C74

M90-100030--- Y connector-large

1

C1, C2, C3, C4, C5, C44, C128, C129, 043-000880-00 8.5mm tee connector (PEI85) C130

9

C34, C45, C57, C58, C59, C67, C68, Connector. Straight through PVDF, C83, C87, C88, C123, C148, C149, C150, 043-000892-00 N420 C151, C152, C153, C154, C155, C156, C157, C170, C171

23

C139, C140, C141, C142, C143, C159, 043-000750-00 Male C160, C161, C162, C163

10

C133, C134, C135, C136, C137, C165, 043-000751-00 Female C166, C167, C168, C169

10

C79, C80, C82, C90, C101, C125

M6Q-030002--- Y connector, large-middle

6

C75, C76, C77, C78

M6Q-030003--- Y connector-large

4

C145, C172

082-000529-00

Pneumatic quick connect connector, straight through, Φ4OD

2

C84

082-000537-00

Pneumatic quick connect connector, straight through, Φ4OD, Φ6OD

1

C124, C81

082-000538-00

Pneumatic quick connect connector, tee connector, Φ4OD, Φ6OD

2

12-15

A3. Connecting Tubing Information ID

Length

1

20mm

2

\

3

Material ID


Feature

082-000055-00 Rubber tube. 1/16"X3/16", F-5500-A, Fluran

Black, connecting tube

0030-20-13339 Connecting tube (1.5mm-3mm)(mold: MR13339)

wide-narrow connecting tube

20mm

082-000614-00 Rubber tube. PharMed, 5/32"ODX1/32"ID

Wide Pharmed tube

4

20mm

082-000710-00 Rubber tube. silicone, 0.031"X0.197"

Narrow 3350 silicone tube

5

20mm

082-000664-00 Narrow, black connecting tube 1.1X4mm


Name in Diagram

Material ID

Name

Unit

Amount

Remark

J6, J7, J15, J78, J79, J80

0030-20-13339

Transit tube

EA

6

Cut off 8mm from the wide end

J18, J19, J20, J22, J23, J24, J25, J26, J27, J28, J29, J30, J31, J33, J37, J46, J47, J62, J63, J68, J69, J72, J73, J86, J87, J88

082-000055-00

Black connecting tube

mm

25

20mm each

J4, J5, J8, J9, J14, J16, J17, J39, J40, J41, J48, J49, J50, J55, J56, J57, J64, J65, J66, J77, J82, J89, J96, J97, J100

082-000710-00

3350 silicone tube

mm

54

20mm each

082-000614-00

Wide Pharmed tube

mm

4

20mm each

082-000664-00


mm

3

20mm each

J10, J21, J42, J51, J58, J67, J90,

J11, J34, J43, J52, J59, J74, J93,

J12, J35, J44, J53, J60, J75, J94,

J1, J2, J3, J71

J83, J84, J85

J13, J36, J45, J54, J61, J76, J95,

A4. Other Material Information Name in Diagram

FRU Code

Name

Amount

GF1

801-3201-00024-00

Air filter. Rc1/8"AF150-00, custom

1

GF2

801-3201-00064-00

Waste filter (under air filter)

1

Drier

801-3201-00023-00

Drier

1

12-16

LF1, LF2

082-000156-00

Small liquid filter

2

LF3

801-3201-00065-00

Sheath fluid filter

1

TP1-TP6

043-001978-00

Decelerating tube

6


801-3201-00075-00


1

Lifting cylinder

801-3201-00074-00

Lifting cylinder

1

Claw cylinder

Same with air cylinder claw

Claw cylinder

1

Rotary scanning cylinder

801-3201-00076-00

Rotary scanning cylinder

1

Cylinder for SRV assembly

M6Q-010001---

Cylinder for SRV assembly

1


Same with tube rack pressing unit


1

Cylinder for pierce

801-3201-00067-00

Cylinder for pierce

1

Conflux board 1

801-3201-00070-00

Conflux board

1

Conflux board 2

801-3201-00006-00

Conflux board

1

A5. Valve Information The valve codes used in the diagrams and the corresponding valves are listed as follows: No.

Valve Code

FRU Code

1

CV1

BA40-10-62038

Pneulinesupply duckbillcheck valve

2

CV2

BA40-10-62038


3

CV3

BA40-10-62038


4

CV4

BA40-10-62038


5

PV01

801-3100-00099-00

Pinch valve 5mm

6

PV02

801-3100-00099-00

Pinch valve 5mm

7

PV03

801-3100-00099-00

Pinch valve 5mm

8

PV04

801-3100-00099-00

Pinch valve 5mm

9

PV05

801-3100-00099-00

Pinch valve 5mm

10

PV06

801-3100-00099-00

Pinch valve 5mm

11

PV07

801-3100-00100-00

Pinch valve 8mm

12

PV09

801-3100-00100-00

Pinch valve 8mm


12-17

13

PV10

801-3100-00100-00

Pinch valve 8mm

14

PV11

801-3100-00100-00

Pinch valve 8mm

15

PV12

801-3100-00100-00

Pinch valve 8mm

16

PV13

801-3100-00100-00

Pinch valve 8mm

17

PV14

801-3100-00099-00

Pinch valve 5mm

18

PV15

801-3100-00099-00

Pinch valve 5mm

19

PV16

801-3100-00099-00

Pinch valve 5mm

20

SV01

801-3201-00002-00

2-way miniature electromagnetic valve (short cable, new connector)

21

SV02

801-3201-00002-00


22

SV03

801-3201-00002-00


23

SV04

801-3201-00002-00


24

SV05

801-3201-00002-00


25

SV07

801-3201-00002-00


26

SV08

801-3201-00063-00

Fluidic valve, 2-way, -75~250KPa DC12V

27

SV09

801-3201-00063-00

Fluidic valve, 2-way, -75~250KPa DC12V

28

SV10

801-3201-00001-00

Fluidic valve, LVM105R-6A-2-Q, 3-way, -75~250KPa DC12V

29

SV11

801-3201-00001-00


30

SV12

801-3201-00001-00


31

SV13

801-3201-00004-00

2-way miniature electromagnetic valve (overpressure resistant)

32

SV14

801-3201-00002-00


33

SV15

801-3201-00002-00


34

SV16

801-3201-00002-00


35

SV17

801-3201-00004-00


36

SV18

801-3201-00004-00


37

SV19

801-3201-00004-00


38

SV20

801-3201-00004-00


39

SV21

801-3201-00003-00


40

SV22

801-3201-00002-00


41

SV23

801-3201-00002-00


42

SV24

801-3201-00002-00


43

SV25

801-3201-00002-00


44

SV26

801-3201-00002-00


45

SV27

801-3201-00004-00

2-way miniature electromagnetic valve (overpressure resistant) 12-18

46

SV28

801-3201-00004-00


47

SV29

801-3201-00002-00


48

SV30

801-3201-00002-00


49

SV31

801-3201-00002-00


50

SV32

801-3201-00002-00


51

SV33

801-3201-00002-00


52

SV34

801-3201-00002-00


53

SV35

801-3201-00003-00


54

SV36

801-3201-00002-00


55

SV37

801-3201-00003-00


56

SV38

801-3201-00002-00


57

SV39

801-3201-00003-00


58

SV40

801-3201-00002-00


59

SV41

801-3201-00002-00


60

SV42

801-3201-00002-00


61

GV44

801-3201-00003-00


62

SV45

801-3201-00002-00


63

SV46

801-3201-00002-00


64

SV47

801-3201-00004-00


65

GV48

801-3201-00003-00


66

SV49

801-3201-00003-00


67

SV50

801-3201-00003-00


68

SV51

801-3201-00003-00


69

SV52

801-3201-00003-00


70

SV53

801-3201-00011-00

Fluidic valve, 2 positions, 5 ports, 12VDC, 0-0.4MPa

801-3201-00019-00

Fluidic valve, 2 positions, 2 ports, electromagnetic, 3mm orifice, 12VDC

71

SV54

72

SV55

801-3201-00019-00

Fluidic valve, 2 positions, 2 ports, electromagnetic, 3mm orifice, 12VDC

73

GV56

801-3201-00020-00

Fluidic valve, 2 positions, 3 ports, electromagnetic, vacuum-5bar 12VDC 2mm orifice

74

GV57

801-3201-00003-00


75

GV58

801-3201-00003-00


76

GV59

801-3201-00003-00

3-way miniature electromagnetic valve (short cable, new connector) 12-19

77

GV60

801-3201-00003-00


78

GV61

801-3201-00003-00


79

GV62

801-3201-00003-00


80

GV63

801-3201-00003-00


81

GV64

801-3201-00003-00


82

GV65

801-3201-00003-00


83

GV66

801-3201-00003-00


84

GV68

801-3201-00003-00


85

GV70

801-3201-00002-00


86

GV71

801-3201-00002-00


87

GV73

801-3201-00004-00


88

GV74

801-3201-00002-00


89

GV75

801-3201-00003-00


801-3100-00010-00 90

GV79

Gas valve, electromagnetic, GA010E1-11-MLX-DC12V (without connector and connecting cable)

801-3100-00010-00


801-3100-00010-00


801-3100-00010-00


801-3100-00010-00


801-3100-00010-00


801-3100-00010-00


801-3100-00010-00


801-3100-00010-00


801-3100-00010-00


801-3100-00010-00


91 92

GV80 GV81

93

GV82

94

GV83

95

GV84

96

GV85

97 98

GV86 GV87

99

GV88

100

GV89

101

GV97

M6Q-020002---

Gas valve, electromagnetic, GA010E1-MLX-DC12V

12-20

102

GV98

M6Q-020002---


103

GV99

M6Q-020002---


104

GV100

M6Q-020002---


105

GV101

M6Q-020002---


106

GV102

M6Q-020002---


107

GV103

M6Q-020002---


108

GV104

M6Q-020002---


109

GV105

M6Q-020002---


110

GV106

M6Q-020002---


111

GV107

M6Q-020002---


M6Q-020005---

Gas valve, electromagnetic, 0104E1-21-PLL-DC12V (without connector and connecting cable)

112

GV108

A6. Table of All Tubes The tubes are named as "connector No.-tube No.-connector No.". Tube No. is expressed as "Tube Model-Tube Length". E.g. in J93-T77-J94, J93 and J94 are sequential numbers for the two connectors, and T77 has a remark of 11-200 which means tubing No. 11 and length 200mm.

No.

Name in Diagram

Remark

Material ID

1

T1

29-1800

082-000432-00

2.0 double tube

1800

2

T2

29-1800

082-000432-00

2.0 double tube

1800

3

T3

29-1800

082-000432-00

2.0 double tube

1800

4

T4

29-1800

082-000432-00

2.0 double tube

1800

5

T5

29-1800

082-000432-00

2.0 double tube

1800

6

T6

20-180

M6G-020034---

Silicone tube in reagent containers

180

7

T7

20-180

M6G-020034---


180

8

T8

20-180

M6G-020034---


180

9

T9

20-180

M6G-020034---


180

10

T10

20-180

M6G-020034---


180

11

T11

22-1800

M6G-020055---

3.2 TPU tube

1800

12

T12

6-315

M90-000025---

Wide 3603 tube

315

Name

12-21

Amount

13

T13

29-70

082-000432-00

2.0 double tube

70

14

T14

29-70

082-000432-00

2.0 double tube

70

15

T15

29-400

082-000432-00

2.0 double tube

400

16

T16

24-22

082-000055-00

Wide, black connecting tube

22

17

T17

11-650

0040-10-32301

1.0 TEFLON tube

650

18

T18

29-100

082-000432-00

2.0 double tube

100

19

T19

29-1100

082-000432-00

2.0 double tube

1100

20

T20

24-18

082-000055-00


18

21

T21

29-660

082-000432-00

2.0 double tube

660

22

T22

11-280

0040-10-32301

1.0 TEFLON tube

280

23

T23

11-300

0040-10-32301

1.0 TEFLON tube

300

24

T24

26-260

082-000422-00

1.0 FEP tube

260

25

T25

34-15

082-000614-00

Wide Pharmed tube

15

26

T26

29-1100

082-000432-00

2.0 double tube

27

T27

24-18

082-000055-00


18

28

T28

29-760

082-000432-00

2.0 double tube

760

29

T29

26-400

082-000422-00

1.0 FEP tube

400

30

T30

26-270

082-000422-00

1.0 FEP tube

270

31

T31

34-15

082-000614-00

Wide Pharmed tube

15

32

T32

29-1100

082-000432-00

2.0 double tube

33

T33

24-18

082-000055-00


18

34

T34

29-570

082-000432-00

2.0 double tube

570

35

T35

11-380

0040-10-32301

1.0 TEFLON tube

380

36

T36

11-280

0040-10-32301

1.0 TEFLON tube

280

37

T37

26-300

082-000422-00

1.0 FEP tube

300

38

T38

34-15

082-000614-00

Wide Pharmed tube

15

39

T39

29-1100

082-000432-00

2.0 double tube

40

T40

24-18

082-000055-00


18

41

T41

29-660

082-000432-00

2.0 double tube

660

42

T42

11-320

0040-10-32301

1.0 TEFLON tube

320

43

T43

11-130

0040-10-32301

1.0 TEFLON tube

130

44

T44

26-240

082-000422-00

1.0 FEP tube

240

45

T45

22-70

M6G-020055---

3.2 TPU tube

70

12-22

1100

1100

1100

46

T46

29-100

082-000432-00

2.0 double tube

100

47

T47

22-1500

M6G-020055---

3.2 TPU tube

1500

48

T48

30-460

082-000108-00

2.0 TPU tube

460

49

T49

29-70

082-000432-00

2.0 double tube

70

50

T50

22-20

M6G-020055---

3.2 TPU tube

20

51

T51

14-50

M6G-020011---

Narrow Pharmed tube

50

52

T52

22-90

M6G-020055---

3.2 TPU tube

90

53

T53

22-150

M6G-020055---

3.2 TPU tube

150

54

T54

6-270

M90-000025---

Wide 3603 tube

270

55

T55

22-150

M6G-020055---

3.2 TPU tube

150

56

T56

6-240

M90-000025---

Wide 3603 tube

240

57

T57

6-100

M90-000025---

Wide 3603 tube

100

58

T58

22-50

M6G-020055---

3.2 TPU tube

50

59

T59

30-20

082-000108-00

2.0 TPU tube

20

60

T60

30-670

082-000108-00

2.0 TPU tube

670

61

T61

30-560

082-000108-00

2.0 TPU tube

560

62

T62

30-590

082-000108-00

2.0 TPU tube

590

63

T63

30-490

082-000108-00

2.0 TPU tube

490

64

T64

11-65

0040-10-32301

1.0 TEFLON tube

65

65

T65

30-15

082-000108-00

2.0 TPU tube

15

66

T66

30-30

082-000108-00

2.0 TPU tube

30

67

T67

30-70

082-000108-00

2.0 TPU tube

70

68

T68

2-410

3001-10-07069

Narrow 50 tube

410

69

T69

30-35

082-000108-00

2.0 TPU tube

35

70

T70

30-35

082-000108-00

2.0 TPU tube

35

71

T71

21-300

082-000109-00

0.5 TEFLON tube

300

72

T72

30-15

082-000108-00

2.0 TPU tube

15

73

T73

11-110

0040-10-32301

1.0 TEFLON tube

110

74

T74

30-50

082-000108-00

2.0 TPU tube

50

75

T75

11-420

0040-10-32301

1.0 TEFLON tube

420

76

T76

28-20

0030-20-13339

Transit tube

77

T77

11-200

0040-10-32301

1.0 TEFLON tube

200

78

T78

2-20

3001-10-07069

Narrow 50 tube

20

12-23

1

79

T79

29-100

082-000432-00

2.0 double tube

100

80

T80

30-120

082-000108-00

2.0 TPU tube

120

81

T81

6-120

M90-000025---

Wide 3603 rubber tube

120

82

T82

21-600

082-000109-00

0.5 TEFLON tube

600

83

T83

30-700

082-000108-00

2.0 TPU tube

700

84

T84

4-420

M90-100031---

1.67 TEFLON tube

420

85

T85

30-1660

082-000108-00

2.0 TPU tube

1660

86

T86

30-20

082-000108-00

2.0 TPU tube

20

87

T87

11-110

0040-10-32301

1.0 TEFLON tube

110

88

T88

11-190

0040-10-32301

1.0 TEFLON tube

190

89

T89

30-30

082-000108-00

2.0 TPU tube

30

90

T90

30-20

082-000108-00

2.0 TPU tube

20

91

T91

30-120

082-000108-00

2.0 TPU tube

120

92

T92

29-90

082-000432-00

2.0 double tube

90

93

T93

30-30

082-000108-00

2.0 TPU tube

30

94

T94

30-25

082-000108-00

2.0 TPU tube

25

95

T95

30-30

082-000108-00

2.0 TPU tube

30

96

T96

30-25

082-000108-00

2.0 TPU tube

25

97

T97

30-25

082-000108-00

2.0 TPU tube

25

98

T98

21-650

082-000109-00

0.5 TEFLON tube

650

99

T99

30-20

082-000108-00

2.0 TPU tube

20

100

T100

30-140

082-000108-00

2.0 TPU tube

140

101

T101

30-210

082-000108-00

2.0 TPU tube

210

102

T102

2-65

3001-10-07069

Narrow 50 tube

65

103

T103

29-100

082-000432-00

2.0 double tube

100

104

T104

29-20

082-000432-00

2.0 double tube

20

105

T105

2-160

3001-10-07069

Narrow 50 tube

160

106

T106

2-90

3001-10-07069

Narrow 50 tube

90

107

T107

29-120

082-000432-00

2.0 double tube

120

108

T108

29-120

082-000432-00

2.0 double tube

120

109

T109

1-50

M90-100071---

Wide 50 tube

50

110

T110

2-220

3001-10-07069

Narrow 50 tube

220

111

T111

2-25

3001-10-07069

Narrow 50 tube

25

12-24

112

T112

2-20

3001-10-07069

Narrow 50 tube

20

113

T113

1-910

M90-100071---

Wide 50 tube

910

114

T114

22-250

M6G-020055---

3.2 TPU tube

250

115

T115

34-50

082-000614-00

Wide Pharmed tube

50

116

T116

13-150

M6G-020008---

0.78 FEP tube

150

117

T117

4-120

M90-100031---

1.67 TEFLON tube

120

118

T118

4-250

M90-100031---

1.67 TEFLON tube

250

119

T119

2-20

3001-10-07069

Narrow 50 tube

20

120

T120

1-1150

M90-100071---

Wide 50 tube

121

T121

2-20

3001-10-07069

Narrow 50 tube

20

122

T122

15-25

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

25

123

T123

6-90

M90-000025---

Wide 3603 tube

90

124

T124

6-170

M90-000025---

Wide 3603 tube

170

125

T125

30-490

082-000108-00

2.0 TPU tube

490

126

T126

13-35

M6G-020008---

0.78 FEP tube

35

127

T127

18-750

M90-000026---

0.78 TEFLON tube

750

128

T128

1-700

M90-100071---

Wide 50 tube

700

129

T129

5-1010

A21-000002---

White, widest, silicone tube

1010

130

T130

15-1150

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

1150

131

T131

30-480

082-000108-00

2.0 TPU tube

480

132

T132

30-55

082-000108-00

2.0 TPU tube

55

133

T133

2-60

3001-10-07069

Narrow 50 tube

60

134

T134

30-15

082-000108-00

2.0 TPU tube

15

135

T135

30-20

082-000108-00

2.0 TPU tube

20

136

T136

24-20

082-000055-00


20

137

T137

15-1800

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

138

T138

24-20

082-000055-00


20

139

T139

30-20

082-000108-00

2.0 TPU tube

20

140

T140

4-100

M90-100031---

1.67 TEFLON tube

100

141

T141

18-50

M90-000026---

0.78 TEFLON tube

50

142

T142

18-110

M90-000026---

0.78 TEFLON tube

110

143

T143

5-670

A21-000002---


670

144

T144

2-30

3001-10-07069

Narrow 50 tube

30

12-25

1150

1800

145

T145

30-55

082-000108-00

2.0 TPU tube

55

146

T146

30-18

082-000108-00

2.0 TPU tube

18

147

T147

30-65

082-000108-00

2.0 TPU tube

65

148

T148

30-18

082-000108-00

2.0 TPU tube

18

149

T149

30-40

082-000108-00

2.0 TPU tube

40

150

T150

30-18

082-000108-00

2.0 TPU tube

18

151

T151

4-620

M90-100031---

1.67 TEFLON tube

620

152

T152

4-720

M90-100031---

1.67 TEFLON tube

720

153

T153

2-30

3001-10-07069

Narrow 50 tube

30

154

T154

34-20

082-000614-00

Wide Pharmed tube

20

155

T155

34-20

082-000614-00

Wide Pharmed tube

20

156

T156

26-30

082-000422-00

1.0 FEP tube

30

157

T157

30-160

082-000108-00

2.0 TPU tube

160

158

T158

18-100

M90-000026---

0.78 TEFLON tube

100

159

T159

30-15

082-000108-00

2.0 TPU tube

15

160

T160

11-360

0040-10-32301

1.0 TEFLON tube

360

161

T161

29-20

082-000432-00

2.0 double tube

20

162

T162

18-150

M90-000026---

0.78 TEFLON tube

150

163

T163

30-20

082-000108-00

2.0 TPU tube

20

164

T164

30-30

082-000108-00

2.0 TPU tube

30

165

T165

30-20

082-000108-00

2.0 TPU tube

20

166

T166

30-55

082-000108-00

2.0 TPU tube

55

167

T167

4-530

M90-100031---

1.67 TEFLON tube

530

168

T168

15-420

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

420

169

T169

15-350

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

350

170

T170

26-250

082-000422-00

1.0 FEP tube

250

171

T171

26-330

082-000422-00

1.0 FEP tube

330

172

T172

4-140

M90-100031---

1.67 TEFLON tube

140

173

T173

2-50

3001-10-07069

Narrow 50 tube

50

174

T174

2-40

3001-10-07069

Narrow 50 tube

40

175

T175

2-20

3001-10-07069

Narrow 50 tube

20

176

T176

2-45

3001-10-07069

Narrow 50 tube

45

177

T177

2-20

3001-10-07069

Narrow 50 tube

20

12-26

178

T178

29-700

082-000432-00

2.0 double tube

700

179

T179

24-20

082-000055-00


20

180

T180

2-65

3001-10-07069

Narrow 50 tube

65

181

T181

2-25

3001-10-07069

Narrow 50 tube

25

182

T182

24-22

082-000055-00


22

183

T183

29-580

082-000432-00

2.0 double tube

580

184

T184

26-60

082-000422-00

1.0 FEP tube

60

185

T185

1-220

M90-100071---

Wide 50 tube

220

186

T186

26-430

082-000422-00

1.0 FEP tube

430

187

T187

15-820

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

820

188

T188

1-590

M90-100071---

Wide 50 tube

590

189

T189

29-400

082-000432-00

2.0 double tube

400

190

T190

2-20

3001-10-07069

Narrow 50 tube

20

191

T191

1-520

M90-100071---

Wide 50 tube

520

192

T192

29-30

082-000432-00

2.0 double tube

30

193

T193

24-20

082-000055-00


20

194

T194

2-60

3001-10-07069

Narrow 50 tube

60

195

T195

2-20

3001-10-07069

Narrow 50 tube

20

196

T196

24-22

082-000055-00


22

197

T197

29-410

082-000432-00

2.0 double tube

410

198

T198

26-100

082-000422-00

1.0 FEP tube

100

199

T199

26-390

082-000422-00

1.0 FEP tube

390

200

T200

15-600

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

600

201

T201

1-25

M90-100071---

Wide 50 tube

25

202

T202

1-660

M90-100071---

Wide 50 tube

660

203

T203

29-400

082-000432-00

2.0 double tube

400

204

T204

2-20

3001-10-07069

Narrow 50 tube

20

205

T205

1-520

M90-100071---

Wide 50 tube

520

206

T206

21-1400

082-000109-00

0.5 TEFLON tube

1400

207

T207

28-20

0030-20-13339

Transit tube

20

208

T208

30-850

082-000108-00

2.0 TPU tube

850

209

T209

24-25

082-000055-00


25

210

T210

29-550

082-000432-00

2.0 double tube

550

12-27

211

T211

34-20

082-000614-00

Wide Pharmed tube

20

212

T212

34-40

082-000614-00

Wide Pharmed tube

40

213

T213

4-540

M90-100031---

1.67 TEFLON tube

540

214

T214

2-20

3001-10-07069

Narrow 50 tube

20

215

T215

1-490

M90-100071---

Wide 50 tube

490

216

T216

34-26

082-000614-00

Wide Pharmed tube

26

217

T217

34-40

082-000614-00

Wide Pharmed tube

40

218

T218

4-540

M90-100031---

1.67 TEFLON tube

540

219

T219

2-20

3001-10-07069

Narrow 50 tube

20

220

T220

1-470

M90-100071---

Wide 50 tube

470

221

T221

34-26

082-000614-00

Wide Pharmed tube

26

222

T222

34-40

082-000614-00

Wide Pharmed tube

40

223

T223

4-540

M90-100031---

1.67 TEFLON tube

540

224

T224

2-20

3001-10-07069

Narrow 50 tube

20

225

T225

1-460

M90-100071---

Wide 50 tube

460

226

T226

34-26

082-000614-00

Wide Pharmed tube

26

227

T227

34-40

082-000614-00

Wide Pharmed tube

40

228

T228

4-440

M90-100031---

1.67 TEFLON tube

440

229

T229

2-20

3001-10-07069

Narrow 50 tube

20

230

T230

1-540

M90-100071---

Wide 50 tube

540

231

T231

34-70

082-000614-00

Wide Pharmed tube

70

232

T232

11-300

0040-10-32301

1.0 TEFLON tube

300

233

T233

13-500

M6G-020008---

0.78 FEP tube

500

234

T234

4-330

M90-100031---

1.67 TEFLON tube

330

235

T235

2-25

3001-10-07069

Narrow 50 tube

25

236

T236

29-30

082-000432-00

2.0 double tube

30

237

T237

14-40

M6G-020011---

Narrow Pharmed tube

40

238

T238

2-660

3001-10-07069

Narrow 50 tube

660

239

T239

1-420

M90-100071---

Wide 50 tube

420

240

T240

18-340

M90-000026---

0.78 TEFLON tube

340

241

T241

18-250

M90-000026---

0.78 TEFLON tube

250

242

T242

2-15

3001-10-07069

Narrow 50 tube

15

243

T243

18-340

M90-000026---

0.78 TEFLON tube

340

12-28

244

T244

18-250

M90-000026---

0.78 TEFLON tube

250

245

T245

2-15

3001-10-07069

Narrow 50 tube

15

246

T246

18-340

M90-000026---

0.78 TEFLON tube

340

247

T247

18-250

M90-000026---

0.78 TEFLON tube

250

248

T248

25-620

A21-000010---

Waste tube, outside of the analyzer

620

249

T249

14-85

M6G-020011---

Narrow Pharmed tube

85

250

T250

2-280

3001-10-07069

Narrow 50 tube

280

251

T251

1-220

M90-100071---

Wide 50 tube

220

252

T252

15-120

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

120

253

T253

6-490

M90-000025---


490

254

T254

5-790

A21-000002---


790

255

T255

23-220

M6G-020054---

2.4 TPU tube

220

256

T256

6-100

M90-000025---


100

257

T257

5-170

A21-000002---


170

258

T258

33-1800

082-000531-00

6.35mm waste tube

1800

259

T259

25-100

A21-000010---


100

260

T260

25-100

A21-000010---


100

261

T261

25-100

A21-000010---


100

262

T262

25-100

A21-000010---


100

263

T263

26-30

082-000422-00

1.0 FEP tube

30

264

T264

26-30

082-000422-00

1.0 FEP tube

30

265

T265

26-30

082-000422-00

1.0 FEP tube

30

266

T266

26-30

082-000422-00

1.0 FEP tube

30

267

T267

30-15

082-000108-00

2.0 TPU tube

15

268

T268

30-15

082-000108-00

2.0 TPU tube

15

269

T269

30-20

082-000108-00

2.0 TPU tube

20

270

T270

27-720

082-000416-00

External diameter 6mm, Teflon

720

271

T271

17-2500

M6G-020003---

6mm PU tube

2500

272

T272

27-50

082-000416-00


50

273

T273

27-840

082-000416-00


840

274

T274

27-200

082-000416-00


200

275

T275

27-170

082-000416-00


170

276

T276

17-2500

M6G-020003---

6mm PU tube

2500

12-29

277

T277

17-1000

M6G-020003---

6mm PU tube

1000

278

T278

15-170

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

170

279

T279

15-50

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

50

280

T280

15-1800

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

1800

281

T281

15-270

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

270

282

T282

15-50

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

50

283

T283

15-70

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

70

284

T284

15-2000

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

2000

285

T285

15-40

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

40

286

T286

27-300

082-000416-00


300

287

T287

22-50

M6G-020055---

3.2 TPU tube

50

288

T288

15-55

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

55

289

T289

15-30

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

30

290

T290

15-20

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

20

291

T291

15-30

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

30

292

T292

15-20

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

20

293

T293

15-30

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

30

294

T294

15-20

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

20

295

T295

15-30

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

30

296

T296

15-20

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

20

297

T297

15-30

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

30

298

T298

15-20

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

20

299

T299

15-60

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

60

300

T300

15-30

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

30

301

T301

15-20

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

20

302

T302

15-30

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

30

303

T303

15-20

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

20

304

T304

15-30

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

30

305

T305

15-20

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

20

306

T306

15-30

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

30

307

T307

15-20

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

20

308

T308

15-30

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

30

309

T309

15-20

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

20

12-30

310

T310

15-140

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

140

311

T311

15-25

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

25

312

T312

15-25

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

25

313

T313

21-200

082-000109-00

0.5 TEFLON tube

200

314

T314

15-4200

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

4200

315

T315

1-20

M90-100071---

Wide 50 tube

20

316

T316

17-1150

M6G-020003---

6mm PU tube

1150

317

T317

15-240

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

240

318

T318

15-430

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

430

319

T319

15-470

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

470

320

T320

15-130

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

130

321

T321

15-40

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

40

322

T322

15-160

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

160

323

T323

1-20

M90-100071---

Wide 50 tube

20

324

T324

28-20

0030-20-13339

Transit tube

20

325

T325

17-700

M6G-020003---

6mm PU tube

700

326

T326

23-200

M6G-020054---

2.4 TPU tube

200

327

T327

17-60

M6G-020003---

6mm PU tube

60

328

T328

17-2500

M6G-020003---

6mm PU tube

2500

329

T329

17-55

M6G-020003---

6mm PU tube

55

330

T330

15-1560

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

1560

332

T332

15-280

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

280

333

T333

17-50

M6G-020003---

6mm PU tube

50

334

T334

15-1570

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

1570

335

T335

15-1540

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

1540

336

T336

15-1490

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

1490

337

T337

15-1490

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

1490

338

T338

15-1540

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

1540

339

T339

15-1500

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

1500

340

T340

15-1110

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

1110

341

T341

15-1140

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

1140

342

T342

15-1150

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

1150

343

T343

15-1150

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

1150

12-31

344

T344

15-1700

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

1700

345

T345

15-1500

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

1500

346

T346

15-80

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

80

347

T347

15-160

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

160

348

T348

15-1300

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

1300

349

T349

15-1810

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

1810

350

T350

15-1550

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

1550

351

T351

15-1790

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

1790

352

T352

15-1790

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

1790

353

T353

15-1500

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

1500

354

T354

15-1300

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

1300

355

T355

15-1320

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

1320

356

T356

15-1450

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

1450

357

T357

15-1120

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

1120

358

T358

15-45

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

45

359

T359

15-1200

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

1200

360

T360

15-150

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

150

361

T361

15-30

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

30

362

T362

15-20

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

20

363

T363

15-100

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

100

364

T364

15-1660

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

1660

365

T365

15-1640

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

1640

366

T366

15-1100

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

1100

367

T367

17-50

M6G-020003---

6mm PU tube

50

368

T368

17-50

M6G-020003---

6mm PU tube

50

369

T369

17-50

M6G-020003---

6mm PU tube

50

370

T370

15-320

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

320

372

T372

15-1740

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

1740

374

T374

11-160

0040-10-32301

1.0 TEFLON tube

160

375

T375

28-20

0030-20-13339

Transit tube

20

376

T376

15-400

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

400

377

T377

15-1700

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

1700

378

T378

17-50

M6G-020003---

6mm PU tube

50

12-32

379

T379

17-50

M6G-020003---

6mm PU tube

50

380

T380

17-50

M6G-020003---

6mm PU tube

50

381

T381

15-50

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

50

382

T382

15-370

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

370

383

T383

17-50

M6G-020003---

6mm PU tube

50

384

T384

15-70

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

70

385

T385

15-1610

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

1610

386

T386

15-90

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

90

387

T387

15-90

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

90

388

T388

15-20

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

20

389

T389

15-1380

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

1380

390

T390

15-55

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

55

391

T391

15-50

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

50

392

T392

15-50

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

50

394

T394

15-20

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

20

395

T395

21-1500

082-000109-00

0.5 TEFLON tube

396

T396

15-40

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

40

397

T397

15-15

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

15

398

T398

15-30

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

30

399

T399

15-1320

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

1320

400

T400

15-40

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

40

401

T401

15-30

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

30

402

T402

15-1370

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

1370

403

T403

15-30

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

30

404

T404

15-30

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

30

405

T405

15-1750

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

1750

406

T406

15-30

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

30

407

T407

15-30

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

30

408

T408

15-1750

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

1750

409

T409

15-60

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

60

410

T410

15-1750

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

1750

411

T411

15-35

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

35

412

T412

15-15

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

15

12-33

1500

413

T413

15-30

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

30

414

T414

15-1600

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

1600

415

T415

15-40

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

40

416

T416

15-30

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

30

417

T417

15-1550

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

1550

418

T418

15-30

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

30

419

T419

15-30

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

30

420

T420

15-1600

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

1600

421

T421

15-30

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

30

422

T422

15-30

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

30

423

T423

15-1480

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

1480

424

T424

15-60

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

60

425

T425

15-1560

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

1560

426

T426

15-210

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

210

427

T427

17-110

M6G-020003---

6mm PU tube

110

428

T428

17-50

M6G-020003---

6mm PU tube

50

429

T429

15-1780

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

1780

431

T431

15-270

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

270

432

T432

5-160

A21-000002---


160

433

T433

5-180

A21-000002---


180

434

T434

5-30

A21-000002---


30

435

T435

5-190

A21-000002---


190

436

T436

5-160

A21-000002---


160

437

T437

5-60

A21-000002---


60

439

T439

24-20

082-000055-00


20

440

T440

24-20

082-000055-00


20

441

T441

24-20

082-000055-00


20

442

T442

24-20

082-000055-00


20

443

T443

24-20

082-000055-00


20

444

T444

24-20

082-000055-00


20

445

T445

24-20

082-000055-00


20

446

T446

24-20

082-000055-00


20

12-34

447

T447

24-20

082-000055-00


20

448

T448

23-150

M6G-020054---

2.4 TPU tube

150

449

T449

23-25

M6G-020054---

2.4 TPU tube

25

450

T450

23-25

M6G-020054---

2.4 TPU tube

25

451

T451

4-200

M90-100031---

1.67 TEFLON tube

200

452

T452

11-280

0040-10-32301

1.0 TEFLON tube

280

453

T453

15-120

M6G-020002---

4mm PU tube

120

454

T454

23-400

M6G-020054---

2.4 TPU tube

400

12-35

PN：046-002749-00（2.0）

Bc 6800 Service Manual

Recommend Documents